The Routledge Introductory Persian Course: Farsi Shirin Ast

The Routledge Introductory Persian Course The Routledge Introductory Persian Course: Farsi Shirin Ast is an innovative Persian language course designed both for undergraduate and postgraduate students who are new to the language. Focusing both on grammatical and communicative competence, the course contains 15 lessons combining authentic dialogues and texts with grammar explanations, exercises and audio materials to guide and support the student through the key skills of reading, writing, speaking and listening. Key features: 䊏 䊏 䊏 䊏

䊏

䊏

Lively, content-based materials – the language is taught and practised through a variety of dialogues and texts on the culture, history and traditions of Iran. Complete vocabulary lists – each vocabulary entry contains the English meaning, the part of speech in Persian, as well as a sample sentence in Persian. Colloquial situational dialogues – students are introduced to spoken Persian from the outset. Carefully controlled exercises – new grammatical points are practised in a variety of controlled exercises that bridge between students’ existing information and the new information. Audio material – students can develop natural pronunciation by imitating the audio recordings of the vocabulary, dialogues and texts available freely on the companion website. Glossaries – comprehensive Persian to English and English to Persian glossaries.

The Routledge Introductory Persian Course: Farsi Shirin Ast provides everything that students and instructors need for an engaging and effective learning environment. Pouneh Shabani Jadidi is Head of the Persian Language Program and Faculty Lecturer in Persian at the Institute of Islamic Studies, McGill University, Montreal, Canada. Dominic Parviz Brookshaw is Lecturer in Persian Studies and Iranian Literature at the University of Manchester, UK.

The Routledge Introductory Persian Course: Farsi Shirin Ast Pouneh Shabani Jadidi and Dominic Parviz Brookshaw

‫ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﭘﻮﻧﻪ ﺷﻌﺒﺎﻧﻰ ﺟﺪﻳﺪى‬ ‫و‬ ‫دوﻣﻴﻨﻴ ﭘﺮوﻳﺰ ﺑﺮوﻛﺸﺎ‬

First edition published 2010 by Routledge 2 Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon, OX14 4RN Simultaneously published in the USA and Canada by Routledge 270 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10016 Routledge is an imprint of the Taylor & Francis Group, an informa business This edition published in the Taylor & Francis e-Library, 2010. To purchase your own copy of this or any of Taylor & Francis or Routledge’s collection of thousands of eBooks please go to www.eBookstore.tandf.co.uk. © 2010 Pouneh Shabani Jadidi & Dominic Parviz Brookshaw All images © Dominic Parviz Brookshaw All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reprinted or reproduced or utilised in any form or by any electronic, mechanical, or other means, now known or hereafter invented, including photocopying and recording, or in any information storage or retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publishers. British Library Cataloguing in Publication Data A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library Library of Congress Cataloging in Publication Data A catalog record for this book has been requested ISBN 0-203-86546-4 Master e-book ISBN

ISBN 13: 978–0-415–56100–6 (hbk) ISBN 13: 978–0-415–56101–3 (pbk) ISBN 13: 978–0-203–86546–0 (ebk)

Acknowledgements

We would like first of all to thank the previous and current Directors of the Institute of Islamic Studies at McGill University, Professor Robert Wisnovsky and Professor Jamil Ragep, for their generous support, which was vital to the realization of this project. The vision of Andrea Hartill, Samantha Vale Noya, Geraldine Martin and their colleagues at Routledge has been another crucial factor in the publication of this book. We would also like to thank our respective colleagues at the University of Manchester and McGill University, Fahimeh Zolfi-Sistani and Ladan Hamedani, who used earlier versions of the material contained in this coursebook in their classes, and whose comments on these earlier versions proved most useful. We would also like to thank the anonymous reviewers selected by Routledge who gave us detailed and constructive comments on earlier drafts. We are also grateful to Sina Maftoon and Ladan Hamedani for assisting with the audio recordings for the book. Finally, we would like to thank our students whose feedback was invaluable as we worked on revising the manuscript.

Contents

Acknowledgements

v

Introduction

xi

Lesson 1: The Persian alphabet 1 Persian alphabet 2 Orthography 5 Spelling hints 6 Persian alphabet with examples 9 What’s going on in town? Getting to know someone 12

‫ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬:‫درس اول‬ ‫اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬ ‫اﻣﻼء‬ ‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎى اﻣﻼﺋﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺜﺎل‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ آﺷﻨﺎﻳﻰ‬

Lesson 2: Introduce yourself. Where are you from? 15 New vocabulary 16 Dialogue: Accent 20 To be/to have 21 Uses of ezafe 22 What’s going on in town? Introducing yourself 24

‫ ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻰ‬.‫ ﺧﻮدﺗﺎن را ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬: ‫درس دوم‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ؟‬ ‫واژﮔﺎن‬ ‫ ﻟﻬﺠﻪ‬:‫ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ‬ ‫ داﺷﺘﻦﺑﻮدن‬/ ‫ﺑﻮدن‬ ‫اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ‬

Lesson 3: Is Iran or Canada larger? New vocabulary 28 Dialogue: The new professor 30 Negation 31 Adjectives (comparative – superlative) Reading: Canada and Iran 33 What’s going on in town? Asking for directions 35 Lesson 4: How many provinces does Iran have? New vocabulary 38 Dialogue: Gilan Province 40 Subjective pronouns 41 Objective pronouns 42 Possessive pronouns 43 Reading: Gilan 44 Word order in Persian 45 What’s going on in town? At the bank

27

32

‫ اﻳﺮان ﺑﺰر َ َﻛﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺎدا؟‬:‫درس ﺳﻮم‬ ‫واژﮔﺎن‬ ‫ اﺳﺘﺎد ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬:‫ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﻰ‬ (‫ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ‬- ‫ﺻﻔﺖ )ﺑﺮﺗﺮ‬ ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎدا و اﻳﺮان‬:‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ آدرس ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪن‬ ‫ اﻳﺮان ﭼﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺎن دارد؟‬:‫درس ﭼﻬﺎرم‬

37

48

‫واژﮔﺎن‬ ‫ اﺳﺘﺎن ﮔﻴﻼن‬:‫ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ‬ ‫ﺿﻤﻴﺮﺷﺨﺼﻰ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺿﻤﻴﺮﺷﺨﺼﻰ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻰ‬B‫ﺿﻤﻴﺮﻣﻠ‬ ‫ ﮔﻴﻼن‬:‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺎت‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ در ﺑﺎﻧ‬

viii

Contents

Lesson 5: What do you know about Noruz? 49 New vocabulary 50 Dialogue: Noruz 54 Sentences 55 Narrative sentences 55 Questions – Yes/No and Wh-questions 55–6 Indirect questions 57 Exclamatory sentences 57 Reading: New Year 58 Numbers 59 Time expressions 61 What’s going on in town? At the cinema 63

‫ در ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻮروز ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰ داﻧﻴﺪ؟‬:‫درس ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‬ ‫واژﮔﺎن‬ ‫ ﻧﻮروز‬:‫ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻼت اﺧﺒﺎرى‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻼت ﭘﺮﺳﺸﻰ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻼت ﭘﺮﺳﺸﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻼت ﺗﻌﺠﺒﻰ‬ ‫ ﺳﺎل ﻧﻮ‬:‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬ ‫اﻋﺪاد‬ ‫زﻣﺎن‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ در ﺳﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬

Lesson 6: What day is the weekend in Iran?

‫ آﺧﺮ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ در اﻳﺮان ﭼﻪ روزى‬:‫درس ﺷﺸﻢ‬ ‫اﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫واژﮔﺎن‬ ‫ ﺟﻤﻌﻪ‬:‫ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬ (‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ )ﻣﺎﺿﻰ‬ (‫ﺣﺎل )ﻣﻀﺎرع‬ ‫ﺑﻦ ﻣﻀﺎرع‬ (‫آﻳﻨﺪه )ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬ ‫ روزﻫﺎى ﻫﻔﺘﻪ‬:‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ درﺑﻘﺎﻟﻰ‬

New vocabulary 66 Dialogue: Friday 68 Verbs 69 Past tense 69 Present tense 70 The present stem 70 Future verbs 71 Reading: The days of the week 73 What’s going on in town? At the grocer’s Lesson 7: What is your favourite sport? New vocabulary 76 Dialogue: Football 79 Present subjunctive 79 Past subjunctive 81 Imperative verbs 82 Reading: Sports 83 Months and seasons 83 What’s going on in town? Sightseeing Lesson 8: Do you haggle? New vocabulary 88 Dialogue: The mountain 91 Past progressive tense 92 Present perfect tense 93 Past perfect tense 94 Reading: Haggling 95 Verb review 97 What’s going on in town? In the summer 98

65

74 75

‫ ورزش ﻣﻮرد ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ‬:‫درس ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬ ‫واژﮔﺎن‬ ‫ ﻓﻮﺗﺒﺎل‬:‫ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ‬ ‫ﻣﻀﺎرع اﻟﺘﺰاﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺿﻰ اﻟﺘﺰاﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻞ اﻣﺮى‬ ‫ ورزش‬:‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ و ﻣﺎه ﻫﺎى ﺳﺎ ل‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ ﮔﺮدش در ﺷﻬﺮ‬

87

‫ آﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻰ زﻧﻴﺪ؟‬:‫درس ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‬ ‫واژﮔﺎن‬ ‫ ﻛﻮه‬:‫ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺿﻰ اﺳﺘﻤﺮارى‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺿﻰ ﻧﻘﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺿﻰ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ‬ ‫ ﭼﺎﻧﻪ زدن‬:‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬ !‫اﻓﻌﺎل را ﻣﺮور ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ در ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎن‬

85

Contents

ix

99

‫ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ اﻋﺘﻘﺎد دارﻳﺪ؟‬:‫درس ﻧﻬﻢ‬ ‫واژﮔﺎن‬ ‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎى داﻧﺸﮕﺎﻫﻰ‬:‫ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ‬ ‫اﺳﻢ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮن اﻣﻼﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﺷﻤﺎرﺷﻰ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺖ و ﺿﻤﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺖ اﺷﺎره‬ ‫ﺿﻤﻴﺮ اﺷﺎره‬ ‫ﺮه‬B‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎى ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻪ و ﻧ‬ ‫ دﻳﻦ‬:‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ در رﺳﺘﻮران‬

Lesson 10: Are women and men equal? 113 New vocabulary 114 Dialogue: Moving house 117 Prepositions (Time; Place; Means and manner; Instrument; Accompaniment) 118 Reflexive and emphatic pronouns 120 Reading: A traditional way of thinking 121 What’s going on in town? In class 122

‫ آﻳﺎ زن و ﻣﺮد ﺑﺮاﺑﺮﻧﺪ؟‬:‫درس دﻫﻢ‬ ‫واژﮔﺎن‬ ‫ اﺳﺒﺎب ﻛﺸﻰ‬:‫ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ‬ ‫ﺣﺮف اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ (‫ ﻫﻤﺮاﻫﻰ‬،‫ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬،‫ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬،‫ﺎن‬B‫ ﻣ‬،‫)زﻣﺎن‬ ‫ﺎﺳﻰ وﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪى‬B‫ﺿﻤﺎﻳﺮ اﻧﻌ‬ ‫ﺮ ﺳﻨﺘﻰ‬B‫ ﺗﻔ‬:‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ در ﻛﻼس‬

Lesson 9: What do you believe in? New vocabulary 100 Dialogue: University credits 103 Nouns 103 Orthographic rule 105 Numericals 105 Determiners 106 Demonstrative adjectives 106 Demonstrative pronouns 107 Definite and indefinite markers 108 Reading: Religion 109 What’s going on in town? At the restaurant 111

125

‫ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺟﻤﺸﻴﺪ ﻛﺠﺎﺳﺖ؟‬:‫درس ﻳﺎزدﻫﻢ‬ ‫واژﮔﺎن‬ ‫ ﺧﺮﻳﺪ‬:‫ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎرت وﺻﻔﻰ‬ ‫ ﻣﺮاﻛﺰ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﮕﺮدى‬:‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ در ﭘﺴﺘﺨﺎﻧﻪ‬

Lesson 12: Is pop music better or traditional music? 133 New vocabulary 134 Dialogue: Favourite singer 136 Adverbial clauses 137 Conditional sentences 138 Possible conditionals (present or future condition) 138 Possible conditionals (past condition) 138 Impossible conditionals 138 Impersonal constructions 139 Reading: Education 140 What’s going on in town? At the doctor’s surgery 142

‫ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﭘﺎپ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ‬:‫درس دوازدﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺘﻰ؟‬ ‫واژﮔﺎن‬ ‫ ﺧﻮاﻧﻨﺪه ﻣﻮرد ﻋﻼﻗﻪ‬:‫ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎرت ﻗﻴﺪى‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻼت ﺷﺮﻃﻰ‬ ‫ﻦ‬B‫ﺷﺮط ﻣﻤ‬ (‫)ﺷﺮط ﺣﺎل ﻳﺎ آﻳﻨﺪه‬ (‫ﻦ )ﺷﺮط ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‬B‫ﺷﺮط ﻣﻤ‬ ‫ﻦ‬B‫ﺷﺮط ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻤ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎرت ﻏﻴﺮ ﺷﺨﺼﻰ‬ ‫ آﻣﻮزش و ﭘﺮورش‬:‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ در ﻣﻄﺐ دﻛﺘﺮ‬

Lesson 11: Where is Persepolis? New vocabulary 126 Dialogue: Shopping 128 Relative clauses 129 Reading: Tourist sights 130 What’s going on in town? At the post office 131

x

Contents

Lesson 13: What kind of a university is your university? 145 New vocabulary 146 Dialogue: The police station 148 Passive constructions 148 Reading: Different kinds of university 150 What’s going on in town? At the bookstore 151

‫ داﻧﺸ َ َﻜﺎه ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻮع؟‬:‫درس ﺳﻴﺰدﻫﻢ‬ ‫داﻧﺸ َ َﻜﺎﻫﻰ اﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫واژﮔﺎن‬ ‫ اداره ﭘﻠﻴﺲ‬:‫ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻬﻮل‬ ‫ اﻧﻮاع داﻧﺸﮕﺎه‬:‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ درﻛﺘﺎﺑﻔﺮوﺷﻰ‬

Lesson 14: Are you single or married? 153 New vocabulary 154 Dialogue: The birthday present 156 Reading: Traditional marriage practices 157 Compounding 157 Derivatives 159 Conjunctions 160 What’s going on in town? Travelling 161

‫ ﻣﺠﺮد ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﺄﻫﻞ؟‬:‫درس ﭼﻬﺎردﻫﻢ‬ ‫واژﮔﺎن‬ ‫ ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ‬:‫ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ‬ ‫ ازدواج ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒ ﺳﻨﺘﻰ‬:‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺳﺎزى‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺎت‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻤﺎت رﺑﻂ‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ ﺳﻔﺮ‬

Lesson 15: Why do you stand on ceremony? 163 New vocabulary 164 Dialogue: Beeping your car horn 166 Causative verbs 167 Reading: Book Fair 167 A review of verb tenses 168 Past 168 Present 169 Future 170 Subjunctive 170 What’s going on in town? Standing on ceremony 171

‫ ﭼﺮا آﻧﻘﺪر ﺗﻌﺎرف ﻣﻰ‬:‫درس ﭘﺎﻧﺰدﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؟‬ ‫واژﮔﺎن‬ ‫ ﺑﻮق‬:‫ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ‬ ‫اﻓﻌﺎل ﺳﺒﺒﻰ‬ ‫ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎه ﻛﺘﺎب‬:‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬ ‫ﻣﺮورى ﺑﺮ زﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬ (‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ )ﻣﺎﺿﻰ‬ (‫ﺣﺎل )ﻣﻀﺎرع‬ (‫آﻳﻨﺪه )ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺰاﻣﻰ‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ ﺗﻌﺎرف‬

Persian–English glossary

173

English–Persian glossary

220

Index

263

Introduction

The Routledge Introductory Persian Course: Farsi Shirin Ast is a coursebook intended for the instruction of modern Persian language at university level. It is not a “teach yourself” book, but it has been designed to be as user-friendly as possible. The subtitle of this coursebook, Farsi Shirin Ast, means “Persian is sweet”. We believe learning a language should be an enjoyable experience, and we have designed this coursebook in such a way that it will appeal to both student and instructor alike. The formal, written Persian presented in this coursebook is that of contemporary Iran, although the considerable overlap in written Iranian Persian (Farsi) and written Afghan Persian (Dari) is so great that Persian learners intending to use their language within a formal Afghan context will also find this coursebook of benefit.

The authors

............................................................................................................................................................................................

The Routledge Introductory Persian Course: Farsi Shirin Ast is co-authored by Dr Pouneh Shabani Jadidi, Faculty Lecturer in Persian, Institute of Islamic Studies, McGill University, Montreal, Canada and Dr Dominic Parviz Brookshaw, Lecturer in Persian Studies and Iranian Literature, University of Manchester, England. Each author has brought her/his particular expertise and experience gained through many years teaching Persian language at university level to the creation of the material presented here. Dr Pouneh Shabani Jadidi holds a PhD in Education from the Islamic Azad University in Tehran, and is currently completing a second PhD in Persian Linguistics at the University of Ottawa. Dr Dominic Parviz Brookshaw holds a DPhil in Persian Literature from the University of Oxford. Between them, the authors boast over a decade of experience in the field of Persian language instruction. Dr Shabani Jadidi taught translation and linguistics at Islamic Azad University in Tehran from 1997 to 2004 and has taught Persian language at McGill since 2006. Dr Brookshaw taught Persian language and literature at the University of Oxford from 2003 to 2005, and then at McGill University from 2005 to 2007. Since 2007 he has taught Persian language and literature at the University of Manchester.

The language instruction approach used in this coursebook

............................................................................................................................................................................................

Unlike traditional approaches to language teaching, which are based on developing the grammatical competence of second/foreign language students, more recent approaches to teaching second/foreign languages have instead focused on communicative

xii

Introduction

competence. In traditional methodologies which emphasize grammatical competence, the focus is on the sentence, which can often result in students being unable to actually use the language in context. Learning the target language in isolated sentences can lead to learners becoming unable to deal with more complex portions of written language, such as paragraphs and short texts. This is why in this book, from the very first lesson, students are exposed to dialogues, and in later lessons, to short texts. Coursebooks which focus primarily on the production or translation of single sentences in the traditional grammar translation method create a language learning process that is synthetic and artificial, rather than authentic and automatic. More up-to-date methodologies which focus on communicative competence, however, place less emphasis on the explicit or direct teaching of grammar and instead stress language use and implicit or indirect instruction of grammar. This does not mean that formal instruction of grammar should be eliminated altogether, since adult learners have the ability to perceive abstract information. In fact, the contextualized formal instruction of grammar is arguably the most effective approach in adult second language learning. Students learn more successfully when they approach a second/foreign language as a means for acquiring information, rather than as an end in itself. In addition, language instruction is more efficient when all four skills of language learning (i.e. listening, reading, writing and speaking) are simultaneously practised within a true-to-life context in the target language. Content-based materials, such as those presented in this coursebook, provide such a comprehensive context for language instruction. Through a varied range of materials, the student’s attention is focused on learning the content (whether vocabulary or grammatical constructions) on a more subconscious level, which is the level at which language acquisition occurs more successfully. In such an interactive content-based classroom, the student-teacher roles shift as the student and the teacher become collaborators in the language acquisition process. A student-centered atmosphere in the classroom boosts the students’ motivation and self-confidence, while minimizing their affective inhibitions and stress. In such an atmosphere, students take the lead and the teacher follows, facilitating the flow of the lesson.

The structure of the coursebook

............................................................................................................................................................................................

The Routledge Introductory Persian Course: Farsi Shirin Ast contains 15 lessons. Each lesson (apart from Lesson 1 in which the Persian alphabet and writing system are introduced) is composed of several sections, each designed to integrate language learning skills and facilitate language acquisition: 䊏 䊏

A title in the form of a question followed by a photographic image and accompanying caption which should be used as the basis for pre-reading tasks. A vocabulary section in which Persian words are presented along with their English equivalent(s). In the vocabulary table, the part of speech of each new item is

Introduction

䊏 䊏

䊏 䊏

䊏

xiii

presented (in Persian), and a Persian sentence is provided where the new word is used in context (with accompanying English translation in Chapters 2–5). A dialogue, followed by comprehension questions in Persian. An explanation in English of the grammatical point(s) introduced in the dialogue, which includes Persian example sentences, usually accompanied by an English translation (see below). We have intentionally made these grammar explanations in English as brief as possible, since our preference is for the acquisition of Persian grammar implicitly, rather than explicitly. A short text in which the implicit focus is on the new grammatical point(s) introduced in the lesson, followed by comprehension questions in Persian. Additional exercises for students to practise the grammar and vocabulary introduced in the lesson. These take a variety of forms: multiple-choice, fill in the blanks, translation, word reordering, sentence completion, etc. A colloquial situational dialogue, followed by a table showing the relationship between the formal (or literary) and colloquial words and expressions used, as well as some additional related vocabulary so that students can recreate similar situational dialogues by substituting the words used in the original dialogue with other related words. The colloquial Persian presented in these sections (collectively entitled, Dar shahr cheh khabar-eh? “What’s going on in town?”), is the informal spoken dialect of Tehran, which is the most widely understood colloquial form of Persian.

The coursebook ends with two comprehensive vocabulary sections, one Persian to English, the other English to Persian which includes the words introduced in the individual vocabulary sections at the beginning of each lesson with their English equivalent(s). There is also an index of grammatical terms at the very end of the book which students and instructors can use to easily locate where a particular grammar point is discussed in the coursebook.

How to use this coursebook

............................................................................................................................................................................................

The title of each lesson is in the form of an engaging question in Persian which relates to the subject of the dialogue or the short text (or both) and which the instructor should use as a pre-reading exercise to prepare students for the topics covered in that lesson. In doing so, a connection will be made between the students’ old information, and the new information being presented to them, thereby resulting in the internalization of the new information. The title is followed by a photographic image with an accompanying caption in Persian which the instructor can either use at the beginning as an aid to further discussion (along with the title), or else at the end of the lesson once the dialogue and short text have been covered. Each photo caption ends with an invitation to the students to do a brief websearch (in Persian script) to find out more about the subject of the

xiv

Introduction

photograph. The information the students find via the websearch can be discussed in brief before moving on to the next lesson. By making the title of each lesson a question in Persian, and providing each image with a Persian caption, we encourage students from the very beginning of the course to engage with Persian directly, rather than indirectly (through, say translation or transliterated Persian). Wherever possible (and with increasing frequency as the lessons progress), instructions are given in Persian, rather than English, for the same purpose. The vocabulary section includes example sentences as well as parts of speech so that students can learn from the very beginning of their encounter with Persian how to use each word in context, as well as to identify its grammatical usage. These example sentences are introduced from the first lessons so that the students are exposed to a large amount of passive vocabulary and grammar required to gradually better comprehend the target language. In the first few chapters (2–5), English translations are provided for these example sentences to ease students into engaging with the passive vocabulary and grammar. After the first few lessons, the students can be asked to make similar sentences in Persian to the example sentences provided in the book, and – with the aid of a dictionary – translate the example sentences into English either in class, or else as a homework exercise. Putting their new vocabulary to use in this manner enables learners to make their passive vocabulary active. It should be mentioned, however, that the vocabulary presented in the coursebook is by no means exhaustive, and students should be encouraged to use printed dictionaries and those available on the internet to broaden their vocabulary base. Instructors may also wish to introduce a certain amount of additional vocabulary where they feel it to be beneficial. The audio recordings of the vocabulary lists should be also used in tandem with the coursebook in order to help students to develop natural pronunciation in Persian. We have made a conscious, pedagogical decision not to use transliteration in our coursebook because, in our experience, it interferes with and ultimately delays the learner’s connection with the Persian script and writing system. Likewise, short vowels are not marked so that from the beginning, students become accustomed to reading authentic Persian texts where short vowels are normally not shown. The dialogues are based on real life settings and are intended to be used to familiarize students with the formal/literary register of Persian. Students can listen to the audio recordings of the dialogues as read by native speakers, and use them to gauge their own pronunciation. The dialogues are followed by comprehension questions in Persian which can be answered orally or in writing. Students are also invited to compose a modified version of the dialogue in their own words, which they can then act out in class in pairs. Controlled exercises of this type, on the one hand make students engage in a creative manner with the structures necessary to imitate natural style when producing Persian. On the other hand, these exercises also help students to internalize the vocabulary and structures introduced in the dialogue by requiring them to substitute the information presented in the dialogue with their own information. As far as possible, we have endeavoured to explain the grammatical points in plain

Introduction

xv

English. These brief grammar explanations are followed immediately by relevant examples so as to build the grammatical competence of the students as well as their communicative competence. In other words, there is as smooth a transition as possible from the explicit explanation of grammatical points to their implicit presentation in context. In addition, from the first lessons, students learn not only to form simple sentences and to analyse their constituent parts, but also to construct and analyse compound and complex sentences. The verb is said to be the head of the sentence. This is why in this coursebook, simple verbs have been introduced prior to other parts of speech (such as nouns and adjectives) in each grammar section. Moreover, since the first few lessons contain simple vocabulary, the main focus for the learners at the beginning will be the acquisition of verbs, which contain the core meaning of the sentence. It should be noted that not all the example Persian sentences given in the grammar sections are accompanied by English translations. This requires learners to engage more directly with the Persian constructions and to focus on grammatical patterns, rather than being distracted by decoding the semantic meaning. Students should, of course, be encouraged to look up any new vocabulary they encounter in the exercises in the glossary at the back of the book, or else in a dictionary. The short texts introduce learners to larger blocks of language, and show them how phrases and sentences are connected in a paragraph. The texts contain information about modern and pre-modern Iranian society, literature, history and art; we firmly believe that the language should not be separated from its cultural context in secondlanguage instruction. The audio recording of each short text should be used as a prereading exercise for listening comprehension. The audio should be played twice while students keep their books closed; the first time followed by several general comprehension questions delivered orally, and the second time followed by more detailed comprehension questions. Following this, the students can be asked to open their books and first read and then paraphrase the text in small groups. In this way, heritage students and absolute beginners can be paired or else divided into mixed groups to work together to better understand and summarize the text. The colloquial dialogues are situational, in Tehrani dialect, and are aimed at familiarizing students with conversation in everyday situations. The formal/literary versus colloquial tables after each dialogue highlight the difference between the two registers of the language, and can be used on the one hand to help ab initio learners to convert their formal Persian into colloquial, and, conversely, help heritage learners to familiarize themselves with the relationship between the spoken form of Persian – which they are more comfortable with – and the formal, literary register. By including this colloquial section in each lesson, we hope to encourage instruction in colloquial Persian in the classroom, which should enable those students without Persian-speaking heritage, and those who do not have the opportunity to visit Iran, to learn to converse in a natural spoken register. We have chosen to draw a clear separation between the formal/literary and colloquial in our coursebook since we feel that by doing so a more level playing field is created for both heritage learners and ab initio students. Heritage learners commonly

xvi

Introduction

have limited knowledge of formal, written Persian, and so by focusing on this register of Persian, the learning environment becomes more homogenous.

Tentative syllabus

............................................................................................................................................................................................

A tentative syllabus is suggested below, although it should be stressed that each class will have its own natural pace: If introductory Persian is taught as a year-long course, with two semesters each of approximately 13 weeks, with around 40 hours of Persian instruction per semester, each lesson can be covered in two weeks (or six sessions) in the following manner: Class 1: Pre-lesson discussion of the title, photograph, and caption and first half of vocabulary Class 2: Second half of vocabulary Class 3: Formal dialogue and first half of the grammar Class 4: Reading and second half of the grammar Class 5: Colloquial dialogue Class 6: Chapter quiz If this pattern is followed, the first seven chapters can be covered in the first semester and the second eight chapters in the second semester. Depending on the size of the class and the students’ individual learning strategies, the instructor can adopt different teaching techniques which s/he feels will best facilitate the acquisition of the material. The more the students are involved in the class, the greater the chance they will acquire and retain the material covered. Bridging between the students’ existing knowledge and the new information also facilitates learning. In addition, the students’ autonomy can be built up by assigning different target-language-related tasks to them, such as generating sample sentences with the newly introduced vocabulary or writing dialogues and texts similar to those presented in the book or giving short presentations on the topics covered in each lesson. Language proficiency follows when the four key language skills – listening, reading, writing and speaking – are enhanced side-by-side in this kind of integrated approach. We hope that you will enjoy using this coursebook, and look forward to receiving your feedback via email or the website. Pouneh Shabani Jadidi and Dominic Parviz Brookshaw Montreal and Manchester, July 2009

Introduction

xvii

Parts of speech in Persian

............................................................................................................................................................................................

noun (e.g. love, flower, kindness)

‫اﺳﻢ‬

verb (e.g. goes, has arrived, will eat)

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

adjective (e.g. good, eager, faithful) adverb (e.g. well, carefully, enthusiastically)

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

preposition (e.g. on, without, by)

‫ﺣﺮف اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬

pronoun (e.g. it, her, themselves)

‫ﺿﻤﻴﺮ‬

conjunction (e.g. and, otherwise, however)

‫ﺣﺮف رﺑﻂ‬

compound noun (e.g. ice cream, blackboard)

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮ^ﺐ‬

phrase (e.g. in the park, standing there, by means of) sentence (e.g. I study Persian.)

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ‬

‫درس اول‬ ‫‪.......................................................................‬‬

‫اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬

‫‪Lesson‬‬ ‫‪One‬‬

‫ﺑﺨﺸﻰ از ﻛﺘﻴﺒﮥ ﻣﺴﺠﺪ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﻧﻄﻨﺰ‪ .‬اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ﻫﻤﺎن اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻋﺮﺑﻰ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﮥ ﭼﻬﺎر ﺣﺮف‪ :‬پ‪ ،‬چ‪ ،‬ژ‪ ،‬گ‪ .‬اﻳﻦ ﺻﺪاﻫﺎ در‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺑﻰ ﻛﻼﺳﻴ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ و ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ دﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮاى ﻛﺴﺐ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ در ﻣﻮرد اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ در اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

2

Lesson 1

䊏

The Persian alphabet

‫اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬ .......................................................................

The Persian Alphabet

‫ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬:‫درس اول‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ آﺷﻨﺎﻳﻰ‬




Persian alphabet

‫اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬

............................................................................................................................................................................................

pronunciation

final (stand alone)

final (attached)

medial

initial

/a:/ 1 far

/alef/

‫ا‬

‫ـﺎ‬

‫ـﺎ‬

‫آ‬

/b/ bed

/be/

‫ب‬

‫ـﺐ‬

‫ـﺒـ‬

‫ﺑـ‬

/p/ pet

/pe/

‫پ‬

‫ـﭗ‬

‫ـﭙـ‬

‫ﭘـ‬

/t/ ten

/te/

‫ت‬

‫ـﺖ‬

‫ـﺘـ‬

‫ﺗـ‬

/s/ set

/se/

‫ث‬

‫ـﺚ‬

‫ـﺜـ‬

‫ﺛـ‬

/
/ jet

/
i:m/

‫ج‬

‫ـﺞ‬

‫ـﺠـ‬

‫ﺟـ‬

1

The letters which appear between / / are those of the phonetic alphabet. The /a:/ represents the long vowel as in the English word ‘far’, whereas /a/ indicates the short vowel as in ‘rap’. Please note that the initial alef can represent /a/, /e/, or /o/, depending on the short vowel it carries.

‫اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬

pronunciation

final (stand alone)

/cˇ / chat

/cˇ e/

/h/ hat

䊏

‫درس اول‬

3

final(attached)

medial

initial

‫چ‬

‫ـﭻ‬

‫ـﭽـ‬

‫ﭼـ‬

/he/

‫ح‬

‫ـﺢ‬

‫ـﺤـ‬

‫ﺣـ‬

/x/ 2 loch

/xe/

‫خ‬

‫ـﺦ‬

‫ـﺨـ‬

‫ﺧـ‬

/d/ doll

/da:l/

‫د‬

‫ـﺪ‬

‫ـﺪ‬

‫د‬

/z/ zoo

/za:l/

‫ذ‬

‫ـﺬ‬

‫ـﺬ‬

‫ذ‬

/r/ 3 red

/re/

‫ر‬

‫ـﺮ‬

‫ـﺮ‬

‫ر‬

/z/ zoo

/ze/

‫ز‬

‫ـﺰ‬

‫ـﺰ‬

‫ز‬

/zˇ / beige

/zˇ e/

‫ژ‬

‫ـﮋ‬

‫ـﮋ‬

‫ژ‬

/s/ set

/si:n/

‫س‬

‫ـﺲ‬

‫ـﺴـ‬

‫ﺳ‬

/sˇ / shoe

/sˇ i:n/

‫ش‬

‫ـﺶ‬

‫ـﺸـ‬

‫ﺷ‬

/s/ set

/sa:d/

‫ص‬

‫ـﺺ‬

‫ـﺼـ‬

‫ﺻـ‬

/z/ zoo

/za:d/

‫ض‬

‫ـﺾ‬

‫ـﻀـ‬

‫ﺿـ‬

/t/ ten

/ta:/

‫ط‬

‫ـﻂ‬

‫ـﻂ‬

‫ط‬

/z/ zoo

/za:/

‫ظ‬

‫ـﻆ‬

‫ـﻆ‬

‫ظ‬

2 3

This sound is not very common in English; it is close to the final sound of the word “loch”. Persian /r/ is slightly different from the English /r/. Try rolling your tongue and you will get close to this sound!

4

Lesson 1

䊏

The Persian alphabet

pronunciation

final (stand alone)

final(attached)

medial

initial

/ʔ/ 4 bottle /bo’el/ (in Cockney accent)

/ʔeyn/

‫ع‬

‫ـﻊ‬

‫ـﻌـ‬

‫ﻋـ‬

/γ/ glottal /g/

/γeyn/

‫غ‬

‫ـﻎ‬

‫ـﻐـ‬

‫ﻏـ‬

/f/ fat

/fe/

‫ف‬

‫ـﻒ‬

‫ـﻔـ‬

‫ﻓـ‬

/γ/ glottal /g/

/γa:f/

‫ق‬

‫ـﻖ‬

‫ـﻘـ‬

‫ﻗـ‬

/k/ key

/ka:f/

€

‫ـ‬

‫ـ‬B‫ـ‬

‫^ـ‬

/g/ go

/ga:f/

‫گ‬

‫ـﮓ‬

‫ـﮕـ‬

‫ﮔـ‬

/l/ love

/la:m/

‫ل‬

‫ـﻞ‬

‫ـﻠـ‬

‫ﻟـ‬

/m/ me

/mi:m/

‫م‬

‫ـﻢ‬

‫ـﻤـ‬

‫ﻣـ‬

/n/ net

/nu:n/

‫ن‬

‫ـﻦ‬

‫ـﻨـ‬

‫ﻧـ‬

/v/ 5 valley

/va:v/

‫و‬

‫ـﻮ‬

‫ـﻮ‬

‫و‬

/h/ hat

/he/

‫ه‬

‫ـﻪ‬

‫ـﻬـ‬

‫ﻫـ‬

/y/ 6 yes

/ye/

‫ى‬

‫ـﻰ‬

‫ـﻴـ‬

‫ﻳـ‬

4

5

6

To get this sound when it is in medial position, pronounce it as Cockney speakers pronounce bottle (with a silent glottal stop /ʔ/). This letter can also represent the short vowel /o/ and the long vowel /u:/, as in: /to/ ‫ﺗﻮ‬ /u:/ ‫او‬ This letter can also represent the long vowel /i:/, as in: /sˇ i:r/ ‫ﺷﻴﺮ‬ /fa:rsi:/ ‫ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬

‫اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬

䊏

‫درس اول‬

5

Orthography

............................................................................................................................................................................................

There are 32 letters in Persian, which are written from right to left. These letters contain consonants and long vowels. Vowels Short vowels are not normally written in Persian. Unlike English, which has a rather complex system of vowels, Persian has only three long vowels: /da:ra:/ ‫ دارا‬-/kaba:b/ ‫ – ^ﺒﺎب‬/a:b/ ‫آب‬

/a:/

/ki:/ ‫ ^ﻰ‬-/di:v/ ‫– دﻳﻮ‬/i:ra:n/ ‫اﻳﺮان‬

/i:/

/γu:/ ‫ ﻗﻮ‬-/su:t/ ‫ – ﺳﻮت‬/u:/ ‫او‬

/u:/

‫ ا‬-‫آ‬ 7

‫ ى‬- ‫ﻳـ‬- ‫اﻳ‬

8

‫ و‬-‫ ـﻮ‬-‫او‬

The three short vowels in Persian (/a/-/e/-/o/) are not normally indicated in writing.9 At the beginning of a word, the short vowel is carried either by ‫ ا‬or else by ‫ ع‬, e.g.: /ami:r/ ‫اﻣﻴﺮ‬ /omi:d/ ‫اﻣﻴﺪ‬ /ʔelm/ ‫ﻋﻠﻢ‬ If a word ends in /o/, then it will end in ‫ و‬, e.g.: /to/ ‫ﺗﻮ‬ /no/ ‫ﻧﻮ‬ If the word ends in /e/, the short vowel is carried by a ‫ه‬, which is often (though not always) silent, e.g.: /be/ ‫ﺑﻪ‬ /seta:re/ ‫ﺳﺘﺎره‬ /deh/ ‫ده‬

7 8 9

Initial “ ‫ ”ﻴ‬is preceded by “‫ ” ا‬to produce the long vowel /i:/, as in “‫ ” اﻳﺮان‬/i:ra:n/. Initial “‫ ”و‬is preceded by “‫ ” ا‬to produce the long vowel /u:/, as in “‫ ” او‬/u:/ . In a few words in Persian, medial ‫ و‬is pronounced short (/o/), rather than long (/u:/), e.g.: /xosˇ / ‫ﺧﻮش‬

6

Lesson 1

䊏

The Persian alphabet

Spelling hints 1.

To write a word, the letters in the word need to be attached to one another, but some letters only attach on the right, and not on the left.

These are the letters that attach only on the right: /a:ba:d/ ‫ آﺑﺎد‬/ma:/ ‫ ﻣﺎ‬/ba:/ ‫ا ﺑﺎ‬ /del/ ‫ دل‬/madad/ ‫ ﻣﺪد‬/a:mad/ ‫د آﻣﺪ‬ /lazi:z/ ‫ ﻟﺬﻳﺬ‬/na:fez/ ‫ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ‬/ka:γaz/‫ذ ^ﺎﻏﺬ‬ /zarar/ ‫ ﺿﺮر‬/agar/ ‫ اﮔﺮ‬/por/ ‫ر ﭘﺮ‬ /marz/ ‫ ﻣﺮز‬/boz/ ‫ ﺑﺰ‬/ri:z/ ‫ز رﻳﺰ‬ /zˇ a:le/ ‫ ژاﻟﻪ‬/pazˇ morde/ ‫ ﭘﮋﻣﺮده‬/vi:zˇ e/ ‫ژ وﻳﮋه‬ /halva:/ ‫ ﺣﻠﻮا‬/mu:/ ‫ ﻣﻮ‬/holu:/ ‫و ﻫﻠﻮ‬ All other letters in the alphabet attach both on the left and on the right: /lab/ ‫ ﻟﺐ‬/kabu:tar/ ‫ ^ﺒﻮﺗﺮ‬/bu:se/ ‫ﺑﻮﺳﻪ‬

‫ ـﺐ‬- ‫ ـﺒـ‬- ‫ﺑـ‬ ‫ ـﭗ‬- ‫ ـﭙـ‬- ‫ﭘـ‬ ‫ ـﺖ‬- ‫ ـﺘـ‬- ‫ﺗـ‬ ‫ ـﺚ‬- ‫ ـﺜـ‬- ‫ﺛـ‬

/cˇ ap/ ‫ ﭼﭗ‬/kopi:/ ‫ ^ﭙﻰ‬/par/ ‫ﭘﺮ‬ /γedmat/ ‫ ﻗﺪﻣﺖ‬/ketri:/ ‫ ^ﺘﺮى‬/tu:t/ ‫ﺗﻮت‬ /sols/ ‫ ﺛﻠﺚ‬/kesrat/ ‫ ^ﺜﺮت‬/sabt/ ‫ﺛﺒﺖ‬ /a:han/ ‫ آﻫﻦ‬/bandar/ ‫ ﺑﻨﺪر‬/nam/ ‫ﻧﻢ‬ /pi:ri:/ ‫ ﭘﻴﺮى‬/pani:r/ ‫ ﭘﻨﻴﺮ‬/ya:d/ ‫ﻳﺎد‬ /ka
/ ‫ ^ﺞ‬/gon
esˇ k/ ‫ ﮔﻨﺠﺸ‬/
ahd/ ‫ﺟﻬﺪ‬ /pi:cˇ / ‫ ﭘﻴﭻ‬/kacˇ al/ ‫ ^ﭽﻞ‬/cˇ aman/ ‫ﭼﻤﻦ‬ /sahi:h/ ‫ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬/mah
u:b/ ‫ ﻣﺤﺠﻮب‬/hefz/ ‫ﺣﻔﻆ‬ /malax/ ‫ ﻣﻠﺦ‬/moxta:r/ ‫ ﻣﺨﺘﺎر‬/xa:m/ ‫ﺧﺎم‬ /narges/ ‫ ﻧﺮﮔﺲ‬/mosalma:n/ ‫ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎن‬/samanu:/ ‫ﺳﻤﻨﻮ‬ /pu:sˇ esˇ / ‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬/pasˇ m/ ‫ ﭘﺸﻢ‬/sˇ ab/ ‫ﺷﺐ‬ /taxassos/ ‫ﺼﺺ‬ ّ ‫ ﺗﺨ‬/mosa:def/ ‫ ﻣﺼﺎدف‬/sa:f/ ‫ﺻﺎف‬ /γabz/ ‫ ﻗﺒﺾ‬/mazmu:n/ ‫ ﻣﻀﻤﻮن‬/zabt/ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ‬ /faγat/ ‫ ﻓﻘﻂ‬/xatar/ ‫ ﺧﻄﺮ‬/taraf/ ‫ﻃﺮف‬ /mahfu:z/ ‫ ﻣﺤﻔﻮظ‬/mazhar/ ‫ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ‬/zafar/ ‫ﻇﻔﺮ‬

‫ ـﻦ‬- ‫ ـﻨـ‬- ‫ﻧـ‬ ‫ ـﻰ‬- ‫ ـﻴـ‬- ‫ﻳـ‬ ‫ ـﺞ‬- ‫ ـﺠـ‬- ‫ﺟـ‬ ‫ ـﭻ‬-‫ ـﭽـ‬- ‫ﭼـ‬ ‫ ـﺢ‬- ‫ ـﺤـ‬- ‫ﺣـ‬ ‫ ـﺦ‬- ‫ ـﺨـ‬- ‫ﺧـ‬ ‫ ـﺲ‬- ‫ ـﺴـ‬- ‫ﺳـ‬ ‫ ـﺶ‬- ‫ ـﺸـ‬- ‫ﺷـ‬

‫ ـﺺ‬- ‫ ـﺼـ‬- ‫ﺻـ‬ ‫ ـﺾ‬- ‫ ـﻀـ‬- ‫ﺿ‬ ‫ ـﻂ‬- ‫ ـﻄـ‬- ‫ط‬ ‫ ـﻆ‬- ‫ ـﻈـ‬- ‫ﻈ‬

‫اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬

䊏

/manʔ/ ‫ ﻣﻨﻊ‬/maʔmu:l/ ‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮل‬/ʔa
ab/ ‫ﻋﺠﺐ‬ /saff/ ّ‫ ﺻﻒ‬/kafan/ ‫ ^ﻔﻦ‬/fa:rsi:/ ‫ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬

‫ ـﻒ‬- ‫ ـﻔـ‬- ‫ﻓـ‬ ‫ ـﻖ‬- ‫ ـﻘـ‬- ‫ﻗـ‬

/tabaγe/ ‫ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ‬/bosˇ γa:b/ ‫ ﺑﺸﻘﺎب‬/γalb/ ‫ﻗﻠﺐ‬ /laklak/ ‫ ﻟ ﻟ‬/ni:mkat/ ‫ﺖ‬B‫ ﻧﻴﻤ‬/ka:r/ ‫^ﺎر‬

‫ ـ‬- ‫ـ‬B‫ ـ‬- ‫^ـ‬ ‫ ـﮓ‬- ‫ ـﮕـ‬- ‫ﮔـ‬

/sag/ ‫ ﺳﮓ‬/nega:h/ ‫ ﻧﮕﺎه‬/gom/ ‫ﮔﻢ‬ /pol/ ‫ ﭘﻞ‬/hela:l/ ‫ ﻫﻼل‬/lu:s/ ‫ﻟﻮس‬

‫ ـﻞ‬- ‫ ـﻠـ‬- ‫ﻟـ‬

/ni:m/ ‫ ﻧﻴﻢ‬/momken/ ‫ﻦ‬B‫ ﻣﻤ‬/maka:n/ ‫ﺎن‬B‫ﻣ‬

‫ ـﻢ‬- ‫ ـﻤـ‬- ‫ﻣـ‬

/deh/ ‫ ده‬/nahang/ ‫ ﻧﻬﻨﮓ‬/he
rat/ ‫ﻫﺠﺮت‬

‫ ـﻪ‬- ‫ ـﻬـ‬- ‫ﻫـ‬

As for pronunciation, there are some letters that are pronounced the same way:

‫ت–ط‬ ‫ث–س–ص‬ ‫ح–ه‬ ‫ذ–ز–ض–ظ‬ ‫ق‬-‫غ‬ 3.

7

‫ ـﻊ‬- ‫ ـﻌـ‬- ‫ﻋـ‬ ‫ ـﻎ‬- ‫ـﻐـ‬- ‫ﻏـ‬

/mablaγ/ ‫ ﻣﺒﻠﻎ‬/cˇ oγondar/ ‫ ﭼﻐﻨﺪر‬/γabγab/ ‫ﻏﺒﻐﺐ‬

2.

‫درس اول‬

/t/ /s/ /h/ /z/ /γ/

As for orthography, there are some letters with dots below them:

‫ب‬- ‫ ـﺐ‬- ‫ ـﺒـ‬- ‫ﺑـ‬ ‫ پ‬-‫ ـﭗ‬- ‫ ـﭙـ‬- ‫ﭘـ‬ ‫ ج‬- ‫ ـﺞ‬- ‫ ـﺠـ‬- ‫ﺟـ‬ ‫ چ‬-‫ ـﭻ‬-‫ ـﭽـ‬- ‫ﭼـ‬ ‫ ى‬- ‫ ـﻰ‬- ‫ ـﻴـ‬- ‫ﻳـ‬ 4.

And there are some letters with dots above them:

‫ ت‬-‫ ـﺖ‬- ‫ ـﺘـ‬- ‫ﺗـ‬ ‫ ث‬- ‫ ـﺚ‬- ‫ ـﺜـ‬- ‫ﺛـ‬ ‫ خ‬-‫ ـﺦ‬- ‫ ـﺨـ‬- ‫ﺧـ‬ ‫ ز‬- ‫ ـﺰ‬- ‫ ـﺰ‬- ‫ز‬ ‫ ژ‬- ‫ ـﮋ‬- ‫ ـﮋ‬- ‫ژ‬

8

Lesson 1

䊏

The Persian alphabet

‫ ش‬-‫ ـﺶ‬- ‫ ـﺸـ‬- ‫ﺷـ‬ ‫ ض‬- ‫ ـﺾ‬- ‫ ـﻀـ‬- ‫ﺿ‬ ‫ ظ‬-‫ ـﻆ‬- ‫ ـﻈـ‬- ‫ﻈ‬ ‫غ‬-‫ ـﻎ‬- ‫ـﻐـ‬- ‫ﻏـ‬ ‫ ف‬-‫ ـﻒ‬- ‫ ـﻔـ‬- ‫ﻓـ‬ ‫ ق‬-‫ ـﻖ‬- ‫ ـﻘـ‬- ‫ﻗـ‬ ‫ ن‬-‫ ـﻦ‬- ‫ ـﻨـ‬- ‫ﻧـ‬ 5.

As noted above, short vowels are not normally represented by letters. See above for details on this.

6.

The following symbols represent short vowels, which when written, are placed above or below the consonant that carries them.

ِ

7.

e.g. ‫ َﻣﻦ‬/man/

/a/

– /a/ as in ‘tap’

/e/

ِ – /e/ as in ‘met’

e.g. ‫ ِﻣﺲ‬/mes/

/o/

ُ – /o/ as in ‘top’

e.g. ‫ﺷﻞ‬ ُ

/sˇ ol/

If one letter is doubled in a word, only one letter is written and a ّ (tasˇdi:d) is placed above it, e.g.: /bacˇ cˇ e/ ‫ﭽﻪ‬ ّ ‫ﺑ‬ /moʔallem/

8.

Another symbol used in Persian orthography is hamze (‫)ء‬, which is a glottal stop like ‫ ع‬/ʔeyn/. The medial hamze is carried by a long vowel (‫ ﺌ‬- ‫ ؤ‬- ‫ )أ‬as in:

‫ﻣﺴﺄ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺆ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﺆال‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫و^ﻼء‬

/masʔale/ /taʔsi:r/ /moʔmen/ /soʔa:l/ /masa:ʔel/ /vokala:ʔ/

9.

‫ﻣﻌّﻠﻢ‬

There is another symbol used in Persian orthography, which is used mostly for adverbs. It is placed on alef ( ‫ ) ًا‬and is called tanvi:n /taγriban/ /abadan/

‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬ ‫اﺑﺪًا‬

‫اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬

䊏

‫درس اول‬

9

Practise the way letters are formed in Persian in different positions by copying the examples in the following table. Once you have copied out the words, try looking up their meanings in the dictionary.

Persian alphabet with examples




‫اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺜﺎل‬

............................................................................................................................................................................................

final (stand alone) /da:ra:/

final (attached)

‫ا‬ ‫دارا‬

/da:na:/

medial

‫ـﺎ‬ ‫داﻧﺎ‬

/ma:dar/

initial

‫ـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺎدر‬

/ana:r/ /ensa:n/ /ota:γ/ /a:b/

/asb/

‫ـﺐ‬ ‫اﺳﺐ‬

/tu:p/

‫پ‬ ‫ﺗﻮپ‬

/cˇ ap/

‫ـﭗ‬ ‫ﭼﭗ‬

/tu:t/

‫ت‬ ‫ﺗﻮت‬

/hast/

‫ـﺖ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺖ‬

/asa:s/

‫ث‬ ‫اﺛﺎث‬

/lous/

‫ـﺚ‬ ‫ﻟﻮث‬

/ta:
/

‫ج‬ ‫ﺗﺎج‬

/gan
/

‫ـﺞ‬ ‫ﮔﺞ‬

/gacˇ /

‫ـﭻ‬ ‫ﮔﭻ‬

/bacˇ cˇ e/

‫ـﭽـ‬ ‫ﭽﻪ‬ ّ ‫ﺑ‬

‫ـﺢ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺢ‬

/sahra:/

‫ـﺤـ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﺮا‬

/mi:x/

‫ـﺦ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺦ‬

/taxfi:f/

/komod/

‫ـﺪ‬ ‫^ﻤﺪ‬

/meda:d/

/a:b/

‫ب‬ ‫آب‬

/γa:rcˇ /

‫چ‬ ‫ﻗﺎرچ‬

/louh/

‫ح‬ ‫ﻟﻮح‬

/ka:x/

‫خ‬ ‫^ﺎخ‬

/doru:d/

10

‫د‬ ‫درود‬

10

/masi:h/

/kabu:tar/ /separ/ /seta:re/ /mosallas/ /mas
ed/

/ou/ This diphthong is found in English words such as go, show and mow.

‫ـﺒـ‬ ‫^ﺒﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫ـﭙـ‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺮ‬ ‫ـﺘـ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺎره‬

/baha:r/ /parva:ne/

‫ا‬ ‫اﻧﺎر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اﻧﺴﺎن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اﺗﺎق‬ ‫آ‬ ‫آب‬ ‫ﺑـ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎر‬ ‫ﭘـ‬ ‫ﭘﺮواﻧﻪ‬

/tar/

‫ﺗـ‬ ‫ﺗﺮ‬

‫ـﺜـ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻠﺚ‬

/sabt/

‫ﺛـ‬ ‫ﺛﺒﺖ‬

‫ـﺠـ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺠﺪ‬

/
u:
e/

‫ﺟـ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺟﻪ‬

/cˇ atr/

‫ﭼـ‬ ‫ﭼﺘﺮ‬

/houle/

‫ﺣـ‬ ‫ﺣﻮﻟﻪ‬

‫ـﺨـ‬ ‫ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ‬

/xa:ne/

‫ﺧـ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫ـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺪاد‬

/da:ne/

‫د‬ ‫داﻧﻪ‬

10

Lesson 1

䊏

final (stand alone)

The Persian alphabet

final (attached)

medial

/lazi:z/

‫ذ‬ ‫ﻟﺬﻳﺬ‬

/gozarna:me/

/sˇ i:r/

‫ـﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺮ‬

/kare/ /a:vi:za:n/ /vi:zˇ e/

‫ـﮋ‬ ‫وﻳﮋه‬

/ sˇ a:z/

‫ذ‬ ‫ﺷﺎذ‬

/ma:r/

‫ر‬ ‫ﻣﺎر‬

/a:va:z/

‫ز‬ ‫آواز‬

/gaz/

‫ـﺰ‬ ‫ﮔﺰ‬

‫ژ‬ ‫دژ‬

/lozˇ /

‫ـﮋ‬ ‫ﻟﮋ‬

/dezˇ /

initial

/aru:s/

‫س‬ ‫ﻋﺮوس‬

/mes/

‫ـﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﺲ‬

/mu:sˇ /

‫ش‬ ‫ﻣﻮش‬

/kesˇ /

‫ـﺶ‬ ‫^ﺶ‬

/γors/

‫ص‬ ‫ﻗﺮص‬

/hoUz/

‫ض‬ ‫ﺣﻮض‬

/haya:t/

‫ط‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎط‬

/hefa:z/

‫ظ‬ ‫ﺣﻔﺎظ‬

/sˇ o
a:ʔ/

‫ع‬ ‫ﺷﺠﺎع‬

‫ـﺬ‬ ‫ﮔﺬرﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬ ‫ـﺮ‬ ‫^ﺮه‬ ‫ـﺰ‬ ‫آوﻳﺰان‬

‫ر‬ ‫روﺑﺎه‬

/za:l/ /zˇ a:le/

‫ژ‬ ‫ژاﻟﻪ‬

/afsar/

‫ـﺴـ‬ ‫اﻓﺴﺮ‬

/si:r/

‫ﺳ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺮ‬

/kasˇ ti:/

‫ـﺸـ‬ ‫^ﺸﺘﻰ‬

/sˇ ahr/

‫ﺷ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮ‬

/sadaf/

‫ﺻـ‬ ‫ﺻﺪف‬

/zarb/

‫ﺿـ‬ ‫ﺿﺮب‬

/tabl/

‫ط‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻞ‬

/zarf/

‫ظ‬ ‫ﻇﺮف‬

/ʔeynak/

‫ﻋـ‬ ‫ﻋﻴﻨ‬

/xa:les/

/fasl/

‫ـﺼـ‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

/mari:z/

‫ـﺾ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻳﺾ‬

/azole/

‫ـﻀـ‬ ‫ﻋﻀﻠﻪ‬

/tu:ti:/

‫ـﻂ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻃﻰ‬

/xatt/

/ru:ba:h/

‫ز‬ ‫زال‬

‫ـﺺ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‬

‫ـﻂ‬ ‫ﺧﻂ‬

/zorrat/

‫ذ‬ ‫ذ ّرت‬

/ha:fez/

‫ـﻆ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ‬

/ʔazi:m/

‫ـﻆ‬ ‫ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‬

/sˇ amʔ/

‫ـﻊ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﻊ‬

/
aʔbe/

‫ـﻌـ‬ ‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ‬

/loγat/

‫ـﻐـ‬ ‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬

/γa:r/

‫ﻏـ‬ ‫ﻏﺎر‬

/kala:fe/

‫ـﻔـ‬ ‫^ﻼﻓﻪ‬

/fekr/

‫ﻓـ‬ ‫ﺮ‬B‫ﻓ‬

/γelγeli:/

‫ـﻘـ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻘﻠﻰ‬

/γand/

‫ﻗـ‬ ‫ﻗﻨﺪ‬

/sˇ ekar/

‫ـ‬B‫ـ‬ ‫ﺮ‬B‫ﺷ‬

/ka:x/

‫^ـ‬ ‫^ﺎخ‬

/angu:r/

‫ـﮕـ‬ ‫اﻧﮕﻮر‬

/ba:γ/

‫غ‬ ‫ﺑﺎغ‬

/ti:γ/

‫ـﻎ‬ ‫ﺗﻴﻎ‬

/la:f/

‫ف‬ ‫ﻻف‬

/li:f/

‫ـﻒ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻒ‬

/o
a:γ/

‫ق‬ ‫اﺟﺎق‬

/γa:sˇ oγ/

‫ـﻖ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺷﻖ‬

/xa:k/

€ €‫ﺧﺎ‬

/namak/

‫ـ‬ ‫ﻧﻤ‬

/barg/

‫گ‬ ‫ﺑﺮگ‬

/sag/

‫ـﮓ‬ ‫ﺳﮓ‬

/gu:sa:le/

‫ﮔـ‬ ‫ﮔﻮﺳﺎﻟﻪ‬

‫اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬

final (stand alone)

final (attached)

/xa:l/

‫ل‬ ‫ﺧﺎل‬

/gol/

/xa:m/

‫م‬ ‫ﺧﺎم‬

/nasi:m/

medial

‫ـﻞ‬ ‫ﮔﻞ‬ ‫ـﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﻴﻢ‬

/kama:n/

‫ن‬ ‫^ﻤﺎن‬

/man/

‫ـﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬

/sarv/ /
a:ru:/

‫و‬ ‫ﺳﺮو‬ ‫ﺟﺎرو‬

/di:v/ /mu:/

‫ـﻮ‬ ‫دﻳﻮ‬ ‫ﻣﻮ‬

‫ه‬ ‫ﻣﺎه‬ ‫ى‬ /gu:y/ ‫ﮔﻮى‬ /ru:sari:/ ‫روﺳﺮى‬ /ma:h/

/sˇ abi:h/ /ney/ /bi:ni:/

‫ـﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﺒﻴﻪ‬ ‫ـﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻨﻰ‬

䊏

‫درس اول‬

initial

/alborz/

‫ـﻠـ‬ ‫اﻟﺒﺮز‬

/la:le/

/ami:γ/

‫ـﻤـ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬

/mazraʔe/

/pani:r/

‫ـﻨـ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﻴﺮ‬

/sˇ alva:r/ /mu:sˇ /

‫ـﻮ‬ ‫ﺷﻠﻮار‬ ‫ﻣﻮش‬

/mehr/ /a:sa:yesˇ / /sˇ i:r/

11

‫ـﻬـ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺮ‬ ‫ـﻴـ‬ ‫آﺳﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺮ‬

‫ﻟـ‬ ‫ﻻﻟﻪ‬

/namak/ /vasat/

/ha:le/ /ya:r /

‫ﻣـ‬ ‫ﻣﺰرﻋﻪ‬ ‫ﻧـ‬ ‫ﻧﻤ‬ ‫و‬ ‫وﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻫـ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﻳـ‬ ‫ﻳﺎر‬

Exercises

............................................................................................................................................................................................

1.

Combine the following letters and sounds to make a Persian word, and then look them up in the dictionary.

‫ ر ← َﺑﺮاَدر‬+ ‫ َـ‬+ ‫ د‬+ ‫ ا‬+‫ ر‬+ ‫ َـ‬+ ‫ب‬ ← ‫ ه‬+ ‫ ِـ‬+ ‫ ر‬+ ‫ ا‬+ ‫ ت‬+ ‫ ِـ‬+ ‫س‬ ← ‫ ت‬+ ‫ خ‬+ ‫ َـ‬+ ‫ ر‬+ ‫ ِـ‬+ ‫د‬ ← ‫ ل‬+ ‫ ُـ‬+ ‫گ‬ ← ‫ ل‬+ ‫ ِـ‬+ € + ‫ ش‬+ ‫ ُـ‬+ ‫م‬ ← ‫ ه‬+ ‫ ِـ‬+ ‫ ل‬+ ‫ ل‬+ ‫ َـ‬+ ‫گ‬ ← ‫ ش‬+ ‫ ا‬+ ‫ ق‬+ ‫ ق‬+ ‫ َـ‬+ ‫ن‬ ← ‫ ل‬+ ‫ َـ‬+ ‫ و‬+‫ و‬+ ‫ا‬ ← ‫ د‬+ ‫ ُـ‬+ ‫ ل‬+ ‫ ل‬+ ‫ َـ‬+‫ و‬+‫ َـ‬+ ‫ت‬ 2.

Combine the following letters, sounds and symbols to make a Persian word, and then look them up in the dictionary.

‫‪The Persian alphabet‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 1‬‬

‫‪12‬‬

‫ع ‪ُ +‬ـ ‪ +‬م ‪ +‬د ‪َ +‬ـ ‪ +‬ت ‪ +‬ا ‪ً +‬ـ ← ﻋﻤﺪﺗًﺎ‬ ‫ف ‪ِ +‬ـ ‪ +‬ع ‪ +‬ل ‪ +‬ا ‪ً +‬ـ ←‬ ‫ح ‪َ +‬ـ ‪ +‬ت ‪ +‬م ‪ +‬ا ‪ً +‬ـ ←‬ ‫‪Read the words below and write out their English equivalents. Some of them are‬‬ ‫‪brand names, others are foreign loan words commonly used in Persian. Note that‬‬ ‫‪when foreign words are written in Persian, short vowel sounds are often represented‬‬ ‫‪using long vowels.‬‬

‫ﭘﺎرﻳﺲ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﺳﻮن آپ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﻮرد‬ ‫ﺳﻮپ‬ ‫اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﺴ‪B‬ﺎﻓﻪ‬ ‫ﮔﻞ‬ ‫روﻟ‪B‬ﺲ‬ ‫رﻧﻮ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻧﺘﺎ‬ ‫^ﻮ^ﺎ ^ﻮﻻ‬ ‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﺮا^ﺘﻮر‬

‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟‬

‫^ﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬ ‫واﻟﻴﺒﺎل‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬ ‫^ﻠﻴﻨ‪B‬ﺲ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺘﺰا‬ ‫ﻟﻴﭙﺘﻮن‬ ‫^ﺎﻓﻰ ﻧﺖ‬ ‫وﻳﺪﺋﻮ‬ ‫ﺳﻰ دى‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻠ ﺷﻴ‬ ‫ﺟﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﻮ^ﭙﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻧﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺮو‬

‫
‬

‫آﺷﻨﺎﻳﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ؟‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻰ ﺳﺎﻟﻤﻪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮ ﭼﻰ؟‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ و ﻫﺸﺖ ﺳﺎﻟﻤﻪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺷﻐﻠﺖ ﭼﻴﻪ؟‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ د^ﺘﺮم‪ .‬ﺗﻮ ﭼﻰ؟‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﻢ‪.‬‬

‫وب ﺳﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺴ‪B‬ﺘﺒﺎل‬ ‫ﻓﻮﺗﺒﺎل‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻳﻮﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺰ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺒﺮﮔﺮ‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺳ‬ ‫ﻣﺪرن‬ ‫ﺳﻮاچ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﻳﭗ‬ ‫^ﺎﭘﻮﭼﻴﻨﻮ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻧ‬ ‫اﺳ‪B‬ﻴﺖ ﺑﻮرد‬ ‫ﻫﺎت داگ‬

‫اﻳﻤﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻓﺮم‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺷﻴﺒﺎ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺎﺳﻮﻧﻴ‬ ‫اﺳﭙﺮى‬ ‫ﺳﺲ‬ ‫ﭘﺎر€‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻳﻼﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﭘﮋو‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺘﻮر‬ ‫^ﻴ‬ ‫^ﺎﻓﻰ ﺷﺎپ‬ ‫ﭘﺎر^ﻴﻨﮓ‬ ‫ﺗﻰ ﺷﺮت‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺑﺎﻳﻞ‬

‫‪3.‬‬

‫‪13‬‬

‫درس اول‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬

‫اﻳﻦ َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ را ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫دﻧﺪاﻧﭙﺰﺷ‪ -‬ﻣﻬﻨﺪس‪ -‬ﻣﻬﻨﺪس اﻟ‪B‬ﺘﺮوﻧﻴ‪ -‬ﻣﻬﻨﺪس ﻣ‪B‬ﺎﻧﻴ‪ -‬ﻣﻬﻨﺪس ﺷﻴﻤﻰ ‪ -‬اﺳﺘﺎد‪ -‬و^ﻴﻞ‪ -‬ﻣﻨﺸﻰ‪-‬‬ ‫^ﺎرﻣﻨﺪ‪ -‬ﻣﺤﻘﻖ‪ -‬ﺧﻠﺒﺎن‪ -‬راﻧﻨﺪه‪ -‬ﭘﻠﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻰ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫‪literary‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻟﺖ اﺳﺖ‬

‫ﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ‬

‫ﺳﺎﻟﻢ اﺳﺖ‬

‫ﺳﺎﻟﻤﻪ‬

‫ﭼﻴﺴﺖ‬

‫ﭼﻴﻪ‬

‫‪colloquial‬‬

‫درس دوم‬ ‫‪.......................................................................‬‬

‫ﺧﻮدﺗﺎن را ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ؟‬

‫‪Lesson‬‬ ‫‪Two‬‬

‫ﻣﻴﺪان ﻧﻘﺶ ﺟﻬﺎن و ﻣﺴﺠﺪ ﺷﺎه در ﺷﻬﺮ اﺻﻔﻬﺎن‪ .‬اﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺪان و ﻣﺴﺠﺪ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﻮر ﺷﺎه ﻋﺒﺎس ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﺣﺪوداً ﭼﻬﺎرﺻﺪ ﺳﺎل ﭘﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮاى ﻛﺴﺐ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ در ﻣﻮرد ﺷﺎه ﻋﺒﺎس و ﭘﺎﻳﺘﺨﺖ او اﺻﻔﻬﺎن در اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫?‪Introduce yourself: Where are you from‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 2‬‬

‫‪16‬‬

‫ﺧﻮدﺗﺎن را ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ؟‬ ‫‪.......................................................................‬‬

‫‪Introduce yourself:‬‬ ‫?‪Where are you from‬‬ ‫درس دوم‪ :‬ﺧﻮدﺗﺎن را ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ؟‬ ‫َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ‪ :‬ﻟﻬﺠﻪ‬ ‫دﺳﺘﻮر‪ :‬ﺑﻮدن ‪ ،‬داﺷﺘﻦ‬ ‫اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ‬

‫واژﮔﺎن‬

‫
‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫‪Word‬‬

‫‪English‬‬ ‫‪meaning‬‬

‫‪Part of‬‬ ‫‪speech‬‬

‫‪Example‬‬

‫ﺳﻼم‬

‫‪hello‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮاده ﺳﻼم ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Say hello to your family.‬‬

‫وﻗﺘﻰ ﻣﻰ رﻓﺖ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﺪاﺣﺎﻓﻆ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﺪاﺣﺎﻓﻆ!‬

‫!‪Goodbye‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت‬

‫اﺳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎم‬

‫‪first name‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬

‫ﻓﺎﻣﻴﻠﻰ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎم ﺧﺎﻧﻮادﮔﻰ‬

‫‪last name‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻣﻴﻠﻰ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬

‫‪Mrs; Miss; Ms‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫‪When he was leaving, he said, “Good‬‬‫”!‪bye‬‬ ‫?‪What is your name‬‬

‫ﺧﺎﻧﻢ‬

‫?‪Excuse me. What is your last name‬‬

‫آﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﭘﺎرﺳﺎ را ﻣﻰ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪ؟‬ ‫?‪Do you know Mrs Parsa‬‬

‫ ^ﺠﺎﻳﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ؟‬.‫ﺧﻮدﺗﺎن را ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ ^ﻨﻴﺪ‬

䊏

‫درس دوم‬

17

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬

Example

Part of speech

English meaning

Word

.‫اﺳﺘﺎد ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ﻣﺎ آﻗﺎى ﻋﺎرف اﺳﺖ‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

Mr

‫اﺳﻢ‬

girl; daughter

‫اﺳﻢ‬

boy; son

‫آﻗﺎ‬

Our Persian professor is Mr Aref.

.‫ﻣﻦ ﺳﻪ دﺧﺘﺮ و ﻳ ﭘﺴﺮ دارم‬

‫دﺧﺘﺮ‬

I have three daughters and one son.

‫ﭘﺴﺮ ﻛﻮﭼ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ اﺳﺖ؟‬

‫ﭘﺴﺮ‬

How old is your little son?

‫اﺳﻢ دﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﺰرگ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت‬

What is . . .?

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت‬

Pleased to meet you!

‫ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬

What is your oldest daughter’s name?

.‫از آﺷﻨﺎﻳﻰ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺧﻮﺷﻮﻗﺘﻢ‬ It is very nice to meet you.

‫ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ؟‬

‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ‬

Excuse me. Where are you from?

.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ اﺳﺖ و ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻄﻮر‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

Where are you from? also; too

!‫ﺧﻮﺷﻮﻗﺘﻢ‬

‫ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ؟‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻄﻮر‬

My sister is a teacher, and I am too.

‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻄﻮرﺑﻪ داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﻣﻰ آﻳﻴﺪ؟‬

‫ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﭘﺮﺳﺸﻰ‬

how; in what way

‫ﭼﻄﻮر‬

‫ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﭘﺮﺳﺸﻰ‬

where

‫ﻛﺠﺎ‬

time

‫وﻗﺖ‬

How do you come to university?

‫دﻳﺸﺐ ﻛﺠﺎ رﻓﺘﻴﺪ؟‬ Where did you go yesterday?

.‫ﻣﻦ وﻗﺖ ﻧﺪارم ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺮوم‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

I don’t have time to go to the movies with you.

.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺮم ﻫﻢ در اﻳﺮان زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

too; also

‫ﻫﻢ‬

My sister also lives in Iran.

‫وﻗﺘﻰ ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ﺣﺮف ﻣﻰ زﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻤﻰ ﻟﻬﺠﮥ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬ .‫دارﻳﺪ‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

accent

‫اﺳﻢ‬

Shiraz (a city in southern Iran)

‫اﺳﻢ‬

Esfahan (a city in central Iran)

‫اﺳﻢ‬

father

‫ﻟﻬﺠﻪ‬

When you speak Persian, you have a little bit of an English accent.

.‫ﻰ از ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎى ﺑﺰرگ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‬B‫ﺷﻴﺮاز ﻳ‬ Shiraz is one of the largest cities in Iran.

.‫ﻰ از ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎى ﺗﺎرﻳﺨﻰ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‬B‫اﺻﻔﻬﺎن ﻳ‬ Isfahan is one of Iran’s historical cities.

‫ﭘﺪر ﺷﻤﺎ اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ اﺳﺖ؟‬ Is your father Iranian?

‫ﺷﻴﺮاز‬ ‫اﺻﻔﻬﺎن‬ ‫ﭘﺪر‬

18

Lesson 2

Introduce yourself: Where are you from?

䊏

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬

Example

Part of speech

English meaning

Word

.‫دﻟﻢ ﺑﺮاى ﻣﺎدرم ﺗﻨﮓ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

mother

‫ﻣﺎدر‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

sister

‫اﺳﻢ‬

brother

.‫او ﻫﻨﻮز ﺑﭽﻪ اﺳﺖ‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

child; baby

‫آﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ زن و ﺑﭽﻪ ات آﻣﺪى؟‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

woman; wife

‫اﺳﻢ‬

husband

‫اﺳﻢ‬

uncle (maternal)

‫داﻳﻰ‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

aunt (maternal)

‫ﺧﺎﻟﻪ‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

uncle (paternal)

‫ﻋﻤﻮ‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

aunt (paternal)

‫ﻋﻤﻪ‬

I miss my mother.

‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺧﻮاﻫﺮ دارﻳﺪ؟‬

‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺮ‬

How many sisters do you have?

‫ﺑﺮادر ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﺠﺎ زﻧﺪ^ﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ؟‬

‫ﺑﺮادر‬

Where does your brother live?

‫ﺑﭽﻪ‬

S/he is still a child.

‫زن‬

Have you come with your wife and children?

.‫ﺷﻮﻫﺮم ﻣﻬﻨﺪس ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن اﺳﺖ‬

‫ﺷﻮﻫﺮ‬

My husband is a construction engineer.

.‫داﻳﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻪ ﭘﺴﺮ دارد‬ My (maternal) uncle has three sons.

.‫ﻰ از ﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻢ در ﺷﻴﺮاز زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‬B‫ﻳ‬ One of my (maternal) aunts lives in Shiraz.

.‫ﻋﻤﻮى ﻣﻦ ﭘﺎرﺳﺎل ﻓﻮت ﻛﺮد‬ My (paternal) uncle passed away last year.

.‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻪ ام را ﺧﻴﻠﻰ دوﺳﺖ دارم‬ I like my (paternal) aunt very much.

‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ دﺧﺘﺮ داﻳﻰ دارى؟‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

cousin (daughter of maternal uncle)

‫دﺧﺘﺮداﻳﻰ‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

cousin (daughter of maternal aunt)

‫دﺧﺘﺮﺧﺎﻟﻪ‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

cousin (daughter of paternal uncle)

‫دﺧﺘﺮﻋﻤﻮ‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

cousin (daughter of paternal aunt)

‫دﺧﺘﺮﻋﻤﻪ‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

cousin (son of maternal uncle)

‫ﭘﺴﺮ داﻳﻰ‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

cousin (son of maternal aunt)

‫ﭘﺴﺮﺧﺎﻟﻪ‬

How many cousins do you have?

.‫دﺧﺘﺮﺧ ﺎﻟﮥ ﻣﻦ در اﻣﺎرات درس ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪ‬ My cousin studies in the Emirates.

‫دﺧﺘﺮﻋﻤﻮى ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ؟‬ Where does your cousin work?

.‫دﺧﺘﺮﻋﻤﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺎر ﻣﻰ زﻧﺪ‬ My cousin plays the tar.

.‫ﭘﺴﺮداﻳﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻬﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ My cousin has been martyred.

.‫ﭘﺴﺮﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ My cousin paints.

‫ ^ﺠﺎﻳﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ؟‬.‫ﺧﻮدﺗﺎن را ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ ^ﻨﻴﺪ‬

䊏

‫درس دوم‬

19

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬

Example

Part of speech

English meaning

Word

.‫ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺴﺮﻋﻤﻮﻳﺶ ازدواج ﻛﺮد‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

cousin (son of paternal uncle)

‫ﭘﺴﺮﻋﻤﻮ‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

cousin (son of paternal aunt)

‫ﭘﺴﺮﻋﻤﻪ‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

grandmother

‫ﻣﺎدرﺑﺰرگ‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

grandfather

‫ﭘﺪرﺑﺰرگ‬

Maryam married her cousin.

.‫اﻣﺮوز ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﭘﺴﺮﻋﻤﻪ ام اﺳﺖ‬ Today is my cousin’s birthday.

.‫ﻣﺎدرﺑﺰرﮔﻢ ﻧﻤﺎز ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن را ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺎد داد‬ My grandmother taught me how to pray.

.‫ﭘﺪرﺑﺰرگ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮد ﺑﺰرﮔﻰ ﺑﻮد‬ My grandfather was a great man.

‫ﻧﻮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎل دارد؟‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

grandchild

‫ﻧﻮه‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬

How old is your grandchild?

.‫ﻣﻦ اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‬

‫ﺿﻤﻴﺮ‬

I

‫ﺗﻮ ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻰ؟‬

‫ﺿﻤﻴﺮ‬

you (singular informal)

‫ﺗﻮ‬

.‫او ﺑﺮادر ﻣﻦ اﺳﺖ‬

‫ﺿﻤﻴﺮ‬

he; she

‫او‬

.‫ﻣﺎ اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺿﻤﻴﺮ‬

we

‫ﻣﺎ‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ؟‬

‫ﺿﻤﻴﺮ‬

you (plural; formal singular)

‫ﺷﻤﺎ‬

.‫آﻧﻬﺎ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬

‫ﺿﻤﻴﺮ‬

they

‫آﻧﻬﺎ‬

.‫ﻣﻮى ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺎه اﺳﺖ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

black

‫ﺳﻴﺎه‬

.‫اﺳﺘﺎد ﻣﺎ ﺧﻮب درس ﻣﻰ دﻫﺪ‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

professor

‫اﺳﺘﺎد‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

glasses

‫ﻋﻴﻨ‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

university

‫اﺳﻢ‬

house

I am Iranian. Where are you from? He is my brother. We are Iranian. Where are you from? They are English. My hair is black. Our professor teaches well.

.‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮاى ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن ﺑﻪ ﻋﻴﻨ ﻧﻴﺎز دارم‬ I need glasses to read.

.‫او در داﻧﺸﮕﺎه زﺑﺎن ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪ‬

‫داﻧﺸﮕﺎه‬

S/he studies Persian at university.

‫ﺧﺎﻧﮥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﺠﺎﺳﺖ؟‬ Where is your house?

‫ﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫?‪Introduce yourself: Where are you from‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫‪Word‬‬

‫‪English‬‬ ‫‪meaning‬‬

‫‪Part of‬‬ ‫‪speech‬‬

‫‪Example‬‬

‫ﻣﺪرﺳﻪ )ﻣﺪارس(‬

‫‪school‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫‪Lesson 2‬‬

‫‪20‬‬

‫ﺑﺮادر ﻛﻮﭼ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪرﺳﻪ ﻣﻰ رود‪.‬‬ ‫‪My little brother goes to school.‬‬

‫زﻳﺒﺎ‬

‫ﭼﺸﻤﻬﺎى ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر زﻳﺒﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪beautiful‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫)‪old (of things‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫‪new‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﭘﺎﻟﺘﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪happy‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫از دﻳﺪن ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎل ﺷﺪم‪.‬‬

‫‪Your eyes are very beautiful.‬‬

‫ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ‬

‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪My car is very old.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬

‫‪My winter coat is new.‬‬

‫ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎل‬

‫‪I am very glad to have met you.‬‬

‫َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ‬

‫
‬

‫ﻟﻬﺠﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﺳﻼم ﺧﺎﻧﻢ‪ .‬اﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻴﻤﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬اﺳﻢ ﺷﻤﺎﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﺳﻼم‪ .‬اﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﺧﻮﺷﻮﻗﺘﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻄﻮر‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ؟‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ اﻫﻞ ﺷﻴﺮازم‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻄﻮر؟‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﻬﺮاﻧﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ وﻟﻰ ﭘﺪروﻣﺎدرم اﺻﻔﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻤﺎ‪ :‬وﻟﻰ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻟﻬﺠﮥ اﺻﻔﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﻧﺪارﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻄﻮر‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﻟﻬﺠﮥ اﺻﻔﻬﺎﻧﻰ؟‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﻧﻪ ﻟﻬﺠﮥ ﺷﻴﺮازى!‬

‫در‪ E‬ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻤﺎ اﻫﻞ ﻛﺠﺎ اﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫آﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ اﺻﻔﻬﺎﻧﻰ اﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫ﭘﺪروﻣﺎدر ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ؟‬

‫درس دوم‬

‫‪21‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ﺧﻮدﺗﺎن را ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ ^ﻨﻴﺪ‪^ .‬ﺠﺎﻳﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ؟‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ؟‬ ‫ﭘﺪروﻣﺎدر ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ؟‬

‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻳ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮى ﻟﻬﺠﻪ وازاﺳﻢ ﺧﻮدﺗﺎن واﺳﻢ ﻳ‪B‬ﻰ از دوﺳﺘﺎﻧﺘﺎن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬در‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮﻳﺘﺎن ﺳﻌﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ دو ﺷﻬﺮ دﻳﮕﺮ اﻳﺮان را ﻧﺎم ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫دﺳﺘﻮر‬ ‫ﺑﻮدن‪ /‬داﺷﺘﻦ‬

‫‪to be/to have‬‬

‫‪............................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ in Persian. As “to be” changes its‬ﺑﻮدﻦ ‪The infinitive “to be” in English is equivalent to‬‬ ‫‪ also changes its form for‬ﺑﻮدﻦ ‪form completely when it is used with different pronouns,‬‬ ‫‪ can‬ﺑﻮدﻦ ‪different subjects. Furthermore, as “to be” has a contracted form in English,‬‬ ‫‪also be contracted:‬‬

‫ﺑﻮدن‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎل ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎل ﻫﺴﺘﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫او ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎل اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎل ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎل ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎل ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫←‬ ‫←‬ ‫←‬ ‫←‬ ‫←‬ ‫←‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎﻟﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫او ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎل اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎﻟﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎﻟﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎﻟﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ىهﻪ‬ ‫‪), an alef is added, except for‬ى( ‪) and /i:/, written as‬ه ‪ -‬ﻪ( ‪When it is joined to words ending in the sound /e/, written as‬‬

‫‪1‬‬

‫‪third person singular:‬‬

‫ﺧﺴﺘﻪ ام‬ ‫ﺧﺴﺘﻪ اى‬ ‫ﺧﺴﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‬

‫اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ ام‬ ‫اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ اى‬ ‫اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ اﺳﺖ‬

‫ﺧﺴﺘﻪ اﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﺧﺴﺘﻪ اﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﺴﺘﻪ اﻧﺪ‬

‫اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ اﻳﻢ‬ ‫اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ اﻳﺪ‬ ‫اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ اﻧﺪ‬

‫‪), an alef is not added since the word does not end in‬ه ‪ -‬ﻪ( ‪Note that if the word ends in the sound /h/, written as‬‬ ‫‪a vowel, e.g. :‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻫﻰ‬ ‫ﺷﺎه اﺳﺖ‬

‫ﺷﺎﻫﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻫﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻫﻨﺪ‬

‫‪ is added, except for third person‬ى ‪), a‬و(‪) and /u:/‬ا( ‪When it is joined to words ending in the long vowels /a:/‬‬ ‫‪singular:‬‬

‫زﻳﺒﺎﻳﻢ‬ ‫زﻳﺒﺎﻳﻰ‬ ‫زﻳﺒﺎﺳﺖ‬

‫زﻳﺒﺎﻳﻴﻢ‬ ‫زﻳﺒﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬ ‫زﻳﺒﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬

‫زﻳﺒﺎﺳﺖ‬

‫زﻳﺒﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬

‫داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﻢ‬ ‫داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﻰ‬ ‫داﻧﺸﺠﻮﺳﺖ‬

‫داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﻳﻢ‬ ‫داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﻴﺪ‬ ‫داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﻨﺪ‬

‫داﻧﺸﺠﻮﺳﺖ‬

‫داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﻨﺪ‬

22

Lesson 2

䊏

Introduce yourself: Where are you from?

The infinitive “to have” in English is equivalent to ‫ داﺷﺘﻦ‬in Persian. This verb can combine with nouns to form a compound verb, as in ‫( دوﺳﺖ داﺷﺘﻦ‬to like).

‫داﺷﺘﻦ‬ .‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﻬﺠﮥ ﺷﻴﺮازى دارم‬ .‫ﺗﻮ ﻟﻬﺠﮥ ﺷﻴﺮازى دارى‬ .‫او ﻟﻬﺠﮥ ﺷﻴﺮازى دارد‬ .‫ﻣﺎ ﻟﻬﺠﮥ ﺷﻴﺮازى دارﻳﻢ‬ .‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻟﻬﺠﮥ ﺷﻴﺮازى دارﻳﺪ‬ .‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻬﺠﮥ ﺷﻴﺮازى دارﻧﺪ‬

‫ﺟﺎﻫﺎى ﺧﺎﻟﻰ را ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ .(‫)داﺷﺘﻦ‬. . . . . . . ‫او ﻳ ﺧﻮاﻫﺮ‬ .(‫ )دوﺳﺖ داﺷﺘﻦ‬. . . . . . . . . ‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ را‬ .(‫ )داﺷﺘﻦ‬. . . . . . . . . ‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬ .(‫ )ﺑﻮدن‬. . . . . . . ‫او ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‬

‫ )ﺑﻮدن(؟‬. . . . . . ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻰ‬ .(‫ )ﺑﻮدن‬. . . . . . ‫ﻣﺎ ﺗﻬﺮاﻧﻰ‬ ‫ )ﺑﻮدن(؟‬. . . . . . . ‫ﺗﻮ اﻫﻞ ﺷﻴﺮاز‬

‫اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬

Uses of ezafe

............................................................................................................................................................................................

Ezafe literally means “adding”. The of-phrase in English (e.g. the capital city of Iran) is similar to one form of ezafe in Persian. In nominal phrases, all the words except for the final word take ezafe, which is indicated by inserting the short vowel /e/, e.g. :

‫ﭘﺎﻳﺘﺨﺖ ِ ﻛﺸﻮر ِ اﻳﺮان‬

/pa:ytaxt-e kesˇ var-e i:ra:n/ Lit. the capital city of the country of Iran

Ezafe is usually not indicated in written Persian, but it must be said in spoken Persian. When the word itself ends in the long vowel /a:/ or /u:/, then the sound /ye/ is added instead of the sound /e/. The sound /ye/ can be represented either by adding the letter ‫ ى‬or, when it follows silent “h” (‫ ﻪ‬- ‫)ه‬, by a hamze (‫)ء‬, e.g. :

‫ﻋﻤﻮى ﺗﻮ‬

‫ﻟﻬﺠﮥ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺑﺎى ﻣﻦ‬

Another important usage of ezafe is to connect adjectives to nouns.

‫ﺧﺎﻧﮥ ﻣﻦ‬

‫‪23‬‬

‫درس دوم‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ﺧﻮدﺗﺎن را ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ ^ﻨﻴﺪ‪^ .‬ﺠﺎﻳﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ؟‬

‫ﭘﺴﺮ ِ ﺧﻮب‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺘﺨﺖ ِ ﻗﺸﻨﮓ ِ اﻳﺮان‬ ‫ﻣﺎدر ِ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎن ِ ﻣﻦ‬

‫‪the good boy‬‬ ‫‪the beautiful capital city of Iran‬‬ ‫‪my kind mother‬‬

‫‪ (Mrs) and the surname,‬ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ‪ (Mr),‬آﻗﺎ ‪Ezafe is also inserted between certain titles, such as‬‬ ‫‪e.g.:‬‬

‫آﻗﺎى ﺧﻠﻴﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ِ اﺣﺴﺎن‬

‫‪Mr Khalili‬‬ ‫‪Mrs Ehsan‬‬ ‫‪If these titles are used after the first name, there is no ezafe, e.g.:‬‬

‫ﺣﺴﻦ آﻗﺎ‬ ‫ﭘﺮى ﺧﺎﻧﻢ‬ ‫‪Ezafe is also inserted between the first name and surname, e.g.:‬‬

‫ﭘﺮوﻳﻦ ِ اﺣﺴﺎن‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ِ ﺧﻠﻴﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪Ezafe is generally omitted when the first name ends in a long vowel, e.g.:‬‬

‫آﻫﻮ ﺧﺮدﻣﻨﺪ‬ ‫رﺿﺎ اﻛﺒﺮى‬

‫ﺟﺎﻫﺎى ﺧﺎﻟﻰ را ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﺎرا ﻳ ﺑﺮادر ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬داﺷﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬ ‫او اﻫﻞ ﻫﻤﺪان ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺑﻮدن(‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻰ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺑﻮدن(؟‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﻟﻬﺠﮥ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬داﺷﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬داﺷﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻳﻢ دﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺑﻮدن(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻪ ﻣﻦ اﻫﻞ ﺷﻴﺮاز ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺑﻮدن(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎدرﺑﺰرگ او دو ﻧﻮه ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬داﺷﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬ ‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﻳ ﺧﻮاﻫﺮ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬داﺷﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬

24

Lesson 2

䊏

Introduce yourself: Where are you from?

‫ﻋﺒﺎرات زﻳﺮ را ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

My uncle’s Persian accent Mr. Esfahani’s cousin His English aunt The name of our university Their old house Your beautiful school Her black hair Our professor’s new glasses My new house His old mother My cousin’s old books Their old grandfather Our Canadian passports My brother’s new school Her beautiful, large room

‫ﺟﺎﻫﺎى ﺧﺎﻟﻰ را ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎت زﻳﺮ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﺎم‬

‫زﻳﺒﺎﺳﺖ‬

‫ﭼﻄﻮر‬

‫ﺧﺴﺘﻪ اﻳﺪ‬

‫ﭼﻴﺴﺖ‬

‫ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻰ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ . . . . . . . . . .‫آﻧﻬﺎ داﻧﺸﺠﻮ‬ . . . . . . . . . .‫دﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﻤﻪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ ؟‬. . . . . . . . . ‫ ﺷﻤﺎ‬.‫ﻣﻦ اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‬ ‫ اﺳﺖ؟ ﺗﻬﺮاﻧﻰ؟‬. . . . . . . . . ‫ﭘﺪرﺷﻤﺎ‬




‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ‬

.‫ﺎر ﻣﻨﻪ‬B‫ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻫﻤ‬.‫ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻳﻤﻪ‬:‫ﻣﻴﻨﺎ‬ .‫ ﺳﻼم ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﺧﺎﻧﻮم‬:‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ ﺳﻼم‬:‫ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‬ ‫ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻰ درس ﻣﻴﺪﻳﻦ؟‬:‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬ .‫ زﺑﺎن ﻓﺮاﻧﺴﻪ درس ﻣﻰ دم‬:‫ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‬ ‫ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ زﺑﺎن ﺑﻠﺪﻳﻦ؟‬:‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫‪25‬‬

‫درس دوم‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ﺧﻮدﺗﺎن را ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ ^ﻨﻴﺪ‪^ .‬ﺠﺎﻳﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ؟‬

‫ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻪ ﺗﺎ زﺑﺎن ﺑﻠﺪم‪ .‬ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ و اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ و ﻓﺮاﻧﺴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﺧﻮب‪ .‬از آﺷﻨﺎﻳﻴﺘﻮن ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎل ﺷﺪم‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻢ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻄﻮر‪ .‬ﺧﺪاﻓﻆ‪.‬‬

‫اﻳﻦ َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻛﻮ را ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫آﻟﻤﺎﻧﻰ ‪ -‬ﺗﺮﻛﻰ‪ -‬ژاﭘﻨﻰ‪ -‬ﭼﻴﻨﻰ‪ -‬ﻫﻠﻨﺪى‪ -‬ﻫﻨﺪى‪ -‬ﻋﺮﺑﻰ‪ -‬روﺳﻰ‪ -‬ﻟﻬﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎﻳﻠﻨﺪى‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻰ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫‪literary‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﺳﺖ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫ﻣﺮﻳﻢ اﺳﺖ‬

‫ﻣﺮﻳﻤﻪ‬

‫ﺧﺎﻧﻢ‬

‫ﺧﺎﻧﻮم‬

‫آﺷﻨﺎﻳﻴﺘﺎن‬

‫آﺷﻨﺎﻳﻴﺘﻮن‬

‫ﻣﻰ دﻫﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻣﻰ دﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺑﻠﺪﻳﺪ‬

‫ﺑﻠﺪﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻰ دﻫﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻰ دم‬

‫ﺧﺪاﺣﺎﻓﻆ‬

‫ﺧﺪاﻓﻆ‬

‫ﭼﻨﺪ‬

‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ‬

‫‪colloquial‬‬

‫درس ﺳﻮم‬ ‫‪.......................................................................‬‬

‫اﻳﺮان ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺎدا؟‬

‫‪Lesson‬‬ ‫‪Three‬‬

‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﭘﺮﭼﻢ در ﻗﺒﺮﺳﺘﺎن ﺷﻬﺪا در ﺷﻬﺮ ﻛﺎﺷﻤﺮ‪ .‬اﻳﻦ ﺷﻬﺪا ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ در ﺟﻨﮓ اﻳﺮان و ﻋﺮاق ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮاى ﻛﺴﺐ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ در ﻣﻮرد ﺟﻨﮓ اﻳﺮان و ﻋﺮاق ﻳﺎ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻰ در اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫?‪Is Iran or Canada larger‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 3‬‬

‫‪28‬‬

‫اﻳﺮان ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺎدا؟‬ ‫‪.......................................................................‬‬

‫?‪Is Iran or Canada larger‬‬

‫درس ﺳﻮم‪ :‬اﻳﺮان ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺎدا؟‬ ‫َ َﻛﻔﺘﮕﻮ‪ :‬اﺳﺘﺎد ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫دﺳﺘﻮر‪ :‬ﻧﻔﻰ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻧﺎدا و اﻳﺮان‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ آدرس ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪن‬

‫واژ َ َﻛﺎن‬

‫
‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫ﺻﺒﺢ ﺑﺨﻴﺮ!‬

‫!‪Good morning‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت‬

‫وﻗﺘﻰ از ﺧﻮاب ﺑﻴﺪار ﺷﺪى ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﮕﻮ‪ :‬ﺻﺒﺢ ﺑﺨﻴﺮ!‬ ‫”!‪When you wake up, say “Good morning‬‬ ‫‪to everyone.‬‬

‫ﻋﺼﺮ ﺑﺨﻴﺮ!‬

‫‪Good‬‬ ‫!‪afternoon‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت‬

‫وﻗﺘﻰ وارد اﺗﺎق ﺷﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﻋﺼﺮ ﺑﺨﻴﺮ!‬ ‫‪When she entered the room, she said,‬‬ ‫”!‪“Good afternoon‬‬

‫!‪Good night‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺧﻮاﺑﻴﺪن ﺑﮕﻮ‪ :‬ﺷﺐ ﺑﺨﻴﺮ!‬ ‫”!‪Before sleeping, say, “Good night‬‬

‫‪morning‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ ‪ /‬اﺳﻢ‬

‫اﻣﺮوز ﺻﺒﺢ ﻛﻼس ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ دارم‪.‬‬

‫‪noon‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ ‪ /‬اﺳﻢ‬

‫‪afternoon‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ ‪ /‬اﺳﻢ‬

‫‪late afternoon‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ ‪ /‬اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺷﺐ ﺑﺨﻴﺮ!‬

‫ﺻﺒﺢ‬

‫‪I’ve got Persian class this morning.‬‬

‫ﻇﻬﺮ‬

‫ﻇﻬﺮ ﺑﺮاى ﻧﺎﻫﺎر ﻛﺠﺎ ﻣﻰ روى؟‬ ‫?‪Where are you going for lunch at noon‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻇﻬﺮ‬

‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻇﻬﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﺑﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Some people sleep in the afternoon.‬‬

‫ﻋﺼﺮ‬

‫دﻳﺮوز ﺗﺎ ﻋﺼﺮ داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﺑﻮدم‪.‬‬ ‫‪Yesterday, I was at university until late‬‬ ‫‪afternoon.‬‬

‫درس ﺳﻮم‬

‫‪29‬‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬ ‫ﻏﺮوب‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫اﻳﺮان ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ^ﺎﻧﺎدا؟‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫‪sunset‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ ‪ /‬ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫‪night; evening‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ ‪ /‬ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬ ‫ﻏﺮوب ﺧﻴﻠﻰ زﻳﺒﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪The sunset is very beautiful.‬‬

‫ﺷﺐ‬

‫ﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎ از ﺷﺐ و ﺗﺎرﻳﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺗﺮﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Children are afraid of the night and of‬‬ ‫‪darkness.‬‬

‫آﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ اﻳﻨﺠﺎ زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؟‬

‫اﻳﻨﺠﺎ‬

‫‪here‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫آﻧﺠﺎ‬

‫‪there‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫آﻳﺎ آﻧﺠﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ دور اﺳﺖ؟‬

‫آن‬

‫‪that‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ ‪ /‬ﺿﻤﻴﺮ‬ ‫اﺷﺎره‬

‫آن ﻛﺘﺎب ﻣﺎل ﻣﻦ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫اﻳﻦ‬

‫‪this‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ ‪ /‬ﺿﻤﻴﺮ‬ ‫اﺷﺎره‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎب را ﻧﺨﻮاﻧﺪه ام‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎر‬

‫‪very‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫?‪Do you live here‬‬ ‫?‪Is it very far to there‬‬ ‫‪That book is mine.‬‬ ‫‪I haven’t read this book.‬‬

‫ﻫﻮا ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺳﺮد اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪The weather is very cold.‬‬

‫ﺧﻴﻠﻰ‬

‫‪very; many‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ ‪ /‬ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻫﻮا ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﮔﺮم اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪bad‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ ‪ /‬ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻏﺬاى آن رﺳﺘﻮران ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺑﺪ ﺑﻮد‪.‬‬

‫‪The weather is very hot.‬‬

‫ﺑﺪ‬

‫‪The food at that restaurant was very bad.‬‬

‫ﺑﺪﺗﺮ‬

‫‪worse‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬

‫‪worst‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ‬

‫ﺧﻮب‬

‫‪well; good‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ ‪ /‬ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮ‬

‫‪better‬‬

‫ﻫﻮاى اﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﺪﺗﺮ از آﻧﺠﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪The weather here is worse than there.‬‬

‫ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ روز زﻧﺪﮔﻴﻢ روزى ﺑﻮد ﻛﻪ ﭘﺪرم ﻓﻮت ﻛﺮد‪.‬‬ ‫‪The worst day of my life was the day my‬‬ ‫‪father passed away.‬‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺧﻮب راﻧﻨﺪﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪You drive very well.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻠﻰ‬

‫ﻧﻤﺮ او ﺑﻬﺘﺮ از ﻧﻤﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫‪His grade was better than mine.‬‬

‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬

‫‪best‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ‬

‫ﺗﻮ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ دوﺳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪You are my best friend.‬‬

‫داﻧﺸﺠﻮ‬ ‫)داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﺎن(‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻰ‬

‫‪university‬‬ ‫‪student‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫‪engineering‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫او داﻧﺸﺠﻮى داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﻣ ﮕﻴﻞ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪He studies at McGill University.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮادر ﻣﻦ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻰ ﻋﻤﺮان ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪My brother studies civil engineering.‬‬

‫ﻣﻤﻨﻮن‬

‫;‪Thanks‬‬ ‫‪grateful‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫از ﻣﺤﺒﺘﺘﺎن ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻣﻤﻨﻮن ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪I am very grateful for all your kindness.‬‬

‫?‪Is Iran or Canada larger‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺷﺎ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺘﺎن!‬

‫!‪Good for you‬‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎرت‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 3‬‬

‫‪30‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬ ‫وﻗﺘﻰ ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ^ﻪ در داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﻗﺒﻮل ﺷﺪﻳﻢ‪ ،‬آﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺷﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﺎن‪.‬‬ ‫‪When we told them that we had been‬‬ ‫‪admitted to university they said, “Good for‬‬ ‫”!‪you‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺬرت‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻦ‬ ‫)ﺧﻮاه( از‬

‫‪to‬‬ ‫‪apologize to‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫;‪to study‬‬ ‫‪to read‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬ ‫)ﺧﻮان(‬

‫َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ‬

‫او ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺣﺮف زﺷﺘﺶ از ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺬرت ﺧﻮاﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪He apologized to me for the bad things he‬‬ ‫‪said.‬‬

‫او رﺷﺘﮥ ﻋﻠﻮم ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪She studies political science.‬‬

‫
‬

‫اﺳﺘﺎد ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺑ ‪ :‬ﺻﺒﺢ ﺑﺨﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺑ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ .‬اﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻧﻢ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻧﻴﺪ؟‬ ‫ﭘﺮوﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﺻﺒﺢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺨﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﭘﺮوﻳﻦ ﭘﺎرﺳﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ و اﻳﻨﺠﺎ داﻧﺸﺠﻮ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺑ‪ :‬ﺧﻮﺷﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﺎن! اﻳﻨﺠﺎ داﻧﺸﮕﺎِه ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺑﺪى اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ اﺳﺎﺗﻴﺪ را دارد‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺮوﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﻤﻨﻮن! ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﺎِد ﺟﺪﻳِﺪ اﻳﻦ داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﻫﺴﺘﻢ!‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺑ‪ :‬ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺬرت ﻣﻴﺨﻮاﻫﻢ‪ .‬وﻟﻰ اﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎدﻫﺎى ﺟﺪﻳﺪ را دارد‪.‬‬

‫در‪ E‬ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺑ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪ؟‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻣﻴﻠﻰ ﭘﺮوﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬ ‫آﻳﺎ ﭘﺮوﻳﻦ داﻧﺸﺠﻮﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫اﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺟﻮرداﻧﺸﮕﺎﻫﻰ اﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫ﺷﻐﻞ ﭘﺮوﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻳ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮى اﺳﺘﺎد ﺟﺪﻳﺪ وﻟﻰ درﻣﻮرد دو ﺗﺎ از ﻛﻼس ﻫﺎﻳﺘﺎن در داﻧﺸﮕﺎه‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ اﻳﻦ‬ ‫دو ﻛﻼس را ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﺪام ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫اﻳﺮان ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ^ﺎﻧﺎدا؟‬

䊏

‫درس ﺳﻮم‬

31

‫دﺳﺘﻮر‬ ‫ﻧﻔﻰ‬

Negation

............................................................................................................................................................................................

In Persian, the verb is negated with (‫ )ﻧ‬which is added to the beginning of the verb, and in compound verbs, to the beginning of the verbal part of the compound. For example:

.‫ﻣﻦ دﻳﺮوز ﺑﻪ داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﻧﺮﻓﺘﻢ‬ I didn’t go to the university yesterday.

. ‫ﻣﺎ در اﻳﺮان زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬ We don’t live in Iran. Note that when (‫ )ﻧ‬comes before (‫)ﻣﻰ‬, it is pronounced /ne/; otherwise, it is pronounced /na/. The negative form of the present tense of ‫ ﺑﻮدن‬is irregular:

. ‫ ← ﻣﻦ داﻧﺸﺠﻮ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬.‫ﻣﻦ داﻧﺸﺠﻮ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‬ .‫ ← ﺗﻮ داﻧﺸﺠﻮ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻰ‬.‫ﺗﻮ داﻧﺸﺠﻮ ﻫﺴﺘﻰ‬ .‫ ← او داﻧﺸﺠﻮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬1.‫او داﻧﺸﺠﻮاﺳﺖ‬ .‫ ← ﻣﺎ داﻧﺸﺠﻮ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻴﻢ‬.‫ﻣﺎ داﻧﺸﺠﻮ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ‬ .‫ ← ﺷﻤﺎ داﻧﺸﺠﻮ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻴﺪ‬.‫ﺷﻤﺎ داﻧﺸﺠﻮ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ‬ 2 .‫ ← آﻧﻬﺎ داﻧﺸﺠﻮ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬.‫آﻧﻬﺎ داﻧﺸﺠﻮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬

1

2

Note that third person singular is the only form of this verb that does not start with a /h/ sound. There is another version of this form, which is ‫ ﻫﺴﺖ‬, and it is used for emphasis or to indicate the existence of something. She is a student. .‫او داﻧﺸﺠﻮ ﻫﺴﺖ‬ God exists. .‫ﺧﺪا ﻫﺴﺖ‬ Note that in Persian, in these types of sentences, the noun is definite, unlike in English, where the indefinite noun is used. In addition, the singular form of noun is used for plural subjects unless the noun is qualified by an adjective, e.g: I am a student. .‫ﻣﻦ داﻧﺸﺠﻮ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‬ We are students. . ‫ﻣﺎ داﻧﺸﺠﻮ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ‬ We are good students. .‫ﻣﺎ داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﺎن ﺧﻮﺑﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ‬

When qualified by an adjective, the noun appears in the indefinite.

‫ﻣﻦداﻧﺸﺠﻮىﺧﻮﺑﻰﻫﺴﺘﻢ‬

I am a good student.

. ‫ﻣﻦ داﻧﺸﺠﻮى ﺧﻮﺑﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‬

32

Lesson 3

䊏

Is Iran or Canada larger?

Note that in Persian, sentences containing certain negative expressions, such as ‫ﻫﻴﭻ وﻗﺖ‬ (never), ‫( ﻫﻴﭻ ﻛﺲ‬no one) and ‫( ﻫﻴﭻ ﺟﺎ‬no where), require a negative verb, e.g.:

.‫ﻫﻴﭻ وﻗﺖ او را ﻧﺪﻳﺪه ام‬ I have never seen him.

.‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﻛﺲ ﻣﺮا دوﺳﺖ ﻧﺪارد‬ No one loves me.

.‫اﻣﺴﺎل ﻫﻴﭻ ﺟﺎ ﻧﺮﻓﺘﻴﻢ‬ We didn’t go anywhere this year.

‫ﺟﺎﻫﺎى ﺧﺎﻟﻰ ر ا ﺑﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ »ﺑﻮدن« ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‫در ﻛﻼس ﻣﺎ داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﺎن ﺧﻮﺑﻰ‬ . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‫اﺳﺎﺗﻴﺪ داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﻣﺎ ﺑﺪ‬ . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‫ﻣﻦ اﻫﻞ آﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ‬ ‫ ؟‬. . . . . . . . . . . . . ‫آﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ اﺳﺘﺎد ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬ .‫ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻬﺎره ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‬. . . . . . . . . . ‫ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪ وﻟﻰ اﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‬ . . . . . . . . . . . . .‫زﺑﺎن ﻣﺮدم ﻓﺮاﻧﺴﻪ ﭼﻴﻨﻰ‬ . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‫ﻫﻮا در ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎل ﻫﻴﭻ وﻗﺖ ﮔﺮم‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

Adjectives

............................................................................................................................................................................................

In Persian, adjectives normally follow the noun, but superlative adjectives (which end in ‫ )ﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬come before the noun without ezafe, while positive and comparative adjectives (which end in ‫ )ﺗﺮ‬follow the noun with ezafe, e.g.: the bad university the worse university the worst university the new professor the newer professor the newest professor

‫داﻧﺸﮕﺎِه ﺑﺪ‬ ‫داﻧﺸﮕﺎِه ﺑﺪﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ داﻧﺸﮕﺎه‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺎِد ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺎِد ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎد‬

‫اﻳﺮان ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ^ﺎﻧﺎدا؟‬

䊏

‫درس ﺳﻮم‬

33

In order to form a comparative adjective in Persian, one adds the suffix ‫ ﺗﺮ‬to the positive adjective, e.g.:

‫زﻳﺒﺎ ← زﻳﺒﺎﺗﺮ‬

beautiful → more beautiful

‫ﺑﺰرگ ← ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ‬

big → bigger

In order to form a superlative adjective in Persian, one adds the suffix ‫ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬to the positive adjective, e.g. :

‫زﻳﺒﺎ ← زﻳﺒﺎﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬

beautiful → the most beautiful

‫ﺑﺰرگ ← ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬

big → the biggest

There are a handful of exceptions to this rule, e.g.:

‫ﺧﻮب ← ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ← ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ← ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ← ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرات زﻳﺮ را ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

The best father Newer professors More students My best cousin Shorter hair The loudest voice The fastest car Your older sister The easiest test Their youngest son




‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﺎدا و اﻳﺮان‬

‫ اﻳﺮان ﻛﺸﻮرى ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ اﺳﺖ وﻟﻰ ﻛﺎﻧﺎدا ﻛﺸﻮر ﺟﺪﻳﺪى‬.‫ﻣﻦ اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ وﻟﻰ در ﻛﺎﻧﺎدا زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻢ‬ ‫ ﻣﻦ در داﻧﺸﮕﺎه‬.‫ ﭘﺪروﻣﺎدرﻣﻦ در اﻳﺮان ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ وﻟﻰ ﺧﻮاﻫﺮ و ﺑﺮادر ﻣﻦ در ﻛﺎﻧﺎدا زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬.‫اﺳﺖ‬ .‫ﻰ از ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﻫﺎى ﻛﺎﻧﺎدا اﺳﺖ‬B‫ داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﻣ ﮔﻴﻞ ﻳ‬.‫ﻣ ﮔﻴﻞ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻧﻢ‬

‫?‪Is Iran or Canada larger‬‬

‫ﺟﺎﻫﺎى ﺧﺎﻟﻰ را ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﺎدا ﻛﺸﻮرى ‪ . . . . . . .‬اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺪروﻣﺎدِرﻣﻦ در ‪ . . . . . . . . . . . .‬زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ در داﻧﺸﮕﺎِه ﻣ ﮔﻴﻞ ﺘﺎرﻴﺦ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫داﻧﺸﮕﺎِه ﻣ ﮔﻴﻞ ﻳ‪B‬ﻰ از ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﻫﺎى ﻛﺎﻧﺎدا ‪. . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬

‫ﺟﺎﻫﺎى ﺧﺎﻟﻰ را ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎت ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﻬﺠﻪ اﺻﻔﻬﺎﻧﻰ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫اﻟﻒ( ﻧﺪارم‬ ‫ج( ﻧﺪارﻳﻢ‬

‫ب( ﻧﺪارد‬ ‫د( ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ‬

‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎ اﻫﻞ ﻛﺠﺎ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬؟‬ ‫اﻟﻒ( ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ‬ ‫ج( اﺳﺖ‬

‫ب( ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ‬ ‫د( ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬

‫آﻧﻬﺎ ‪ . . . . . . . . . . . .‬؟‬ ‫اﻟﻒ( اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ اﻳﻢ‬ ‫ج( اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ اﻧﺪ‬

‫ب( اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ اﺳﺖ‬ ‫د( اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ اﻳﺪ‬

‫ﺗﻮ ﻛﺠﺎ ‪ . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻰ؟‬ ‫اﻟﻒ( ﻣﻤﻨﻮن‬ ‫ج( زﻧﺪﮔﻰ‬

‫ب( ﻏﺮوب‬ ‫د( ﻇﻬﺮ‬

‫آﻧﻬﺎ ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬اﻳﻦ داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻒ( داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﺎن‬ ‫ج( ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻰ‬

‫ب( ﻫﻮا‬ ‫د( ﻛﺸﻮر‬

‫اﻳﻦ داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ‪ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬اﺳﺎﺗﻴﺪ را دارد‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﻬﺘﺮ‬ ‫ج( ﺑﺪﺗﺮ‬

‫ب( ﺧﻮب‬ ‫د( ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 3‬‬

‫‪34‬‬

‫درس ﺳﻮم‬

‫‪35‬‬

‫اﻳﺮان ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ^ﺎﻧﺎدا؟‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟‬

‫
‬

‫آدرس ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪن‬ ‫ﻧﺎزﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻴﻦ آﻗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺪون وﻧ ﻛﺠﺎس؟‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺑﺮ‪ :‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﭙﻴﭽﻴﻦ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎزﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻣﻴﺪون وﻧ از اﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ دوره؟‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺑﺮ‪ :‬ﻧﻪ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻳﻪ ده دﻳﻘﻪ اى ﻃﻮل ﻣﻰ ﻛﺸﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎزﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺳﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺑﺮ‪ :‬ﺧﻮاﻫﺶ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻢ‪.‬‬

‫اﻳﻦ َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ را ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﻤﺖ راﺳﺖ‪ -‬ﭼﻬﺎرراه‪ -‬ﭼﺮاغ راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻰ‪ -‬ورود ﻣﻤﻨﻮع‪ -‬ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن ﻳ‪B‬ﻄﺮﻓﻪ‪ -‬ﺷﻤﺎل‪ -‬ﺟﻨﻮب‪ -‬ﺷﺮق‪-‬‬ ‫ﻏﺮب‪ -‬ﻧﺰدﻳ‪ -‬دور‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻰ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫‪literary‬‬

‫ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺑﺮوﻳﺪ‬

‫ﺑﺮﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺑﭙﻴﭽﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺑﭙﻴﭽﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻣﻴﺪان‬

‫ﻣﻴﺪون‬

‫ﻛﺠﺎﺳﺖ‬

‫ﻛﺠﺎس‬

‫دور اﺳﺖ‬

‫دوره‬

‫ﻳ‬

‫ﻳﻪ‬

‫دﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬

‫دﻳﻘﻪ‬

‫ﻃﻮل ﻣﻰ ﻛﺸﺪ‬

‫ﻃﻮل ﻣﻰ ﻛﺸﻪ‬

‫‪colloquial‬‬

‫درس ﭼﻬﺎرم‬ ‫‪.......................................................................‬‬

‫اﻳﺮان ﭼﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺎن دارد؟‬

‫‪Lesson‬‬ ‫‪Four‬‬

‫آراﻣﮕﺎه و ﺗﻨﺪﻳﺲ ﺷﺎﻋﺮ ﺑﺰرگ اﻳﺮان‪ ،‬ﻓﺮدوﺳﻰ‪ .‬ﻓﺮدوﺳﻰ ﻳ ﻫﺰار ﺳﺎل ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻰ زﻳﺴﺘﻪ و ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ ﺣﻤﺎﺳﮥ ﻣﻠﻰ اﻳﺮان ﻳﻌﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻫﻨﺎﻣﻪ اﺳﺖ‪ .‬آراﻣﮕﺎه ﻓﺮدوﺳﻰ در ﺷﻬﺮ ﺗﺎرﻳﺨﻰ ﻃﻮس در ﻧﺰدﻳ‪B‬ﻰ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﺳﺘﺎن ﺧﺮاﺳﺎن رﺿﻮى‪ ،‬واﻗﻊ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮاى ﻛﺴﺐ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ در ﻣﻮرد ﻓﺮدوﺳﻰ و ﻣﺸﻬﺪ در اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫?‪How many provinces does Iran have‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 4‬‬

‫‪38‬‬

‫اﻳﺮان ﭼﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺎن دارد؟‬ ‫‪.......................................................................‬‬

‫?‪How many provinces does Iran have‬‬

‫درس ﭼﻬﺎرم‪:‬‬

‫واژ َ َﻛﺎن‬ ‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﺎل )اﺣﻮال(‬

‫اﻳﺮان ﭼﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺎن دارد؟‬ ‫َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ‪ :‬اﺳﺘﺎن ﮔﻴﻼن‬ ‫دﺳﺘﻮر‪ :‬ﺿﻤﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ^ﻠﻤﺎت‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‪ :‬ﮔﻴﻼن‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ در ﺑﺎﻧ‬

‫
‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬ ‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺣﺎل ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻄﻮر اﺳﺖ؟‬

‫‪Thanks‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت‬

‫وﻗﺘﻰ در را ﺑﺮاﻳﻢ ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮد‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺳﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪Thank you‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت‬

‫‪state of being‬‬

‫?‪How are you‬‬

‫ﻣﺮﺳﻰ‬

‫‪When she opened the door for me, I said,‬‬ ‫”!‪“Thanks‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﺸ‪B‬ﺮم‬

‫وﻗﺘﻰ ﺳﺨﻨﺮاﻧﻰ ام ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﺘﺸ‪B‬ﺮم‪.‬‬ ‫‪When I had finished my speech, I said,‬‬ ‫”!‪“Thank you‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬

‫‪film‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫آﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﻰ ﻛﻪ دﻳﺪى ﭼﻪ ﺑﻮد؟‬ ‫?‪What was the last film you saw‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت‬

‫ﻳﻌﻨﻰ‬

‫‪means; that is‬‬ ‫‪to say‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬

‫‪meaning‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫زﺑﺎن‬

‫‪language‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫زﻳﺒﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻗﺸﻨﮓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪“Beautiful” means “pretty”.‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬ ‫?‪What is the meaning of this word‬‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ زﺑﺎن ﺑﻠﺪﻳﺪ؟‬ ‫?‪How many languages do you know‬‬

‫اﻳﺮان ﭼﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺎن دارد؟‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

.‫ﻣﺮدم اﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻮر ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎن ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬

䊏

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫درس ﭼﻬﺎرم‬

39

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

people

‫ﻣﺮدم‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

province

‫اﺳﺘﺎن‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

country

‫ﻛﺸﻮر‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

village

‫روﺳﺘﺎ‬

The people in this country are very kind.

‫ﺷﻴﺮاز در ﻛﺪام اﺳﺘﺎن ﻗﺮار دارد؟‬ Which province is Shiraz in?

‫ﻛﺸﻮر ﺷﻤﺎ در ﻛﺪام ﻗﺎره اﺳﺖ؟‬ Which continent is your country in?

.‫زﻧﺪﮔﻰ در روﺳﺘﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎرﺳﺎده ﺗﺮ اﺳﺖ‬ Life in villages is much simpler.

.‫ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ زﻳﺒﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬

1

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

beautiful

‫زﻳﺒﺎ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

pretty

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

ugly

‫زﺷﺖ‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

north

‫ﺷﻤﺎل‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

south

‫ﺟﻨﻮب‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

east

‫ﺷﺮق‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

west

‫ﻏﺮب‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

centre

‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

colour

‫رﻧﮓ‬

green

‫ﺳﺒﺰ‬

blue

‫آﺑﻰ‬

red

‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬

Your wife is very beautiful.

.‫ﺧﺎﻧﮥ ﻗﺸﻨﮕﻰ دارﻳﺪ‬

‫ﻗﺸﻨﮓ‬

You have a beautiful house.

.‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﻛﺲ در اﻳﻦ دﻧﻴﺎ زﺷﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬ No one in this world is ugly.

.‫ﺷﻬﺮ رﺷﺖ در ﺷﻤﺎل اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‬ The city of Rasht is in the north of Iran.

.‫ﻣﻦ در ﺟﻨﻮب ﺷﻬﺮ زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻢ‬ I live in the southern part of the city.

.‫زاﻫﺪان در ﺷﺮق اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‬ Zahedan is in the east of Iran.

.‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﻪ در ﻏﺮب اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‬ Turkey is to the west of Iran.

.‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺷﻠﻮغ اﺳﺖ‬ The city centre is always crowded.

.‫رﻧﮓ ﭼﺸﻤﺎن ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ زﻳﺒﺎﺳﺖ‬ The colour of your eyes is very beautiful.

.‫ ﺻﻔﺖ ﻟﻄﻔﺎً آن ﺷﻠﻮار ﺳﺒﺰ را ﺑﺮاﻳﻢ ﺑﻴﺎورﻳﺪ‬/ ‫اﺳﻢ‬ Please bring me those green trousers.

.‫ ﺻﻔﺖ رﻧﮓ آﺑﻰ را دوﺳﺖ دارم‬/ ‫اﺳﻢ‬ I like the colour blue.

.‫ ﺻﻔﺖ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ رﻧﮓ ﻣﻮرد ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﻣﻦ اﺳﺖ‬/ ‫اﺳﻢ‬ Red is my favourite colour. 1

In Persian, a plural verb can be used for a singular subject to indicate respect, as in:

‫ﺧﺎﻧﻢﺷﻤﺎﺧﻴﻠﻰزﻳﺒﺎﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬

.‫ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ زﻳﺒﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬

‫?‪How many provinces does Iran have‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬ ‫زرد‬

‫‪yellow‬‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬ ‫اﺳﻢ ‪ /‬ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 4‬‬

‫‪40‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬ ‫ﻗﻨﺎرى زرد اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Canaries are yellow.‬‬

‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬

‫‪white‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ ‪ /‬ﺻﻔﺖ ﻣﻮﻫﺎى ﻣﺎدرم ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪My mother’s hair has gone very white.‬‬

‫‪sea‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫درﻳﺎ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻰ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫درﻳﺎ‬

‫‪lake‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫آب درﻳﺎﭼﻪ ﺷﻮر اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ocean‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫‪salty‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ‬

‫‪sweet‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﺗﻠﺦ‬

‫‪bitter‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﺗﻨﺪ‬

‫‪spicy‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫‪The sea is stormy.‬‬

‫درﻳﺎﭼﻪ‬

‫‪The water in the lake is salty.‬‬

‫اﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮس‬

‫اﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮس ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺑﺰرگ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪The ocean is very big.‬‬

‫ﺷﻮر‬

‫ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻧﻤ رﻳﺨﺘﻰ‪ .‬ﻏﺬا ﺷﻮر ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪You added too much salt. The food is salty.‬‬

‫اﻳﻦ آب ﻣﻴﻮه ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪This fruit juice is very sweet.‬‬

‫اﻳﻦ دوا ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﺦ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪This medicine is very bitter.‬‬

‫ﻏﺬاﻫﺎى ﻫﻨﺪى ﻣﻌﻤﻮًﻻ ﺗﻨﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Indian food is usually spicy.‬‬

‫ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪن )ﺑﺨﺶ(‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ )ﺷﻨﺎس(‬

‫‪to forgive; to‬‬ ‫‪excuse‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫‪to know; to be‬‬ ‫‪acquainted with‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫‪to see‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫دﻳﺪن )ﺑﻴﻦ(‬

‫او از ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺬرت ﺧﻮاﺳﺖ و ﻣﻦ او را ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪم‪.‬‬ ‫‪He apologized to me, and I forgave him.‬‬

‫آﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﺴﺮم را ﻣﻰ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪ؟‬ ‫?‪Do you know my wife‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ را دﻳﺪه ام‪.‬‬ ‫‪I have seen this film.‬‬

‫َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ‬

‫
‬

‫اﺳﺘﺎن َ َﻛﻴﻼن‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﻴﭗ ‪ :‬ﺳﻼم ﺳﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﺳﻼم‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻮب اﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﻴﭗ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮ ﭼﻄﻮرى؟‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺧﻮﺑﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺳﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﻴﭗ‪ :‬اﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬

‫‪41‬‬

‫درس ﭼﻬﺎرم‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫اﻳﺮان ﭼﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺎن دارد؟‬

‫ﺳﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﻳ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ ﺑﻨﺎم »ﮔﻴﻼن«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﻴﭗ‪ :‬ﮔﻴﻼن ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﭼﻪ؟‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﮔﻴﻼن ﻧﺎم ﻳ‪B‬ﻰ از اﺳﺘﺎن ﻫﺎى اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﻴﭗ‪ :‬ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺧﻮﺑﻰ اﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺧﻮﺑﻰ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﻴﭗ‪ :‬آﻳﺎ ﮔﻴﻼن اﺳﺘﺎن زﻳﺒﺎﻳﻰ اﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﮔﻴﻼن ﻳ‪B‬ﻰ از زﻳﺒﺎﺗﺮﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎن ﻫﺎى اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫در‪ E‬ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﻧﺎم ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺳﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬ ‫آﻳﺎ ﮔﻴﻼن ﻓﻴﻠِﻢ ﺧﻮﺑﻰ اﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﮔﻴﻼن ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬ ‫آﻳﺎ ﮔﻴﻼن اﺳﺘﺎن زﻳﺒﺎﻳﻰ اﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺷﻬﺮدراﻳﺮان را ﻧﺎم ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺎن دراﻳﺮان را ﻧﺎم ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻳ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮى اﺳﺘﺎن ﮔﻴﻼن وﻟﻰ درﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﺎن ﺧﻮدﺗﺎن‪ .‬ﻧﺎم ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺘﺎن را ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ‬ ‫و آن ﺷﻬﺮ را ﺑﺎ ﺷﻬﺮ دﻳﮕﺮى ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺿﻤﻴﺮ‬

‫‪Pronouns‬‬

‫‪............................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪In Persian there are subjective, objective and possessive pronouns:‬‬

‫ﺿﻤﻴﺮﺷﺨﺼﻰ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫‪Subjective pronouns‬‬

‫‪Subjective pronouns come before the predicate. The subjective pronoun and the personal‬‬ ‫‪suffix of the verb should agree in Persian.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮب ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﺧﻮب ﻫﺴﺘﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫او ﺧﻮب اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

42

Lesson 4

䊏

How many provinces does Iran have?

.‫ﻣﺎ ﺧﻮب ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ‬ .‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻮب ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ‬ .‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮب ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ It should be noted that subjective pronouns are commonly omitted in Persian. They are Iranian. She is young. I am happy. You are hungry. You are beautiful. I saw him. We are going to the movies.

.‫اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ .‫ﺟﻮان اﺳﺖ‬ .‫ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎل ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‬ .‫ﮔﺮﺳﻨﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ‬ .‫زﻳﺒﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻰ‬ .‫او را دﻳﺪم‬ .‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻣﻰ روﻳﻢ‬

They are normally only mentioned in order to emphasize or contrast the subject, e.g.: !‫ﻣﻦ آن ﻛﺎر را ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻢ‬

I will do that! I will do that, not you !

!‫ ﻧﻪ ﺗﻮ‬،‫ﻣﻦ آن ﻛﺎر را ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻢ‬

Note that ‫ ﺷﻤﺎ‬is used to indicate plural “you” as well as polite singular “you”. There is an alternative pronoun for the third person plural, ‫ اﻳﺸﺎن‬, which is most commonly used (with a plural verb) to refer to the third person singular in polite conversation.

‫ﺿﻤﻴﺮﺷﺨﺼﻰ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻟﻰ‬

Objective pronouns

Objective pronouns are normally used before the verb, and they are either followed by the direct object marker or preceded by a preposition indicating the indirect object marker. In colloquial Persian, the direct objective pronouns are normally added to the verb as objective pronoun suffixes. .2‫ = ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪم‬.‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮا ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ‬

.‫ = ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪت‬.‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮا ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ‬ 2

Note that in transitive verbs with direct objects in the past tense, the first person singular of the verb takes the same form as the third person singular plus the objective pronoun, e.g.: I forgave He forgave me.

‫ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪم‬ ‫ﻣﺮا ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ < ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪم‬

Or: I hit. He hit me. ‫ﻣﺮازدزدم‬

. ‫زدم‬ .‫ﻣﺮا زد < زدم‬

‫‪43‬‬

‫درس ﭼﻬﺎرم‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫اﻳﺮان ﭼﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺎن دارد؟‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ او را ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪ = .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪش‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ را ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪ = .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻣﺎن‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻤﺎ را ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪ = .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﺗﺎن‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪ = .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﺷﺎن‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﮔﻔﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﮔﻔﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ او ﮔﻔﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﮔﻔﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮔﻔﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﮔﻔﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Note that in compound verbs, the direct objective suffix is added to the nominal part,‬‬ ‫‪e.g.:‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ دوﺳﺘﺶ دارد‪.‬‬ ‫‪Ali loves her.‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻘﻤﺎن ﻛﺮد‪.‬‬ ‫‪The teacher encouraged us.‬‬

‫ﺿﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﻠﻜﻰ‬

‫‪Possessive pronouns‬‬

‫‪Note that the possessive pronoun suffixes are similar to the objective pronoun suffixes.‬‬ ‫‪However, there is a difference between these two kinds of suffixes. While the objective‬‬ ‫‪pronoun suffix is added to the verb, the possessive pronoun suffix is added to the noun:‬‬

‫ﺑﻳژن ﺧﻮاﻫﺮ ﻣﺮا دﻳﺪ‪ = .‬ﺑﻳژن ﺧﻮاﻫﺮم را دﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻳژن ﺧﻮاﻫﺮ ﺗﺮا دﻳﺪ‪ = .‬ﺑﻳژن ﺧﻮاﻫﺮت را دﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻳژن ﺧﻮاﻫﺮ او را دﻳﺪ‪ = .‬ﺑﻳژن ﺧﻮاﻫﺮش را دﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻳژن ﺧﻮاﻫﺮ ﻣﺎ را دﻳﺪ‪ = .‬ﺑﻳژن ﺧﻮاﻫﺮﻣﺎن را دﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻳژن ﺧﻮاﻫﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ را دﻳﺪ‪ = .‬ﺑﻳژن ﺧﻮاﻫﺮﺗﺎن را دﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻳژن ﺧﻮاﻫﺮ آﻧﻬﺎ را دﻳﺪ‪ = .‬ﺑﻳژن ﺧﻮاﻫﺮﺷﺎن را دﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮادرﻣﻦ ﻛﻮﭼ اﺳﺖ‪ = .‬ﺑﺮادرم ﻛﻮﭼ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮادرﺗﻮ ﻛﻮﭼ اﺳﺖ‪ = .‬ﺑﺮادرت ﻛﻮﭼ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫?‪How many provinces does Iran have‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 4‬‬

‫‪44‬‬

‫ﺑﺮادراو ﻛﻮﭼ اﺳﺖ‪ = .‬ﺑﺮادرش ﻛﻮﭼ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮادرﻣﺎ ﻛﻮﭼ اﺳﺖ‪ = .‬ﺑﺮادرﻣﺎن ﻛﻮﭼ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮادرﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﻮﭼ اﺳﺖ‪ = .‬ﺑﺮادرﺗﺎن ﻛﻮﭼ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮادرآﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻮﭼ اﺳﺖ‪ = .‬ﺑﺮادرﺷﺎن ﻛﻮﭼ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺎﻫﺎى ﺧﺎﻟﻰ را ﺑﺎ ﺿﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎل‪:‬‬ ‫او داﻧﺸﺠﻮ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺎد ﺗ‪B‬ﻠﻴﻒ ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬دﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ . . . . . . . . .‬ﺳﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ . . . . . . . .‬ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎل ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺎد ﻧﺎم ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬ﺧﻮاﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ اﻳﺮاﻧﻴﺎن ﻛﺸﻮر ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬را دوﺳﺖ دارﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺗ‪B‬ﻠﻴﻒ ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬را اﻧﺠﺎم دادم‪.‬‬ ‫‪ . . . . . . . . .‬ﺗﺸﻨﻪ اﻳﺪ؟‬ ‫آﻧﻬﺎ درس ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬را ﻧﺨﻮاﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺪر ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺎد ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬دﻳﺪم‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬ﻣﻰ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫آﻧﻬﺎ ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬دوﺳﺖ ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ . . . . . . . . .‬درﻛﺎﻧﺎدا زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ . . . . . . . . .‬ﺧﺴﺘﻪ اﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ . . . . . . . . .‬در ﻛﻼس ﻫﺴﺘﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬

‫
‬

‫َ َﻛﻴﻼن‬ ‫ﮔﻴﻼن اﺳﺘﺎﻧﻰ اﺳﺖ در ﺷﻤﺎل اﻳﺮان‪ .‬اﺳﺘﺎن ﮔﻴﻼن ﺑﺴﻴﺎرﺳﺒﺰاﺳﺖ‪ .‬اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎن ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎى ﺑﺴﻴﺎرى دارد‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎى اﺳﺘﺎن ﮔﻴﻼن ﺧﻴﻠﻰ زﻳﺒﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰاﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎن رﺷﺖ اﺳﺖ‪ .‬زﺑﺎن ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﻣﺮدم ﮔﻴﻼن ﮔﻴﻠ‪B‬ﻰ‬ ‫اﺳﺖ‪ .‬درﻳﺎى ﺧﺰرﻫﻢ درﺷﻤﺎل اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‪ .‬آب اﻳﻦ درﻳﺎ ﺷﻮراﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫اﻳﺮان ﭼﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺎن دارد؟‬

䊏

‫درس ﭼﻬﺎرم‬

45

‫درﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻠﻂ؟‬ .‫اﺳﺘﺎن ﮔﻴﻼن در ﺟﻨﻮب اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‬ .‫آب درﻳﺎى ﺧﺰر ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ‬ .‫زﺑﺎن ﻣﺮدم ﮔﻴﻼن ﺗﺮﻛﻰ اﺳﺖ‬ .‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰاﺳﺘﺎن ﮔﻴﻼن رﺷﺖ اﺳﺖ‬

‫ﭼﻬﺎر ﺳﺆال ﺑﺮاى ﻣﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‬ ‫ اﺳﺘﺎن ﮔﻴﻼن در ﻛﺠﺎى اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ؟‬: ‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

Word order in Persian

‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺎت‬

............................................................................................................................................................................................

In Persian, the word order is basically Subject – Object – Verb. If the object is direct and specific, then it is followed by ‫را‬:

.‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻰ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪم‬ I read a book.

.‫ﻛﺘﺎب ﺗﻮ را ﺧﻮاﻧﺪم‬ I read your book.

.‫ﻛﺘﺎب ﺟﺪﻳﺪى ﺧﻮاﻧﺪم‬ I read a new book.

.‫ﻛﺘﺎب ﺟﺪﻳﺪ را ﺧﻮاﻧﺪم‬ I read the new book.

.‫ﻛﺘﺎب ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻮ را ﺧﻮاﻧﺪم‬ I read your new book. As for the adverbials, although Persian is a scrambling language and the order of the words can change based on the word that is emphasized, the basic order is:

46

Lesson 4

䊏

How many provinces does Iran have?

subject – adverb of time – object – adverb of manner – adverb of place – verb

In the following examples, all adverbials are underlined. Remember that in Persian, the order of the adverbial can be changed to indicate the focus. Generally speaking, the adverbial that appears first is the most important. Look at the four versions of the sentence below. They all convey the English meaning, “I wrote my homework with my new pencil in the library today”, but by rearranging the order of the phrase, the focus of the sentence is slightly altered.

.‫ﻠﻴﻔﻢ را ﺑﺎ ﻣﺪاد ﺟﺪﻳﺪم در ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻢ‬B‫اﻣﺮوز ﺗ‬ .‫ﻠﻴﻔﻢ را در ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻢ‬B‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﺪاد ﺟﺪﻳﺪم اﻣﺮوز ﺗ‬ .‫ﻠﻴﻔﻢ را ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻢ‬B‫در ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺪاد ﺟﺪﻳﺪم اﻣﺮوز ﺗ‬ .‫ﻠﻴﻔﻢ را ﺑﺎ ﻣﺪاد ﺟﺪﻳﺪم ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻢ‬B‫در ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ اﻣﺮوز ﺗ‬

‫ﺟﻤﻼت زﻳﺮ را ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

They studied Persian at university last year. My father saw Mr Rezapour in his office yesterday. I see my professor in class every day. I went to school by bus yesterday. Last month we moved to a new house. They eat lunch at the university every day. I took my son to school by car on Thursday. We bought these shoes from that shop today.

‫ﺟﺎﻫﺎى ﺧﺎﻟﻰ را ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ .‫ اﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﺳﺖ‬،‫ ﺳﻼم‬:‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎ‬ . . . . . . . . . . :‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ب( ﭼﻴﺴﺖ‬ ‫د( ﺧﺪاﺣﺎﻓﻆ‬

‫اﻟﻒ( ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ‬ ‫ج( ﺧﻮﺷﻮﻗﺘﻢ‬

.‫ ﺣﺴﻦ زاده اﺳﺖ‬. . . . . . . . . ‫اﺳﺘﺎد ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ب( ﺧﺎﻧﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﻒ( زن‬ ‫د( ﭘﺴﺮ‬ ‫ج( دﺧﺘﺮ‬

‫‪47‬‬

‫درس ﭼﻬﺎرم‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫اﻳﺮان ﭼﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺎن دارد؟‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎ ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ دارﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻒ( ﻟﻬﺠﻪ‬ ‫ج( اﺻﻔﻬﺎن‬

‫ب( ﺷﻴﺮازى‬ ‫د( زﺑﺎن‬

‫ﭼﻨﺪ ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬دارﻳﺪ؟‬ ‫اﻟﻒ( ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ج( ﺧﻮاﻫﺮ‬

‫ب( آﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫د( اﻳﺸﺎن‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎ ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ؟‬ ‫اﻟﻒ( ﻣﺮدم‬ ‫ج( اﻟﻔﺒﺎ‬

‫ب( ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻰ‬ ‫د( اﻫﻞ‬

‫ﺑﺮادر ﻣﺎدر ﻣﻦ ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬ﻣﻦ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻒ( داﻳﻰ‬ ‫ج( ﻋﻤﻪ‬

‫ب( ﻋﻤﻮ‬ ‫د( ﺧﺎﻟﻪ‬

‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺮ ﭘﺪر ﻣﻦ ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬ﻣﻦ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻒ( ﻋﻤﻮ‬ ‫ج( ﻋﻤﻪ‬

‫ب( داﻳﻰ‬ ‫د( ﺧﺎﻟﻪ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻳ دﺧﺘﺮ و ﻳ ﭘﺴﺮ دارم‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ دو ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬دارم‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺮادر‬ ‫ج( ﺑﭽﻪ‬

‫ب( ﺧﻮاﻫﺮ‬ ‫د( ﻋﻤﻪ‬

‫ﻛﺎﻣﺮان‪ :‬ﻣﻦ اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻄﻮر؟‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺳﻦ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ‪. . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫اﻟﻒ( ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻄﻮر‬ ‫ج( ﭼﻄﻮر‬

‫ب( ﭼ‪B‬ﺎر‬ ‫د( ﭼﻴﺴﺖ‬

‫ﻣﻦ دو ﻧﻮه دارم ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬دﺧﺘﺮﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻒ( اﻳﻦ‬ ‫ج( ﻣﺎ‬

‫ب( ﺗﻮ‬ ‫د( آﻧﻬﺎ‬

‫?‪How many provinces does Iran have‬‬

‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 4‬‬

‫
‬

‫در ﺑﺎﻧ‪U‬‬ ‫ﺣﺴﻦ‪ :‬ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺟﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺎت ارزى ﻛﺠﺎس؟‬ ‫ﻛﺎرﻣﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻧ‪ :‬ﻫﻤﻴﻨﺠﺎس ﺟﻨﺎب‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺴﻦ‪ :‬ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻢ اﻳﻦ ﻫﺰار دﻻرو ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﻧﺮخ دﻻر اﻣﺮوز ﭼﻨﺪه؟‬ ‫ﻛﺎرﻣﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻧ‪ :‬ﻳﻪ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ اﺟﺎزه ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺴﻦ‪ :‬دﺳﺘﺘﻮن درد ﻧ‪B‬ﻨﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎرﻣﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻧ‪ :‬ﻧﺮﺧﺶ ﻧﻬﺼﺪ و ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﺗﻮﻣﺎﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﻫﺰار دﻻر ﻣﻰ ﺷﻪ ﻧﻬﺼﺪ و ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻫﺰار ﺗﻮﻣﺎن‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺴﻦ‪ :‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺧﺐ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﺸ‪B‬ﺮم‪ .‬ﻫﺰار دﻻر ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ‪.‬‬

‫اﻳﻦ َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ را ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺪ‪ -‬ﭼ‪ -‬ﭼ ﭘﻮل‪ -‬ﺣﺴﺎب ﺟﺎرى‪ -‬ﺣﺴﺎب ﭘﺲ اﻧﺪاز‪ -‬وارﻳﺰ‪ -‬ﺑﺮداﺷﺖ‪ -‬ﺳﭙﺮده ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﻣﺪت‬ ‫ ﺳﭙﺮده ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﺪت‬‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻰ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫‪literary‬‬

‫ﭼﻨﺪ اﺳﺖ‬

‫ﭼﻨﺪه‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻪ‬

‫درد ﻧ‪B‬ﻨﺪ‬

‫درد ﻧ‪B‬ﻨﻪ‬

‫ﺗﻮﻣﺎن اﺳﺖ‬

‫ﺗﻮﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫ﻳ‬

‫ﻳﻪ‬

‫دﺳﺘﺘﺎن‬

‫دﺳﺘﺘﻮن‬

‫دﻻر را‬

‫دﻻرو‬

‫اﺟﺎزه ﺑﺪﻫﻴﺪ‬

‫اﺟﺎزه ﺑﺪﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻛﺠﺎﺳﺖ‬

‫ﻛﺠﺎس‬

‫ﻫﻤﻴﻨﺠﺎ اﺳﺖ‬

‫ﻫﻤﻴﻨﺠﺎس‬

‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺧﻮب‬

‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺧﺐ‬

‫‪colloquial‬‬

‫‪48‬‬

‫درس ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‬ ‫‪.......................................................................‬‬

‫در ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻮروز ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰ داﻧﻴﺪ؟‬

‫‪Lesson‬‬ ‫‪Five‬‬

‫درﺧﺘﺎن ﭘﺮ از ﺷ‪B‬ﻮﻓﻪ در ﻳ‪B‬ﻰ از روﺳﺘﺎﻫﺎى ﺧﺮاﺳﺎن در ﻓﺎﺻﻠﮥ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮى ﻧﻴﺸﺎﺑﻮر‪ .‬اﻳﻦ ﻋ‪B‬ﺲ ﻳ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﭘﺲ از‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰده ﺑﻪ در ﮔﺮ ﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮاى ﻛﺴﺐ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ در ﻣﻮرد ﺳﻴﺰده ﺑﻪ در در اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫?‪What do you know about Noruz‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 5‬‬

‫‪50‬‬

‫در ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻮروز ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰ داﻧﻴﺪ؟‬ ‫‪.......................................................................‬‬

‫?‪What do you know about Noruz‬‬

‫درس ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‪ :‬در ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻮروز ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰ داﻧﻴﺪ؟‬ ‫َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ‪ :‬ﻧﻮروز‬ ‫دﺳﺘﻮر‪ :‬ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻼت ﭘﺮﺳﺸﻰ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻼت ﺗﻌﺠﺒﻰ‬ ‫اﻋﺪاد‬ ‫زﻣﺎن‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‪ :‬ﺳﺎل ﻧﻮ‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ در ﺳﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬

‫واژ َ َﻛﺎن‬ ‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬

‫
‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫در ﻣﻮرد‬

‫‪about‬‬

‫ﺣﺮف اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬

‫ﭘﻴﺶ از‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ از‬

‫‪before‬‬

‫ﺣﺮف اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬

‫ﭘﺲ از‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ از‬

‫‪after‬‬

‫ﺣﺮف اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬

‫ﺗﺎ‬

‫‪until‬‬

‫ﺣﺮف اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬

‫از روى‬

‫‪over‬‬

‫ﺣﺮف اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬

‫‪in addition‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت رﺑﻄﻰ‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬ ‫در ﻣﻮرد ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ اﻳﺮان ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰ داﻧﻴﺪ؟‬ ‫‪What do you know about the history of‬‬ ‫?‪Iran‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﺶ از اﻧﻘﻼب در اﻳﺮان زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﺮدم‪.‬‬ ‫‪I lived in Iran before the revolution.‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻛﻼس ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻣﻰ روﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪We will go to the cinema after class.‬‬

‫ﺗﺎ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎن در اﻳﻦ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪We will be in this town until the summer.‬‬

‫ﻫﻮاﭘﻴﻤﺎ از روى درﻳﺎﭼﻪ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪The airplane passed over the lake.‬‬

‫ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ اﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻳ ﭘﺪرم‪ .‬ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻳ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻫﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪I am a father. In addition, I am also a‬‬ ‫‪teacher.‬‬

‫در ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻮروز ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰ داﻧﻴﺪ؟‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

.‫در ﻧﻮروز ﻫﻤﮥ ﻣﺮدم ﻟﺒﺎس ﻫﺎى ﻧﻮ ﻣﻰ ﭘﻮﺷﻨﺪ‬

䊏

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫درس ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‬

51

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

new

‫ﻧﻮ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

first

‫اوﻟﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

last

‫آﺧﺮﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

interesting

‫ﺟﺎﻟﺐ‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

Noruz (Iranian new year, March 21)

‫ﻧﻮروز‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

Farvardin (first month of the Iranian year)

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‘Haft-sin’ (Noruz table setting)

‫ﺳﻔﺮه ﻫﻔﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻦ‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

last Tuesday night of the year in the Iranian calendar

‫ﭼﻬﺎرﺷﻨﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻮرى‬

.‫ﺳﻔﺮه را ﺑﭽﻴﻦ‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

table cloth

‫ﺳﻔﺮه‬

.‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺟﺸﻦ اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ را ﻧﺎم ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

celebration; festival

‫ﺟﺸﻦ‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

fire

‫آﺗﺶ‬

.‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎزى ﺷﻄﺮﻧﺞ را دوﺳﺖ دارم‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

game

‫ﺑﺎزى‬

.‫در ﭼﻬﺎرﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﺳﻮرى آﺗﺶ ﺑﺎزى ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

Everyone wears new clothes at Noruz.

.‫اوﻟﻴﻦ روز ﺑﻬﺎر ﻧﻮروز اﺳﺖ‬ The first day of spring is Noruz.

.‫آﺧﺮﻳﻦ روز ﻫﻔﺘﻪ در اﻳﺮان ﺟﻤﻌﻪ اﺳﺖ‬ The last day of the week in Iran is Friday.

.‫ﻳ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺟﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺮاﻳﺖ دارم‬ I have an interesting piece of news for you.

.‫ﻧﻮروز اوﻟﻴﻦ روز ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ ﻣﺎه اﺳﺖ‬ Noruz is the first day of Farvardin.

.‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ اوﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ اﺳﺖ‬ Farvardin is the first month of the Iranian year.

.‫ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎل ﺳﻔﺮه ﻫﻔﺖ ﺳﻴﻦ را ﻣﻦ ﻣﻰ ﭼﻴﻨﻢ‬ I set the Haft-sin every year.

‫اﻳﺮاﻧﻴﺎن در ﭼﻬﺎرﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﺳﻮرى از روى آﺗﺶ‬ .‫ﻣﻰ ﭘﺮﻧﺪ‬ Iranians jump over fire on Charshanbehsuri.

‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬

Set the table. Name a few Iranian festivals.

.‫آﺗﺶ ﺑﺮاى ﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎ€ اﺳﺖ‬ Fire is dangerous for children. I like chess.

fireworks

‫آﺗﺶ ﺑﺎزى‬

They light fireworks on Charshanbeh-suri.

.‫ﻪ ﻃﻼ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻢ‬B‫ﺑﺮاى ﻋﻴﺪى ﻳ ﺳ‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

coin

‫اﺳﻢ‬

sumac

‫ﻪ‬B‫ﺳ‬

I got a gold coin as a gift for Noruz.

.‫ﭼﻠﻮﻛﺒﺎب را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻤﺎق ﺧﻮرد‬ You must eat Chelo-kebab with sumac.

‫ﺳﻤﺎق‬

52

Lesson 5

䊏

What do you know about Noruz?

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

.‫روى ﺳﺎﻻد ﺳﺮﻛﻪ و روﻏﻦ زﻳﺘﻮن رﻳﺨﺘﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

vinegar

‫ﺳﺮﻛﻪ‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

clothes

‫ﻟﺒﺎس‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

party

‫اﺳﻢ‬

spouse

‫اﺳﻢ‬

thing

‫اﺳﻢ‬

salary; law (the subject); rights

.‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﺮ ﻋﻼﻗﻤﻨﺪم‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

art

.‫ﻣﻦ از ﺑﭽﮕﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﺮدم‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

painting

‫ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻰ‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

countryside; nature

‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

outside; abroad

‫ﺧﺎرج‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

inside

‫داﺧﻞ‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

number

‫اﺳﻢ‬

letter

(‫ﺣﺮف )ﺣﺮوف‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

word

،(‫واژه )واژﮔﺎن‬ ،(‫ﻛﻠﻤﻪ )ﻛﻠﻤﺎت‬ (‫ﻟﻐﺖ )ﻟﻐﺎت‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

phrase

(‫ﻋﺒﺎرت )ﻋﺒﺎرات‬

I put vinegar and olive oil on the salad.

.‫ﻟﺒﺎس ﮔﺮم ﺑﭙﻮش ﭼﻮن ﻫﻮا ﺳﺮد اﺳﺖ‬ Put on warm clothes because it is cold.

.‫ﻣﻦ در ﻳ ﻣﻬﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺎ او آﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪم‬

‫ﻣﻬﻤﺎﻧﻰ‬

I met him at a party.

‫ﻛﻰ از ﻫﻤﺴﺮﺗﺎن ﺟﺪا ﺷﺪﻳﺪ؟‬

‫ﻫﻤﺴﺮ‬

When did you separate from your spouse?

‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﭼﻴﺰ را ﻧﺎم ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮف اﻟﻒ ﺷﺮوع‬ .‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬

‫ﭼﻴﺰ‬

Name several things that start with the letter “alef”.

‫ﺣﻘﻮق ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻘﺪر اﺳﺖ؟‬ How much is your monthly salary?

‫ﺣﻘﻮق‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺮ‬

I am interested in art. I have painted since my childhood.

.‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ اﻳﺮان ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻣﺘﻨﻮع اﺳﺖ‬ The countryside in Iran is very varied.

.‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﺎرج از ﺷﻬﺮ زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬ They live outside of town.

.‫ﺮدم‬B‫داﺧﻞ ﻛﻴﻔﻢ را ﮔﺸﺘﻢ وﻟﻰ ﻛﻠﻴﺪم را ﭘﻴﺪا ﻧ‬ I searched inside my purse, but I didn’t find my key.

‫آﻳﺎ درﺳﺖ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﺰده ﻋﺪد ﺑﺪﻳﻤﻨﻰ اﺳﺖ؟‬

(‫ﻋﺪد )اﻋﺪاد‬

Is it true that 13 is an unlucky number?

.‫درﺧﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮف داﻟﺶﺮوع ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد‬ “Derakht” starts with the letter “dal”.

.‫اﻳﻦ درس واژﮔﺎن ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺳﺨﺘﻰ دارد‬ This lesson has very difficult words.

.‫»ﺻﺒﺢ ﺑﺨﻴﺮ« ﻳ ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺳﺖ‬ “Good morning” is a phrase.

‫درس ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‬

‫‪53‬‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ )ﺟﻤﻼت(‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫در ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻮروز ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰ داﻧﻴﺪ؟‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻳ از ﻟﻐﺎت درس ﻳ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺴﺎزﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪sentence‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫‪paragraph‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪ )ﻣﻘﺎﻻت(‬

‫‪article; essay‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ )ﺳﺎﻋﺎت(‬

‫;‪hour; o’clock‬‬ ‫‪watch‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭘﻨﺞ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫دﻗﻴﻘﻪ )دﻗﺎﻳﻖ(‬

‫‪minute‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﭼﻨﺪ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻃﻮل ﻣﻰ ﻛﺸﺪ؟‬

‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬

‫‪second‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫رﺑﻊ‬

‫‪quarter‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﭼﻪ؟‬

‫?‪what‬‬

‫ﻛﻰ ‪ /‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻰ؟‬

‫?‪who‬‬

‫‪Make a sentence with each word from the‬‬ ‫‪lesson.‬‬

‫ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف‬

‫در ﻳ ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف ﺷﺮح ﺣﺎﻟﺘﺎن را ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Write about yourself in one paragraph.‬‬

‫ﻳ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪ در ﻣﻮرد ﺳﻨﺖ ﻫﺎ و رﺳﻮم ﻣﺮدم‬ ‫ﻛﺸﻮرﺗﺎن ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Write an article about the customs and‬‬ ‫‪traditions of the people in your country.‬‬ ‫‪It is five o’clock.‬‬ ‫?‪How many minutes will it take‬‬

‫ﻫﺮ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺷﺼﺖ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪There are 60 seconds in every minute.‬‬

‫ﻗﺮار ﺑﻮد ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻫﻔﺖ و رﺑﻊ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪We were supposed to meet at 7:15.‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﭘﺮﺳﺸﻰ ﺷﻤﺎ درﺑﺎره اﻳﺮان ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰ داﻧﻴﺪ؟‬ ‫?‪What do you know about Iran‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﭘﺮﺳﺸﻰ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻰ اﻣﺮوز ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻰ آﻳﺪ؟‬ ‫?‪Who is coming to your house today‬‬

‫ﻛﻰ؟‬

‫?‪when‬‬

‫ﻛﺪام؟‬

‫?‪which‬‬

‫ﭼﺮا؟‬

‫?‪why‬‬

‫ﭼﻨﺪ؟‬

‫?‪how many‬‬

‫ﭼﻘﺪر؟‬

‫?‪how much‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﭘﺮﺳﺸﻰ ﻛﻰ ﻛﻼﺳﺘﺎن ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد؟‬ ‫?‪When will your class end‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﭘﺮﺳﺸﻰ ﻛﺪام ﻣﺪاد ﻣﺎل ﺷﻤﺎﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫?‪Which pencil is yours‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﭘﺮﺳﺸﻰ ﭼﺮا دﻳﺸﺐ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪى؟‬ ‫?‪Why didn’t you come last night‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﭘﺮﺳﺸﻰ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺮادر دارى؟‬ ‫?‪How many brothers do you have‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﭘﺮﺳﺸﻰ ﭼﻘﺪر ﭘﻮل ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮدت آوردى؟‬ ‫?‪How much money did you bring with you‬‬

‫ﺷﺮوع ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ(‬

‫‪to begin‬‬ ‫)‪(intransitive‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﺷﺮوع ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to begin‬‬ ‫)‪(transitive‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻛﻼس ﻣﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ده و ﺳﻰ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺷﺮوع ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫‪Our class starts at 10:30.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ را ﭘﺎرﺳﺎل ﺷﺮوع ﻛﺮدم‪.‬‬ ‫‪I started to study Persian last year.‬‬

‫?‪What do you know about Noruz‬‬

‫َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 5‬‬

‫‪54‬‬

‫
‬

‫ﻧﻮروز‬ ‫ﺳﺎم‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻧﻰ؟‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺎره‪ :‬ﻳ ﻛﺘﺎب درﻣﻮرد ﻧﻮروز‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎم‪ :‬ﻧﻮروز ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺎره‪ :‬ﻧﻮروز ﺳﺎل ﻧﻮ اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎم‪ :‬اوﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺎره‪ :‬ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎم‪ :‬ﻣﺮدم اﻳﺮان ﺳﺎل ﻧﻮ را ﭼﻄﻮر ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ؟‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺎره‪ :‬آﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺳﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﭼﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﺎس ﻧﻮ ﻣﻰ ﭘﻮﺷﻨﺪ و ﺑﻪ ﻣﻬﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﻰ روﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎم‪ :‬ﺳﻔﺮ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺳﻴﻦ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺎره‪ :‬ﺳﻔﺮ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺳﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻫﻔﺖ ﭼﻴﺰاﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮف »س« ﺷﺮوع ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد ﻣﺜﻞ ﺳ‪B‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻤﺎق و ﺳﺮﻛﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎم‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﺟﺎﻟﺐ!‬

‫در‪ E‬ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺎره ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪ؟‬ ‫ﻧﻮروز ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬ ‫اوﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل در اﻳﺮان ﭼﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﻰ اﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫ﺳﺎل ﻧﻮ را دراﻳﺮان ﭼﻄﻮر ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ؟‬ ‫ﺳﻔﺮ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺳﻴﻦ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬

‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻳ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮى ﻧﻮروز وﻟﻰ درﻣﻮرد ﺳﺎل ﻧﻮ در ﻛﺸﻮرﺧﻮدﺗﺎن‪ .‬ﻓﺮق ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻮروز و ﺳﺎل ﻧﻮ‬ ‫در ﻛﺸﻮرﺗﺎن را ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ دﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫در ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻮروز ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰ داﻧﻴﺪ؟‬

䊏

‫درس ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‬

55

‫دﺳﺘﻮر‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ‬

Sentences

............................................................................................................................................................................................

In Persian, there are narrative, interrogative and exclamatory sentences. Narrative sentences

‫ﺟﻤﻠﮥ اﺧﺒﺎرى‬

Narrative sentences have the order: subject + object + verb. The definite direct object is distinguished from the subject by using the direct object marker ‫را‬, e.g.:

.‫ﺳﺎم ﻛﺘﺎب را دوﺳﺖ دارد‬ Sam likes the book. In this sentence, ‫ ﺳﺎم‬is the subject, while ‫ ﻛﺘﺎب‬is the object, which is marked by the direct object marker ‫را‬, and “‫ ”دوﺳﺖ دارد‬is the verb. Note that if the noun is generic, i.e. if the noun has a general rather than specific meaning, it appears in the singular definite form, i.e. without the added indefinite ‫ ى‬and without the object marker ‫ را‬, as in:

.‫ﺳﺎم ﻛﺘﺎب دوﺳﺖ دارد‬ Sam likes books. Questions

‫ﺟﻤﻠﮥ ﭘﺮﺳﺸﻰ‬

The word order of questions in Persian is the same as narrative sentences, i.e.: subject + object + verb. To ask a yes/no question, either the tone is changed or the question word ‫ آﻳﺎ‬is added to the beginning of the narrative sentence without making any other changes. Adding ‫ آﻳﺎ‬to the beginning of a question makes it formal. Does Sam like the book?

‫آﻳﺎ ﺳﺎم ﻛﺘﺎب را دوﺳﺖ دارد؟‬

When asking a wh-question, since Persian is an in situ language, the word order is the same as in the statement, and the question word simply sits in place of the omitted word or phrase, e.g.: Sam likes Setareh. Who does Sam like?

. ‫ﺳﺎم ﺳﺘﺎره را دوﺳﺖ دارد‬

‫ﺳﺎم ﻛﻰ را دوﺳﺖ دارد ؟‬

In Persian, there are three kinds of questions: yes/no questions, interrogative and indirect questions.

56

Lesson 5

䊏

What do you know about Noruz?

Yes/No questions

‫اﻳﺮان ﻛﺸﻮر ﺟﺪﻳﺪى اﺳﺖ؟‬ Is Iran a new country?

‫ﺗﻮ دو ﺧﻮاﻫﺮ دارى؟‬ Do you have two sisters?

Wh-questions

‫ﻛﻰ دو ﺧﻮاﻫﺮ دارد؟‬/‫ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻰ‬ Who has two sisters?

‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺧﻮاﻫﺮ دارى؟‬ How many sisters do you have?

‫ﭼﻘﺪر ﭘﻮل دارى؟‬ How much money do you have?

‫اﺳﻢ ﺗﻮ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬ What is your name?

‫ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻰ را دوﺳﺖ دارى؟‬ Whom do you like?

‫ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰى را دوﺳﺖ دارى؟‬ What do you like?

‫ﻛﺪام دﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻮاﻫﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﺖ؟‬ Which girl is your sister?

‫اﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎب ﻛﻰ اﺳﺖ؟‬

‫در ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻮروز ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰ داﻧﻴﺪ؟‬

䊏

‫درس ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‬

57

Whose book is this?

‫ﺑﺮادر ﻛﻰ را دﻳﺪى؟‬ Whose brother did you see?

‫ﻛﺠﺎ زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻰ؟‬ Where do you live?

‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻼس دارى؟‬ What time do you have class?

‫ﻛﻰ ﻛﻼس دارى؟‬ When do you have class?

‫ﻫﻮا ﭼﻄﻮر اﺳﺖ ؟‬ How’s the weather?

‫ﭼﺮا ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻧﻰ؟‬ Why are you studying Persian?

Indirect questions

.‫ﻧﻤﻰ داﻧﻢ او اﻳﻨﺠﺎﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻪ‬ I don’t know if he is here.

.‫ﻧﻤﻰ داﻧﻢ اﺳﻢ او )اﺳﻤﺶ( ﭼﻴﺴﺖ‬ I don’t know what his name is.

Exclamatory sentences

‫ﺟﻤﻠﮥ ﺗﻌﺠﺒﻰ‬

Exclamatory sentences express feelings and emotions. In Persian they start with ‫ﭼﻪ‬ (“how” or “what”) and end with an exclamation mark, as in:

‫?‪What do you know about Noruz‬‬

‫ﭼﻪ ﺟﺎﻟﺐ!‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 5‬‬

‫‪58‬‬

‫!‪How interesting‬‬ ‫‪ is followed by a noun, the noun appears in the indefinite form, e.g.:‬ﭼﻪ ‪If‬‬

‫ﭼﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻰ!‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻰ!‬

‫!‪What (great) weather‬‬ ‫!‪What a (fine) book‬‬

‫ﺟﻤﻼت زﻳﺮ را ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺷﻠﻮار‪ -‬ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪى ‪ -‬ﻗﺸﻨﮕﻰ ‪ -‬ﭼﻪ!‬ ‫ﻣﻰ رود ‪ -‬ﻣﺪرﺳﻪ ‪ -‬او ‪ -‬ﺑﻪ ‪ -‬ﻛﻰ؟‬ ‫ﻧﻮروز ‪ -‬ﻣﻰ داﻧﻴﺪ ‪ -‬ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ‪ -‬آﻳﺎ ‪ -‬را؟‬ ‫ﺣﺮف ﻣﻰ زﻧﻴﺪ ‪ -‬ﭼﻘﺪر ‪ -‬ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ‪ -‬ﺧﻮب!‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ‪ -‬ﺳﻴﻨﻤﺎ ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻰ آﻳﻴﺪ ‪ -‬ﭼﺮا ‪ -‬ﻣﺎ ‪ -‬ﺑﻪ؟‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎت ﭘﺮﺳﺸﻰ داﺧﻞ ﭘﺮاﻧﺘﺰ ﺟﻤﻼت زﻳﺮ را ﺳؤﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎل‪ :‬او روزﻫﺎى ﺳﻪ ﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻧﻤﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪) .‬ﭼﻪ روزﻫﺎﻳﻰ( ← او ﭼﻪ روزﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﺎر ﻧﻤﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ؟‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻮاد آﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﻤﻌﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎر€ ﻣﻰ روﻧﺪ‪) .‬ﻛﺠﺎ(‬ ‫ﺳﺎم در داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﺗﻬﺮان رﺷﺘﻪ ﺣﻘﻮق ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪ‪ ) .‬ﻛﻰ(‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻧﻢ ﭼﻮن ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻰ را دوﺳﺖ دارم‪) .‬ﭼﺮا(‬ ‫ﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ‪ ٨‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪرﺳﻪ ﻣﻰ روﻧﺪ‪) .‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭼﻨﺪ(‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺴﺮش را ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ ﻛﺮد‪) .‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻰ را(‬

‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬

‫
‬

‫ﺳﺎل ﻧﻮ‬ ‫اﻳﺮاﻧﻴﺎن ﭘﻴﺶ از ﺳﺎل ﻧﻮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻔﺮ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺳﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﭼﻴﻨﻨﺪ و آن را ﺗﺎ روز ﺳﻴﺰده ﺑﻪ در ﻧﮕﻪ ﻣﻰ دارﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰده ﺑﻪ در ﺳﻴﺰدﻫﻤﻴﻦ روز ﺳﺎل ﻧﻮ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ اﻳﺮاﻧﻴﺎن در آن روز ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎرج از ﺧﺎﻧﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻣﻰ روﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‪ ،‬اﻳﺮاﻧﻴﺎن‪ ،‬آﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻪ ﺷﻨﺒﮥ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎل را ﺑﺎ آﺗﺶ ﺑﺎزى و ﭘﺮﻳﺪن از روى آﺗﺶ ﺟﺸﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺎم اﻳﻦ روز ﭼﻬﺎرﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﺳﻮرى اﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺟﺸﻨﻬﺎى اﻳﺮاﻧﻴﺎن ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ و ﻣﺘﻨﻮع ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫درس ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‬

‫‪59‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫در ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻮروز ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰ داﻧﻴﺪ؟‬

‫درﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻠﻂ؟‬ ‫اﻳﺮاﻧﻴﺎن آﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻪ ﺷﻨﺒﮥ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎل را ﺑﺎ رﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎرج از ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻳﺮاﻧﻴﺎن ﭘﺲ از ﺳﺎل ﻧﻮ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺳﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﭼﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻳﺮاﻧﻴﺎن ﺳﻔﺮ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺳﻴﻦ را ﺗﺎ دﻫﻤﻴﻦ روز ﺳﺎل ﻧﮕﻪ ﻣﻰ دارﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﺸﻨﻬﺎى اﻳﺮاﻧﻴﺎن ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺟﺪﻳﺪ و ﻳ‪B‬ﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫در‪ E‬ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰده ﺑﻪ در ﭼﻪ روزى اﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫اﻳﺮاﻧﻴﺎن ﺳﻴﺰده ﺑﻪ در ﭼﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؟‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪ رﺳﻢ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ در ﺳﺎل ﻧﻮ اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ را ﻧﺎم ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﭼﻬﺎر ﺳﺆال ﺑﺮاى ﻣﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‬ ‫اﻋﺪاد‬

‫‪Numbers‬‬

‫‪............................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪Cardinal‬‬

‫‪Cardinal‬‬

‫‪Ordinal‬‬ ‫)‪(used after a noun‬‬

‫‪Ordinal‬‬ ‫)‪(used before a noun‬‬

‫‪١‬‬

‫ﻳ‬

‫اول‬

‫اوﻟﻴﻦ‬

‫‪٢‬‬

‫دو‬

‫دوم‬

‫دوﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫‪٣‬‬

‫ﺳﻪ‬

‫ﺳﻮم‬

‫ﺳﻮﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫‪۴‬‬

‫ﭼﻬﺎر‬

‫ﭼﻬﺎرم‬

‫ﭼﻬﺎرﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫‪۵‬‬

‫ﭘﻨﺞ‬

‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‬

‫ﭘﻨﺠﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫‪۶‬‬

‫ﺷﺶ‬

‫ﺷﺸﻢ‬

‫ﺷﺸﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫‪٧‬‬

‫ﻫﻔﺖ‬

‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‬

‫ﻫﻔﺘﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫‪٨‬‬

‫ﻫﺸﺖ‬

‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‬

‫ﻫﺸﺘﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫‪٩‬‬

‫ﻧﻪ‬

‫ﻧﻬﻢ‬

‫ﻧﻬﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫‪١٠‬‬

‫ده‬

‫دﻫﻢ‬

‫دﻫﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫‪١١‬‬

‫ﻳﺎزده‬

‫ﻳﺎزدﻫﻢ‬

‫ﻳﺎزدﻫﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫‪١٢‬‬

‫دوازده‬

‫دوازدﻫﻢ‬

‫دوازدﻫﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫?‪What do you know about Noruz‬‬

‫‪Cardinal‬‬

‫‪Ordinal‬‬

‫‪Cardinal‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 5‬‬

‫‪Ordinal‬‬

‫‪١٣‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﺰده‬

‫ﺳﻴﺰدﻫﻢ‬

‫ﺳﻴﺰدﻫﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫‪١۴‬‬

‫ﭼﻬﺎرده‬

‫ﭼﻬﺎردﻫﻢ‬

‫ﭼﻬﺎردﻫﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫‪١۵‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰده‬

‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰدﻫﻢ‬

‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰدﻫﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫‪١۶‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰده‬

‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰدﻫﻢ‬

‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰدﻫﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫‪١٧‬‬

‫ﻫﻔﺪه‬

‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ‬

‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫‪١٨‬‬ ‫‪١٩‬‬

‫ﻫﺠﺪه‬ ‫ﻧﻮزده‬

‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﻮزدﻫﻢ‬

‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻤﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻮزدﻫﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫‪٢٠‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﺴﺖ‬

‫ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬

‫ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫‪٢١‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﺴﺖ و ﻳ‬

‫ﺑﻴﺴﺖ و ﻳ‪B‬ﻢ‬

‫ﺑﻴﺴﺖ و ﻳ‪B‬ﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺑﻴﺴﺖ و‪. . . . . . . . .‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﺴﺖ و‪. . . . . . . . .‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﺴﺖ و‪. . . . . . . . .‬‬

‫‪٣٠‬‬

‫ﺳﻰ‬

‫ﺳﻰ ام‬

‫ﺳﻰ اﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫‪٣١‬‬

‫ﺳﻰ و ﻳ‬

‫ﺳﻰ و ﻳ‪B‬ﻢ‬

‫ﺳﻰ و ﻳ‪B‬ﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺳﻰ و‪. . . . . . . . .‬‬

‫ﺳﻰ و‪. . . . . . . . .‬‬

‫ﺳﻰ و‪. . . . . . . . .‬‬

‫‪۴٠‬‬

‫ﭼﻬﻞ‬

‫ﭼﻬﻠﻢ‬

‫ﭼﻬﻠﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫‪۴١‬‬

‫ﭼﻬﻞ و ﻳ‬

‫ﭼﻬﻞ و ﻳ‪B‬ﻢ‬

‫ﭼﻬﻞ و ﻳ‪B‬ﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫ﭼﻬﻞ و‪. . . . . . . . .‬‬

‫ﭼﻬﻞ و‪. . . . . . . . .‬‬

‫ﭼﻬﻞ و‪. . . . . . . . .‬‬

‫‪۵٠‬‬

‫ﭘﻨﺠﺎه‬

‫ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻫﻢ‬

‫ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻫﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫‪۵١‬‬

‫ﭘﻨﺠﺎه و ﻳ‬

‫ﭘﻨﺠﺎه و ﻳ‪B‬ﻢ‬

‫ﭘﻨﺠﺎه و ﻳ‪B‬ﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫ﭘﻨﺠﺎه و‪. . . . . . . . .‬‬

‫ﭘﻨﺠﺎه و‪. . . . . . . . .‬‬

‫ﭘﻨﺠﺎه و‪. . . . . . . . .‬‬

‫‪۶٠‬‬

‫ﺷﺼﺖ‬

‫ﺷﺼﺘﻢ‬

‫ﺷﺼﺘﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫‪۶١‬‬

‫ﺷﺼﺖ و ﻳ‬

‫ﺷﺼﺖ و ﻳ‪B‬ﻢ‬

‫ﺷﺼﺖ و ﻳ‪B‬ﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺷﺼﺖ و‪. . . . . . . . .‬‬

‫ﺷﺼﺖ و‪. . . . . . . . .‬‬

‫ﺷﺼﺖ و‪. . . . . . . . .‬‬

‫‪٧٠‬‬

‫ﻫﻔﺘﺎد‬

‫ﻫﻔﺘﺎدم‬

‫ﻫﻔﺘﺎدﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫‪٧١‬‬

‫ﻫﻔﺘﺎد و ﻳ‬

‫ﻫﻔﺘﺎد و ﻳ‪B‬ﻢ‬

‫ﻫﻔﺘﺎد و ﻳ‪B‬ﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻫﻔﺘﺎد و‪. . . . . . . . .‬‬

‫ﻫﻔﺘﺎد و‪. . . . . . . . .‬‬

‫ﻫﻔﺘﺎد و‪. . . . . . . . .‬‬

‫‪٨٠‬‬

‫ﻫﺸﺘﺎد‬

‫ﻫﺸﺘﺎدم‬

‫ﻫﺸﺘﺎدﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫‪٨١‬‬

‫ﻫﺸﺘﺎد و ﻳ‬

‫ﻫﺸﺘﺎد و ﻳ‪B‬ﻢ‬

‫ﻫﺸﺘﺎد و ﻳ‪B‬ﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻫﺸﺘﺎد و‪. . . . . . . . .‬‬

‫ﻫﺸﺘﺎد و‪. . . . . . . . .‬‬

‫ﻫﺸﺘﺎد و‪. . . . . . . . .‬‬

‫ﻧﻮد‬

‫ﻧﻮدم‬

‫ﻧﻮدﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫‪٩٠‬‬

‫‪60‬‬

‫درس ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‬

‫‪61‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫در ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻮروز ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰ داﻧﻴﺪ؟‬

‫‪Cardinal‬‬

‫‪٩١‬‬

‫‪Cardinal‬‬

‫‪Ordinal‬‬

‫‪Ordinal‬‬

‫ﻧﻮد وﻳ‬

‫ﻧﻮد وﻳ‪B‬ﻢ‬

‫ﻧﻮد وﻳ‪B‬ﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻧﻮد و‪. . . . . . . . .‬‬

‫ﻧﻮد و‪. . . . . . . . .‬‬

‫ﻧﻮد و‪. . . . . . . . .‬‬

‫‪١٠٠‬‬

‫ﺻﺪ‬

‫ﺻﺪم‬

‫ﺻﺪﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫‪١٢۵‬‬

‫ﺻﺪ و ﺑﻴﺴﺖ و ﭘﻨﺞ‬

‫ﺻﺪ و ﺑﻴﺴﺖ و ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‬

‫ﺻﺪ و ﺑﻴﺴﺖ و ﭘﻨﺠﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫‪٢٠٠‬‬

‫دوﻳﺴﺖ‬

‫دوﻳﺴﺘﻢ‬

‫دوﻳﺴﺘﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫‪٣٠٠‬‬ ‫‪۴٠٠‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﺼﺪ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎرﺻﺪ‬

‫ﺳﻴﺼﺪم‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎرﺻﺪم‬

‫ﺳﻴﺼﺪﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎرﺻﺪﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫‪۵٠٠‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﻧﺼﺪ‬

‫ﭘﺎﻧﺼﺪم‬

‫ﭘﺎﻧﺼﺪﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫‪۶٠٠‬‬

‫ﺷﺸﺼﺪ‬

‫ﺷﺸﺼﺪم‬

‫ﺷﺸﺼﺪﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫‪٧٠٠‬‬

‫ﻫﻔﺘﺼﺪ‬

‫ﻫﻔﺘﺼﺪم‬

‫ﻫﻔﺘﺼﺪﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫‪٨٠٠‬‬

‫ﻫﺸﺘﺼﺪ‬

‫ﻫﺸﺘﺼﺪم‬

‫ﻫﺸﺘﺼﺪﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫‪٩٠٠‬‬

‫ﻧﻬﺼﺪ‬

‫ﻧﻬﺼﺪم‬

‫ﻧﻬﺼﺪﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫‪٩٩٩‬‬

‫ﻧﻬﺼﺪ و ﻧﻮد و ﻧﻪ‬

‫ﻧﻬﺼﺪ و ﻧﻮد و ﻧﻬﻢ‬

‫ﻧﻬﺼﺪ و ﻧﻮد و ﻧﻬﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫‪١٠٠٠‬‬

‫ﻫﺰار‬

‫ﻫﺰارم‬

‫ﻫﺰارﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫‪٢٠٠٠‬‬

‫دوﻫﺰار‬

‫دوﻫﺰارم‬

‫دوﻫﺰارﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫‪٩٠٠٠‬‬

‫ﻧﻪ ﻫﺰار‬

‫ﻧﻪ ﻫﺰارم‬

‫ﻧﻪ ﻫﺰارﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫‪١٠٠٠٠٠٠‬‬

‫ﻳ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮن‬

‫ﻳ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻧﻢ‬

‫ﻳ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻧﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫‪١٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠‬‬

‫ﻳ ﻣﻠﻴﺎرد‬

‫ﻳ ﻣﻠﻴﺎردم‬

‫ﻳ ﻣﻠﻴﺎردﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺟﺎﻫﺎى ﺧﺎﻟﻰ در ﺟﻤﻼت زﻳﺮ را ﺑﺎ اﻋﺪاد ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻌﻪ ‪ . . . . . . . .‬روز ﻫﻔﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ . . . . . . . . .‬ﻣﻬﺮﻣﺎه دراﻳﺮان ﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪرﺳﻪ ﻣﻴﺮوﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ دو ﺧﻮاﻫﺮ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از ﺧﻮدم دارم‪ .‬ﻣﻦ دﺧﺘﺮ ‪ . . . . . . . .‬ﭘﺪر و ﻣﺎدرم ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﻣﺎه اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ ﻳﺎ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬روز ﻳﺎ ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬روز دارد‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ‪ . . . . . . . .‬ﺳﺎل ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﺪﻧﻴﺎ آﻣﺪم‪.‬‬

‫زﻣﺎن‬

‫‪Time expressions‬‬

‫‪............................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪Cardinal numbers are used to tell the time in Persian, e.g.:‬‬

62

Lesson 5

䊏

What do you know about Noruz?

.‫ اﺳﺖ‬. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬ It is five o’clock.

.‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭘﻨﺞ اﺳﺖ‬

At four o’clock.

‫ﭼﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻰ ﻛﻼس دارﻳﺪ؟‬ .‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭼﻬﺎر‬

It is half past six.

.‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺷﺶ و ﻧﻴﻢ اﺳﺖ‬

What time do you have class?

It is six thirty. It is a quarter past twelve. It is twelve fifteen. It is a quarter to nine. It is eight forty-five. It is ten fifty. It is ten minutes to eleven.

.‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺷﺶ و ﺳﻰ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ اﺳﺖ‬ .‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ دوازده و رﺑﻊ اﺳﺖ‬ .‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ دوازده و ﭘﺎﻧﺰده دﻗﻴﻘﻪ اﺳﺖ‬ .‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻳ رﺑﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻪ اﺳﺖ‬ .‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻫﺸﺖ و ﭼﻬﻞ و ﭘﻨﺞ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ اﺳﺖ‬ .‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ده و ﭘﻨﺠﺎه دﻗﻴﻘﻪ اﺳﺖ‬ .‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ده دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎزده اﺳﺖ‬

Note that when reporting the time, ezafe is not added after ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬, but when the time expression is an adverbial (e.g. at four o’clock), ezafe is added after ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬, e.g.:

‫ﺖ ﭼﻬﺎر‬ ِ ‫ﺳﺎﻋ‬

at four o’clock Frequently in adverbial time expressions, ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬is omitted altogether, e.g.: What time are we going to have dinner? Seven. I will see you at ten.

‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺷﺎم ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮرﻳﻢ ؟‬ .‫ﻫﻔﺖ‬ .‫ده ﻣﻰ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺖ‬

‫ﺟﻤﻼت زﻳﺮ را ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

It is a quarter to eight. It is a quarter past seven. It is ten past four. It is two o’clock. It is one fifty-five.

‫‪63‬‬

‫درس ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫در ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻮروز ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰ داﻧﻴﺪ؟‬

‫‪I will see you at eleven.‬‬ ‫‪Our class starts at nine.‬‬ ‫‪We’ll meet you at three fifteen.‬‬ ‫‪He arrived at seven forty-five.‬‬ ‫‪The bus arrives at eight forty-seven.‬‬

‫ﺟﺎﻫﺎى ﺧﺎﻟﻰ را ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎت ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫اﻳﻦ داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ‪ . . . . . . . .‬داﻧﺸﮕﺎه آﻣﺮﻳ‪B‬ﺎ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺪﺗﺮ‬ ‫ج( ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮ‬

‫ب( ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫د( ﺧﻮب‬

‫اﻳﻦ درس ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺳﺨﺘﻰ دارد‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻒ( ﻣﺮدان‬ ‫ج( درﺧﺘﺎن‬

‫ب( زﻧﺎن‬ ‫د( واژﮔﺎن‬

‫ﻣﺮدم در ﻧﻮروز ﻟﺒﺎس ‪ . . . . . . . .‬ﻣﻰ ﭘﻮﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻒ( ﻛﻬﻨﻪ‬ ‫ج( ﻧﻮ‬

‫ب( ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫د( ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ‬

‫آﻧﻬﺎ ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬ﺷﻬﺮ زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻒ( ﺧﺎرج‬ ‫ج( ﻫﻨﺮ‬

‫ب( ﺟﺸﻦ‬ ‫د( رﻧﮓ‬

‫او ﻳ ﻛﺘﺎب ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬اﻳﺮان ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻒ( از روى‬ ‫ج( در ﻣﻮرد‬

‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟‬

‫ب( ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬ ‫د( ﺑﻌﺪ از‬

‫
‬

‫در ﺳﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬ ‫رﻛﺴﺎﻧﺎ‪ :‬دو ﺗﺎ ﺑﻴﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﺮاى ﻓﻴﻠﻢ »ﺑﺎران«‪.‬‬

‫‪6.‬‬ ‫‪7.‬‬ ‫‪8.‬‬ ‫‪9.‬‬ ‫‪10.‬‬

‫?‪What do you know about Noruz‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 5‬‬

‫ﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻓﺮوش‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺴﻰ؟ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺧﻮﺑﻪ؟‬ ‫رﻛﺴﺎﻧﺎ‪ :‬ﻧﻪ اﮔﻪ دﻳﺮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮه‪ .‬واﺳﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺲ ﻧﻪ و ﻧﻴﻢ ﻧﺪارﻳﻦ؟‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻓﺮوش‪ :‬ﭼﺮا دارﻳﻢ‪ .‬دو ﻫﺰار ﺗﻮﻣﺎن‪.‬‬ ‫رﻛﺴﺎﻧﺎ‪ :‬ﺑﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻴﻦ‪ .‬اﻳﻨﻢ دو ﻫﺰار ﺗﻮﻣﺎن‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻓﺮوش‪ :‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮه ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻧﻪ و رﺑﻊ ﺗﻮ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻦ‪ .‬درا رو ﻧﻪ و ﺑﻴﺴﺖ دﻳﻘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺑﻨﺪن‪.‬‬

‫اﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ را ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻨﻤﺎ‪ -‬ﺗﺌﺎﺗﺮ‪ -‬ﺧﻴﻤﻪ ﺷﺐ ﺑﺎزى‪ -‬ﺳﻴﺮ€‪ -‬ﻛﻨﺴﺮت‪ -‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎه‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻰ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫‪literary‬‬

‫اﮔﺮ‬

‫اﮔﻪ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺷﻪ‬

‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮاﺳﺖ‬

‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮه‬

‫ﺑﺮاى‬

‫واﺳﻪ‬

‫دﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬

‫دﻳﻘﻪ‬

‫ﺧﻮب اﺳﺖ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺑﻪ‬

‫ﻧﺪارﻳﺪ‬

‫ﻧﺪارﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺑﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺑﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺑﻨﺪﻧﺪ‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺑﻨﺪن‬

‫اﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ‬

‫اﻳﻨﻢ‬

‫درﻫﺎ را‬

‫درا رو‬

‫ﺑﻠﻴﺖ‬

‫ﺑﻴﻠﻴﺖ‬

‫داﺨﻞ‬

‫ﺗﻮ‬

‫‪colloquial‬‬

‫‪64‬‬

‫درس ﺷﺸﻢ‬ ‫‪.......................................................................‬‬

‫آﺧﺮ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ در اﻳﺮان ﭼﻪ روزى اﺳﺖ؟‬

‫‪Lesson‬‬ ‫‪Six‬‬

‫ﭘﻨﺠﺸﻨﺒﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻇﻬﺮ و ﺟﻤﻌﻪ در اﻳﺮان ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻛﺎر ﻧﻤﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻳ‪B‬ﻰ از ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺤﺎت ﻣﻮرد ﻋﻼﻗﮥ اﻳﺮاﻧﻴﺎن رﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎغ ﻫﺎ و ﭘﺎر€ ﻫﺎى‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ اﺳﺖ‪ .‬اﻳﻦ ﻋ‪B‬ﺲ در ﺑﺎغ ﻓﻴﻦ در ﺷﻬﺮ ﺗﺎرﻳﺨﻰ ﻛﺎﺷﺎن ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮاى ﻛﺴﺐ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ در ﻣﻮرد ﻛﺎﺷﺎن و ﺑﺎغ ﻓﻴﻦ در اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫?‪What day is the weekend in Iran‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 6‬‬

‫آﺧﺮ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ در اﻳﺮان ﭼﻪ روزى اﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫‪.......................................................................‬‬

‫?‪What day is the weekend in Iran‬‬

‫درس ﺷﺸﻢ‪ :‬آﺧﺮ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ در اﻳﺮان ﭼﻪ روزى اﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ‪ :‬ﺟﻤﻌﻪ‬ ‫دﺳﺘﻮر‪ :‬ﻓﻌﻞ‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ )ﻣﺎﺿﻰ(‬ ‫ﺣﺎل )ﻣﻀﺎرع(‬ ‫آﻳﻨﺪه )ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ(‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‪ :‬روزﻫﺎى ﻫﻔﺘﻪ‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ در ﺑﻘﺎﻟﻰ‬

‫واژ َ َﻛﺎن‬ ‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬

‫
‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫دﻳﺮوز‬

‫‪yesterday‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ ‪ /‬اﺳﻢ‬

‫دﻳﺮوز او را در ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ دﻳﺪم‪.‬‬

‫اﻣﺮوز‬

‫‪today‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ ‪ /‬اﺳﻢ‬

‫اﻣﺮوز ﻫﻮا ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺧﻮب اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪tomorrow‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ ‪ /‬اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮدا ﻛﻼس ﻧﺪارم‪.‬‬

‫‪every day‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﺮ روز ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎر€ ﻣﻰ روﻳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪what day (of‬‬ ‫)‪the week‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت‬

‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺷﻨﺒﻪ او را دﻳﺪى؟‬

‫‪Saturday‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‪ /‬ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺷﻨﺒﻪ اوﻟﻴﻦ روز ﻫﻔﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳ‪B‬ﺸﻨﺒﻪ‬

‫‪Sunday‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‪ /‬ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻳ‪B‬ﺸﻨﺒﻪ در اﻳﺮان ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫دوﺷﻨﺒﻪ‬

‫‪Monday‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‪ /‬ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫دوﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻛﺎر دارم‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻪ ﺷﻨﺒﻪ‬

‫‪Tuesday‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‪ /‬ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺳﻪ ﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪرﺳﮥ ﭘﺴﺮم ﺑﺮوم‪.‬‬

‫‪Wednesday‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‪ /‬ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺗﺎ ﭼﻬﺎرﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎب را ﺗﻤﺎم ﻛﻨﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪Thursday‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‪ /‬ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻋﺼﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﺑﻪ دﻳﺪن او رﻓﺘﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺮدا‬ ‫ﻫﺮ روز‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺷﻨﺒﻪ؟‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺒﻪ‬

‫ﭼﻬﺎرﺷﻨﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺞ ﺷﻨﺒﻪ‬

‫‪66‬‬

‫درس ﺷﺸﻢ‬

‫‪67‬‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻌﻪ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫آﺧﺮ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ در اﻳﺮان ﭼﻪ روزى اﺳﺖ؟‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬ ‫اﺳﻢ‪ /‬ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺟﻤﻌﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؟‬

‫‪day‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺳﻮﻣﻴﻦ روز ﻫﻔﺘﻪ دوﺷﻨﺒﻪ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪week‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﻔﺖ روز دارد‪.‬‬

‫‪month‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻣﺎه آﻳﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻣﻰ روﻳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪year‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫اﻣﺴﺎل ﺳﺎل ﺧﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﻮد‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺮن )ﻗﺮون(‬

‫‪century‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﺻﺪ ﺳﺎل ﻳ ﻗﺮن اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫دﻫﻪ‬

‫‪decade‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫در دﻫﮥ اﺧﻴﺮ ﻛﺸﻮر ﻣﺎ ﻣﺸ‪B‬ﻼت زﻳﺎدى داﺷﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫آﻳﻨﺪه‬

‫‪future‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫در آﻳﻨﺪه ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻫﻰ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺎره ﺑﺸﻮى؟‬

‫ﺣﺎل‬

‫‪present‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ در زﻣﺎن ﺣﺎل زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻛﻨﻰ ﻧﻪ در آﻳﻨﺪه و‬ ‫ﻧﻪ در ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪past‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫از ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﭼﻴﺰى ﻳﺎدم ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﭼﻮن‬

‫‪since, because‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻤﻪ رﺑﻂ‬

‫ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻧﺮﻓﺘﻢ ﭼﻮن ﺧﻴﻠﻰ درس داﺷﺘﻢ‪.‬‬

‫زﻳﺮا‬

‫‪because‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻤﻪ رﺑﻂ‬

‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ اﺣﺘﺮام ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬارﻧﺪ زﻳﺮا ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺮد‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻔﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫اﻣﺮوز ﻫﻴﭻ ﺟﺎ ﻧﻤﻰ روم ﭼﻮن ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻫﻢ درس ﺑﺨﻮاﻧﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻬﻤﺎن‬

‫‪guest‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻓﺮدا ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻬﻤﺎن دارم‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬

‫‪letter‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫اﻣﺮوز ﻳ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﺮدم‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﻛﺖ‬

‫‪envelope‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻧﺎﻣﻪ را در داﺧﻞ ﭘﺎﻛﺖ ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻢ و در ﺻﻨﺪوق ﭘﺴﺘﻰ‬ ‫اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻤﺒﺮ‬

‫‪stamp‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫آﻳﺎ روى ﭘﺎﻛﺖ ﺗﻤﺒﺮ ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪى؟‬

‫‪post office‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪ ﭘﺴﺘﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﺠﺎﺳﺖ؟‬

‫‪number,‬‬ ‫‪quantity‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺪاد داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﺎن ﻛﻼس ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺮ اﺳﺖ؟‬

‫ﻓﺮد‬

‫‪odd number‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﻫﻔﺖ ﻋﺪدى ﻓﺮد اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫زوج‬

‫‪even number‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﻫﺸﺖ ﻋﺪدى زوج اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﮔﺮوه‬

‫‪group‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ را ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮوه ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺮد‪.‬‬

‫‪usually‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺻﺒﺢ زود ﺑﻴﺪار ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮم‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت‬

‫آﺧﺮ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ او را ﻣﻰ ﺑﻴﻨﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫در زﺑﺎن ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء زﻳﺎد وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮدم اﻳﺮان ﺟﻤﻌﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻛﺎر ﻧﻤﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫روز‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺎه‬ ‫ﺳﺎل‬

‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‬

‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﺟﺎ‬

‫ﭘﺴﺘﺨﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪاد‬

‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮًﻻ‬

‫‪Friday‬‬

‫‪nowhere‬‬

‫آﺧﺮ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ‬

‫‪weekend‬‬

‫اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء‬

‫‪exception‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫‪to work‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻛﺎر ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫?‪What day is the weekend in Iran‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬ ‫زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 6‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫‪to live‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﻮز ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎدرﺷﺎن زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪to want‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻫﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪to eat‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﺷﺎم ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮرى؟‬

‫‪to write‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻣﺸﻘﻬﺎﻳﺖ را ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻰ؟‬

‫‪to say; to tell‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻛﻪ دﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﻣﻰ ﮔﺮدد‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪن )ﭘﻮش(‬

‫‪to wear‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﭼﻪ ﻟﺒﺎس ﻗﺸﻨﮕﻰ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه اى!‬

‫ﺧﻮاﺑﻴﺪن )ﺧﻮاب(‬

‫‪to sleep‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﺑﻰ؟‬

‫ﺷﻨﻴﺪن )ﺷﻨﻮ(‬

‫‪to hear‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫آﻳﺎ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ را ﺷﻨﻴﺪه اى؟‬

‫‪to go to work‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﺮ روز ﺻﺒﺢ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻫﺸﺖ ﺳﺮ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻰ روم‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮت رﻓﺘﻦ‬ ‫)رو(‬

‫‪to travel‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻣﺎ در ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎن ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮت ﻣﻰ روﻳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to divide‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫اﻳﻦ ﭘﻮل را ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻮدت و ﺧﻮاﻫﺮت ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻦ )ﺧﻮاه(‬ ‫ﺧﻮردن )ﺧﻮر(‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ )ﻧﻮﻳﺲ(‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻦ )ﮔﻮ(‬

‫ﺳﺮﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻦ‬ ‫)رو(‬

‫َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ‬

‫
‬

‫ﺟﻤﻌﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻳﺒﺮز ‪ :‬دﻳﺮوز ﻛﺠﺎ رﻓﺘﻰ؟‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺳﻦ‪ :‬دﻳﺮوز ﭼﻨﺪ ﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﺑﻮد؟‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻳﺒﺮز‪ :‬دﻳﺮوز ﺟﻤﻌﻪ ﺑﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺳﻦ‪ :‬دﻳﺮوز ﻫﻴﭻ ﺟﺎﻳﻰ ﻧﺮﻓﺘﻢ ﭼﻮن روزﻫﺎى ﺟﻤﻌﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﺗﻮ ﭼﻄﻮر؟‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻳﺒﺮز‪ :‬روزﻫﺎى ﺟﻤﻌﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮًﻻ ﺑﻪ رﺷﺖ ﻣﻰ روم‪ .‬ﺧﻮاﻫﺮم آﻧﺠﺎ زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺳﻦ‪ :‬آﻳﺎ ﺟﻤﻌﮥ آﻳﻨﺪه ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ رﺷﺖ ﻣﻴﺮوى؟‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻳﺒﺮز‪ :‬ﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻌﮥ آﻳﻨﺪه اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎًء ﺑﻪ رﺷﺖ ﻧﻤﻰ روم ﭼﻮن ﻣﻬﻤﺎن دارم‪.‬‬

‫در‪ E‬ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺳﻦ دﻳﺮوز ﻛﺠﺎ رﻓﺖ؟‬ ‫دﻳﺮوز ﭼﻨﺪ ﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﺑﻮد؟‬

‫‪68‬‬

‫آﺧﺮ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ در اﻳﺮان ﭼﻪ روزى اﺳﺖ؟‬

䊏

‫درس ﺷﺸﻢ‬

69

‫ﻓﺮﻳﺒﺮز دﻳﺮوز ﻛﺠﺎ رﻓﺖ؟‬ ‫ﭼﺮا ﻓﺮﻳﺒﺮز ﺟﻤﻌﮥ آﻳﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ رﺷﺖ ﻧﻤﻰ رود؟‬ ‫ﭼﺮا ﻓﺮﻳﺒﺮز روزﻫﺎى ﺟﻤﻌﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮًﻻ ﺑﻪ رﺷﺖ ﻣﻰ رود؟‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ روزﻫﺎى ﺟﻤﻌﻪ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻣﻰ روﻳﺪ؟‬

‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‬ ‫ ﻛﺠﺎ و ﺑﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻰ‬،‫ﻳ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮى ﺟﻤﻌﻪ و ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ دﻫﻴﺪ آﺧﺮ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ را ﻣﻌﻤﻮًﻻ ﭼﻄﻮر‬ .‫ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬراﻧﻴﺪ‬

‫دﺳﺘﻮر‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

Verbs

............................................................................................................................................................................................

Verbs in Persian are formed from the infinitive, which consists of the past stem and the infinitive marker ‫ ن‬e.g. ‫ دﻳﺪن‬،‫ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ‬،‫ رﻓﺘﻦ‬.

(‫َ َﻛﺬﺷﺘﻪ )ﻣﺎﺿﻰ‬

Past tense

This tense is used to express actions that were completed in the past. To form the past stem, simply drop the infinitive marker ‫ ن‬from the infinitive. The past stem, which ends in either ‫ د‬or ‫ ت‬is followed by fixed inflectional suffixes:

‫( م‬/am/) for first person singular “I” ‫( ى‬/i:/) for second person singular “you” nothing for third person singular “he/she/it” ‫( ﻳﻢ‬/i:m/) for first person plural “we” ‫( ﻳﺪ‬/i:d/) for second person plural or respected second person singular “you” ‫( ﻧﺪ‬/and/) for third person plural “they”

‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪن‬

to buy

‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪﻧﺪ‬

‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪم‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪى‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪ‬

70

Lesson 6

䊏

What day is the weekend in Iran?

.‫ﻣﻦ دﻳﺮوز دو ﻛﺘﺎب ﺧﺮﻳﺪم‬ I bought two books yesterday.

.‫او ﭘﺎرﺳﺎل ﺧﺎﻧﻪ اش را ﺧﺮﻳﺪ‬ He bought his house last year. Present tense

(‫ﺣﺎل )ﻣﻀﺎرع‬

This tense is used to express an action in the present, which is either a habit or something done at the moment of speaking. The present tense in Persian can also be used to express actions in the future. Note that the verb endings are the same as the ones used for the past tense except for the third person singular, which is normally followed by ‫ د‬. In addition, in the present tense, the prefix ‫ ﻣﻰ‬precedes the present stem. The present stem

‫ﺑﻦ ﻣﻀﺎرع‬

Forming the present stem is not as easy as forming the past stem. To form the past stem, the infinitive marker ‫ ن‬is dropped (‫)ﺧﺮﻳﺪن ← ﺧﺮﻳﺪ‬, whereas to form the present stem, if the past stem ends in ‫ ﻳﺪ‬, the ‫ ﻳﺪ‬will be dropped (‫)ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ← ﺧﺮ‬. However, if the past stem ends in ‫ﻧﺪ‬, the ‫ د‬will often be dropped (‫)ﺧﻮاﻧﺪ ← ﺧﻮان‬. And often if the past stem ends in ‫ﺧﺖ‬, the ‫ ﺧﺖ‬will be usually replaced with ‫)دوﺧﺖ ← دوز( ز‬. However, many simple verbs in Persian have irregular present stems which must be memorized, e.g.:

‫دﻳﺪن ← ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ ← ﺷﻨﺎس‬ ‫آﻣﺪن ← آ‬ ‫رﻓﺘﻦ ← رو‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ← ﻧﻮﻳﺲ‬ Note the present tense of the verb in the following examples.

.‫ﺗﻮ زﻳﺎد ﻛﺘﺎب ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻧﻰ‬ You read books a lot.

.‫او ﻫﺮ روز ﻳ ﻛﺘﺎب ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪ‬ She reads a book every day.

‫آﺧﺮ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ در اﻳﺮان ﭼﻪ روزى اﺳﺖ؟‬

䊏

‫درس ﺷﺸﻢ‬

71

The present tense of ‫ داﺷﺘﻦ‬and ‫ ﺑﻮدن‬are irregular and do not take ‫ ﻣﻰ‬.

.‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮ را دوﺳﺖ دارم‬ I love you.

.‫ﻣﻦ اﻣﺮوز ﻣﺮﻳﺾ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‬ I am ill today. Note that if the present tense indicates an action that is in progress at the time of speaking, the present tense of “ ‫ ”داﺷﺘﻦ‬can be used to emphasize that the action is taking place at the moment of speaking, and the conjugated form of ‫ داﺷﺘﻦ‬is placed right after the subject, e.g.:

.‫ﻣﻦ دارم ﻛﺘﺎب ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻧﻢ‬ I am reading a book.

.‫ﺷﻤﺎ دارﻳﺪ ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ You are speaking Persian.

(‫آﻳﻨﺪه )ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬

Future verbs

As noted above, the present tense is often used in Persian to express a future action, e.g.: We will go I will buy He will write

‫ﻣﻰ روﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺧﺮم‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‬

The future tense in Persian can also be made in the following way. I will go You will say He will hear We will see You will come They will read

‫ﺧﻮاﻫﻢ رﻓﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﻫﻰ ﮔﻔﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﻢ دﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ آﻣﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪ‬

72

Lesson 6

䊏

What day is the weekend in Iran?

Notice that the verb endings are the same as the ones used for the present tense. The first part of the verb is conjugated from the present stem ‫ ﺧﻮاه‬of the infinitive ‫ﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻦ‬, while the main verb always appears as the past stem, e.g.: ‫ آﻣﺪ‬،‫ رﻓﺖ‬، ‫ﮔﻔﺖ‬. This form of the future verb is normally used in Persian to express a more emphatic meaning, e.g.: I will go. You will see.

.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﻢ رﻓﺖ‬ .‫ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ دﻳﺪ‬

This emphatic form of the future is less common in spoken than in written Persian.

‫ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺮاى زﻣﺎن ﺣﺎل‬U‫ ﻳ‬،‫ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺮاى زﻣﺎن َ َﻛﺬﺷﺘﻪ‬U‫ از اﻓﻌﺎل زﻳﺮ ﻳ‬U‫ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻳ‬ ‫ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺮاى زﻣﺎن آﻳﻨﺪه ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‬U‫و ﻳ‬ to eat to spill to wear to sleep to cook

‫ﺧﻮردن‬ ‫رﻳﺨﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪن‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﺑﻴﺪن‬ ‫ﭘﺨﺘﻦ‬

‫ ﺟﺎﻫﺎى ﺧﺎﻟﻰ را در ﺟﻤﻼت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎ زﻣﺎن ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬،‫ﺑﺎ درﻧﻈﺮ َ َﻛﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻗﻴﺪﻫﺎى زﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ yesterday tomorrow every day

‫دﻳﺮوز‬ ‫ﻓﺮدا‬ ‫ﻫﺮروز‬

.(‫ )رﻓﺘﻦ‬. .. . . . . . . ‫ﻣﻦ دﻳﺮوز ﺑﻪ داﻧﺸﮕﺎه‬ .(‫ )ﺧﻮاﺑﻴﺪن‬. .. . . . . . . ٨ ‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﺮروز ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬ .(‫ )ﺧﻮردن‬. .. . . . . . . ‫آﻧﻬﺎ روزﻫﺎى ﺟﻤﻌﻪ ﻛﺒﺎب‬ .(‫ )ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪن‬. .. . . . . . . ‫ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮدا ﻟﺒﺎس ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬ .(‫ )ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ‬. .. . . . . . . ‫او دﻳﺮوزﻳ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬ .(‫ )رﻓﺘﻦ‬. .. . . . . . . ‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﻔﺘﮥ آﻳﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ اﺻﻔﻬﺎن‬

‫‪73‬‬

‫درس ﺷﺸﻢ‬

‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫آﺧﺮ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ در اﻳﺮان ﭼﻪ روزى اﺳﺖ؟‬

‫
‬

‫روزﻫﺎى ﻫﻔﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﻫﻔﺘﻪ ‪ ٧‬روز دارد‪ .‬دراﻳﺮان اوﻟﻴﻦ روز ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﻨﺒﻪ اﺳﺖ و آﺧﺮﻳﻦ روزﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﺟﻤﻌﻪ اﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺮدم اﻳﺮان‬ ‫روزﻫﺎى ﺟﻤﻌﻪ ﺳﺮﻛﺎرﻧﻤﻰ روﻧﺪ‪ .‬اﻛﺜﺮ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮدش ﻣﻰ روﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻬﻤﺎﻧﻰ‪ .‬ﺷﻨﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪B‬ﺸﻨﺒﻪ‪ ،‬دوﺷﻨﺒﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﻪ ﺷﻨﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻬﺎرﺷﻨﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻨﺞ ﺷﻨﺒﻪ و ﺟﻤﻌﻪ روزﻫﺎى ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻮن روزﻫﺎى ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳ ﻋﺪد آﻏﺎز‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﻪ دو ﮔﺮوِه روزﻫﺎى ﻓﺮد)ﻳ‪B‬ﺸﻨﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻪ ﺷﻨﺒﻪ و ﭘﻨﺞ ﺷﻨﺒﻪ( و روزﻫﺎى زوج )ﺷﻨﺒﻪ‪ ،‬دوﺷﻨﺒﻪ‬ ‫و ﭼﻬﺎرﺷﻨﺒﻪ( ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫در‪ E‬ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ روز دارد؟‬ ‫دراﻳﺮان اوﻟﻴﻦ روز ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﭼﻪ روزى اﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫ﻣﺮدم اﻳﺮان ﭼﻪ روزى ﺳﺮﻛﺎر ﻧﻤﻰ روﻧﺪ؟‬ ‫روزﻫﺎى ﻫﻔﺘﻪ را ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﮔﺮوه ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﭼﻬﺎر ﺳﺆال ﺑﺮاى ﻣﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻼت زﻳﺮ را ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫‪Each day has 24 hours.‬‬ ‫‪In Iran, people don’t work on Fridays.‬‬ ‫‪It is a quarter past 12.‬‬ ‫‪We have Persian class at 10:35.‬‬ ‫‪I bought a car yesterday.‬‬ ‫?‪Did you buy the Persian book today‬‬ ‫‪I drink my coffee with milk.‬‬ ‫‪He comes to school by bus every day.‬‬ ‫‪Next week we will go to Tehran.‬‬ ‫‪I saw him on the street this morning.‬‬

‫‪1.‬‬ ‫‪2.‬‬ ‫‪3.‬‬ ‫‪4.‬‬ ‫‪5.‬‬ ‫‪6.‬‬ ‫‪7.‬‬ ‫‪8.‬‬ ‫‪9.‬‬ ‫‪10.‬‬

‫?‪What day is the weekend in Iran‬‬

‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 6‬‬

‫
‬

‫در ﺑﻘﺎﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻢ اﻧﺼﺎرى‪ :‬ﺳﻼم ﺣﺎج آﻗﺎ‪ .‬از اون روﻏﻦ زﻳﺘﻮﻧﻰ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﺮدم دارﻳﻦ؟‬ ‫ﺑﻘﺎل‪ :‬ﺳﻼم ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﻣﻬﻨﺪس‪ .‬اﺗﻔﺎﻗًﺎ ﺗﻤﻮم ﺷﺪه وﻟﻰ ﻳ‪B‬ﻰ از اون ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاﻣﻮن از ﺗﺮﻛﻴﻪ رﺳﻴﺪه‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﻤﺘﺸﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻢ اﻧﺼﺎرى‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺪه ﻣﮕﻪ؟‬ ‫ﺑﻘﺎل‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﻤﺎ رو ﻧﺪاره ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﻣﻬﻨﺪس‪ .‬ﭼﺎﻫﺎر ﻫﺰار و ﭘﻮﻧﺼﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻢ اﻧﺼﺎرى‪ :‬ﻗﺮﺑﻮن دﺳﺘﺘﻮن‪ .‬دو ﺗﺎ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ‪.‬‬

‫اﻳﻦ َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ را ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﻴﺮ‪ -‬ﺷﻴﺮ‪ -‬ﻛﺮه‪ -‬ﻣﺎﺳﺖ‪ -‬ﺣﺒﻮﺑﺎت‪ -‬ﺑﺮﻧﺞ‪ -‬ﺗﺮﺷﻰ‪ -‬آﺑﻠﻴﻤﻮ‪ -‬ﺳﺮﻛﻪ‪ -‬ﺗﺨﻢ ﻣﺮغ‪ -‬ﻧﺎن‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻰ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫‪literary‬‬

‫آن‬

‫اون‬

‫ﭘﺎﻧﺼﺪ‬

‫ﭘﻮﻧﺼﺪ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺎم‬ ‫ﺑﺮاﻳﻤﺎن‬

‫ﺗﻤﻮم‬ ‫ﺑﺮاﻣﻮن‬

‫ﻗﺮﺑﺎن‬

‫ﻗﺮﺑﻮن‬

‫دﺳﺘﺘﺎن‬

‫دﺳﺘﺘﻮن‬

‫ﻗﻴﻤﺘﺶ ﻫﻢ‬

‫ﻗﻴﻤﺘﺸﻢ‬

‫دارﻳﺪ‬

‫دارﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺑﺪﻫﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺑﺪﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﺳﺖ‬

‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬

‫ﭼﻨﺪ اﺳﺖ‬

‫ﭼﻨﺪه‬

‫ﻣﮕﺮ‬

‫ﻣﮕﻪ‬

‫ﻧﺪارد‬

‫ﻧﺪاره‬

‫ﭼﻬﺎر‬

‫ﭼﺎﻫﺎر‬

‫‪colloquial‬‬

‫‪74‬‬

‫درس ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‬ ‫‪.......................................................................‬‬

‫ورزش ﻣﻮرد ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬

‫ﻳ ﻣﻐﺎز ﻟﻮازم ورزﺷﻰ در ﺗﻬﺮان‪ .‬دوﺗﺎ از ورزﺷﻬﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ از ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻮرد ﻋﻼﻗﮥ اﻳﺮاﻧﻴﺎن ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﺗﺒﺎل و ﻛﺸﺘﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮاى اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ در ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﻠﻰ ﻓﻮﺗﺒﺎل اﻳﺮان در اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ^ﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Lesson‬‬ ‫‪Seven‬‬

‫?‪What is your favourite sport‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 7‬‬

‫ورزش ﻣﻮرد ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬ ‫‪.......................................................................‬‬

‫?‪What is your favourite sport‬‬

‫درس ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ورزش ﻣﻮرد ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬ ‫َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ‪ :‬ﻓﻮﺗﺒﺎل‬ ‫دﺳﺘﻮر‪ :‬ﻣﻀﺎرع اﻟﺘﺰاﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺿﻰ اﻟﺘﺰاﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻞ اﻣﺮى‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ و ﻣﺎه ﻫﺎى ﺳﺎ ل‬ ‫ﻧﺎم ﻣﺎه ﻫﺎى ﻣﻴﻼدى ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‪ :‬ورزش‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ ﮔﺮدش در ﺷﻬﺮ‬

‫واژ َ َﻛﺎن‬

‫
‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻳﺮوز‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫‪the day‬‬ ‫‪before yesterday‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﭘﺮﻳﺮوز او را در ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن دﻳﺪم‪.‬‬

‫‪the day after‬‬ ‫‪tomorrow‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﻓﺮدا ﺑﻪ دﻳﺪن ﻣﺎدرم ﻣﻰ روم‪.‬‬

‫;‪previously‬‬ ‫‪already‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻗﺒﻼً اﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ را دﻳﺪه ام‪.‬‬

‫‪maybe; perhaps‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ او ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪must‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮب ﻣﺴﻮا€ ﺑﺰﻧﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬

‫‪must not‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ دروغ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻄﻔًﺎ‬

‫‪please‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎً اﻳﻦ اﺳ‪B‬ﻨﺎس را ﺧﺮد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ‬

‫‪together‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ دﻳﺪن او ﺑﺮوﻳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺮف اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻫﻤﻪ اﻣﺘﺤﺎن دادﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﻓﺮدا‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻼً‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ‬

‫‪except for‬‬

‫‪76‬‬

‫‪77‬‬

‫درس ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ورزش ﻣﻮرد ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ ؟‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫ﺣﺮف اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺑﻬﺎر ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر زﻳﺒﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬

‫‪nuts‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪ آﺟﻴﻞ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻳﻰ ﭼﻨﺪ اﺳﺖ؟‬

‫‪thought‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ از ﻓ‪B‬ﺮش ﻫﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺗﺮﺳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪idea‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫از اﻳﺪ او ﺧﻮﺷﻢ آﻣﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪car‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺎن ﻣﺒﺎر€!‬

‫‪driving‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻦ راﻧﻨﺪﮔﻰ ﺑﻠﺪ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم راﻧﻨﺪﮔﻰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ اﻳﻤﻨﻰ ﺧﻮد را ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫او ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺟﻮ€ ﻫﺎى ﺑﺎﻣﺰه ﺑﻠﺪ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‪ /‬اﺳﻢ‬

‫وﻗﺘﻰ ﺟﻮان ﺑﻮدم ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻢ ﺗﺎ اﺑﺪ زﻧﺪه ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪question‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫او ﺑﻪ ﺳﺆال ﻣﻦ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺧﻮﺑﻰ داد‪.‬‬

‫‪sport‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ورزش ﺑﺮاى ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻰ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫ﺗﺨﺘﻰ ﻳ ﻛﺸﺘﻰ ﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻣﺤﺒﻮب ﺑﻮد‪.‬‬

‫‪hero‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‪ /‬ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﺑﺮاى ﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺪراﻧﺸﺎن ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎن ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﻬﻠﻮان‬

‫‪champion‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‪ /‬ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﭘﻬﻠﻮان ﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺟﻮاﻧﻤﺮدﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬

‫;‪programme‬‬ ‫‪plan; schedule‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫اﻣﺮوز ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ات ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬

‫;‪competition‬‬ ‫‪match‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺼﺪ دارم در ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ دو ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪team‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ از ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻮى ﺗﺮ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪football‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻫﻤﮥ اﻳﺮاﻧﻴﺎن از ﻓﻮﺗﺒﺎل ﺧﻮﺷﺸﺎن‬ ‫ﻣﻰ آﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪fan; supporter‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻓﺪار ﺗﻴﻢ ﭘﺮﺳﭙﻮﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺎن‬

‫‪world‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﻣﺎ ﻳ‪B‬ﻰ از ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ داﻧﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎى‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎن اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫اروﭘﺎ‬

‫‪Europe‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻓﺮاﻧﺴﻪ در اروﭘﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫آﺳﻴﺎ‬

‫‪Asia‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫اﻳﺮان در ﻗﺎر آﺳﻴﺎ ﻗﺮار دارد‪.‬‬

‫آﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ‬

‫‪Africa‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻛﺸﻮر ﻣﺼﺮ در آﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫آﻣﺮﻳ‪B‬ﺎ‬

‫‪America‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫آﻣﺮﻳ‪B‬ﺎ ﻳ‪B‬ﻰ از ﻛﺸﻮرﻫﺎى وﺳﻴﻊ ﺟﻬﺎن اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪continent‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫اﻳﺮان و ﻣﺼﺮ در دو ﻗﺎره ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪alley‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺧﺎﻧﮥ ﻣﺎ در ﻛﻮﭼﮥ ﺑﻬﺎر اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫آﺟﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻓ‪B‬ﺮ )اﻓ‪B‬ﺎر(‬ ‫اﻳﺪه‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬ ‫راﻧﻨﺪﮔﻰ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ اﻳﻤﻨﻰ‬

‫‪at the time of‬‬

‫‪seat belt‬‬

‫ﺟﻮ€‬

‫‪joke‬‬

‫ﺟﻮان‬

‫;‪young‬‬ ‫‪young person‬‬

‫ﺳﺆال )ﺳﺆاﻻت(‬ ‫ورزش‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻰ ﮔﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎن‬

‫ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﺗﺒﺎل‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻓﺪار‬

‫ﻗﺎره‬ ‫ﻛﻮﭼﻪ‬

‫‪wrestler‬‬

‫?‪What is your favourite sport‬‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 7‬‬

‫‪78‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬ ‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫وﻗﺘﻰ از ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن رد ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮى ﻣﻮاﻇﺐ ﺑﺎش‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﻣﻦ در ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻬﺎر اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ‬

‫‪national‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﮥ ﻣﻠﻰ ﻛﺠﺎﺳﺖ؟‬

‫دور‬

‫‪far‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﺧﺎﻧﮥ ﻣﺎ از اﻳﻨﺠﺎ زﻳﺎد دور ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺰدﻳ‬

‫‪near‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫آﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻧ ﻣﻠﻰ ﻧﺰدﻳ داﻧﺸﮕﺎه اﺳﺖ؟‬

‫ﻣﻤ‪B‬ﻦ‬

‫‪possible‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪ ﻣﻤ‪B‬ﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺳﻴﮕﺎر ﻧ‪B‬ﺸﻴﺪ؟‬

‫‪necessary‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﻻزم ﻧﻴﺴﺖ اﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎب را ﺑﺨﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻰ‬

‫‪traditional‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎرى از ﻣﺮدم اﻳﺮان ﺳﻨﺘﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺮوف‬

‫;‪famous‬‬ ‫‪well-known‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎل اﻟﻤﻠ ﻳ‪B‬ﻰ از ﻧﻘﺎش ﻫﺎى ﺑﺴﻴﺎر‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮوف اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﻐﻮل‬

‫‪busy‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻛﺮدم‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎره ات ﻣﺸﻐﻮل ﺑﻮد‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬

‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺮ را دﻋﻮت ﻛﺮدم‪.‬‬

‫اﻣ‪B‬ﺎن داﺷﺘﻦ‬

‫‪to be possible‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫آﻳﺎ اﻣ‪B‬ﺎن دارد ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻢ؟‬

‫اﺣﺘﻤﺎل داﺷﺘﻦ‬

‫‪to be probable‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﭼﻘﺪر اﺣﺘﻤﺎل دارد ﺑﺮف ﺑﺒﺎرد؟‬

‫ﺗﻮاﻧﺴﺘﻦ )ﺗﻮان(‬

‫‪to be able‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﻢ اﺳﻤﺘﺎن را ﺑﭙﺮﺳﻢ؟‬

‫ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻦ )ﮔﺬار(‬

‫‪to let; to put‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﭘﺎﻫﺎﻳﺖ را روى ﻣﻴﺰ ﻧﮕﺬار‪.‬‬

‫داﻧﺴﺘﻦ )دان(‬

‫‪to know‬‬ ‫)‪(something‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﺗﺮا ﻧﻤﻰ داﻧﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪to close; to tie‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﻛﻔﺸﺖ را ﺑﺒﻨﺪ‪ .‬وﮔﺮﻧﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮرى‪.‬‬

‫اﺟﺎزه دادن )ده(‬

‫‪to allow‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫اﺟﺎزه ﻣﻰ دﻫﻴﺪ از ﺧﻮدﻛﺎرﺗﺎن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻢ؟‬

‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ دادن )ده(‬

‫‪to answer‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫وﻗﺘﻰ از او ﺳﺆال ﻛﺮدم‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺳﺨﻰ ﻧﺪاد‪.‬‬

‫‪to fill‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎً اﻳﻦ ﻓﺮم ﻫﺎ را ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫درﺳﺖ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to make‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫اﻣﺸﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎم درﺳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬ ‫در‬

‫‪to participate‬‬ ‫‪in‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫آﻳﺎ در ﺗﻈﺎﻫﺮات دﻳﺮوز ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮدﻳﺪ؟‬

‫ﻋﻼﻗﻪ داﺷﺘﻦ )دار(‬ ‫ﺑﻪ‬

‫‪to be‬‬ ‫‪interested in‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻰ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ دارم‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻮاﻓﻘﺖ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬ ‫ﺑﺎ‬

‫‪to agree‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫او ﻣﻮاﻓﻘﺖ ﻛﺮد ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻزم‬

‫ﭼﻨﺪ‬

‫ﺑﺴﺘﻦ )ﺑﻨﺪ(‬

‫ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪street; avenue‬‬ ‫‪season‬‬

‫‪several‬‬

‫‪79‬‬

‫َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ‬

‫درس ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ورزش ﻣﻮرد ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ ؟‬

‫
‬

‫ﻓﻮﺗﺒﺎل‬ ‫ﻻدن ‪ :‬ﺳﻼم ﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﮥ اﻣﺮوزﻣﺎن ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎم‪ :‬اﻣﺮوز ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﮥ ﺳﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻰ روﻳﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺎزى ﻓﻮﺗﺒﺎل اﻳﺮان و آﻣﺮﻳ‪B‬ﺎ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻدن ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﺧﻮب! ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ آﺟﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ آورم‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻰ روﻳﺪ؟‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎم ‪ :‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ‪ .۵‬اﮔﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻫﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮوﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻدن ‪ :‬ﻓ‪B‬ﺮﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺧﻮﺑﻰ اﺳﺖ ﭼﻮن ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻧﺪارم و ﺧﺎﻧﮥ ﺳﻴﻨﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ دور اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫در‪ E‬ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫اﻣﺮوز ﭘﻴﺎم و ﻻدن ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﮥ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻰ ﻣﻰ روﻧﺪ؟‬ ‫ﭼﺮا ﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎ اﻣﺮوز ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﮥ ﺳﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻰ روﻧﺪ؟‬ ‫ﻻدن ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰى ﻣﻰ آورد؟‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎم ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﮥ ﺳﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﺮود؟‬ ‫آﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺎم ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ دارد؟‬

‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻳ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮى ﻓﻮﺗﺒﺎل وﻟﻰ در ﻣﻮرد دوﺳﺘﺎن ﺧﻮدﺗﺎن و در آن ﻳ‪B‬ﻰ از ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎى‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺤﻰ ﺗﺎن را ﺷﺮح دﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫دﺳﺘﻮر‬ ‫ﻣﻀﺎرع اﻟﺘﺰاﻣﻰ‬

‫‪Present subjunctive‬‬

‫‪............................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪Another tense which makes use of the present stem in Persian is the present subjunctive.‬‬ ‫‪Notice that the verb endings are the same as the ones used for the present tense. How‬‬‫‪). The‬ﻣﻰ ‪ precedes the present stem (instead of‬ب ‪ever, in the present subjunctive, the prefix‬‬ ‫‪present subjunctive is used after certain control verbs and verbal phrases which express‬‬ ‫‪desire, will, necessity and obligation. Here are some example of verbs and expressions in‬‬ ‫‪Persian which require a subjunctive:‬‬

80

Lesson 7

䊏

What is your favourite sport?

to want to: They want to go. to be able to: I am not able to go sleep. to let: My mother won’t let me come with you. to allow: Will you allow me to sit here? to prefer to: I prefer to speak Persian. it is possible: It is possible that she will call.

:‫ﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻦ‬ .‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﺮوﻧﺪ‬ :‫ﺗﻮاﻧﺴﺘﻦ‬ .‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﻢ ﺑﺨﻮاﺑﻢ‬ :‫ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻦ‬ .‫ﻣﺎدرم ﻧﻤﻰ ﮔﺬارد ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻢ‬ :‫اﺟﺎزه دادن‬ ‫اﺟﺎزه ﻣﻰ دﻫﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﻨﺸﻴﻨﻢ ؟‬ :‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ دادن‬ .‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﻣﻰ دﻫﻢ ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ‬ :‫ﺎن دارد‬B‫اﻣ‬ .‫ﺎن دارد ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻛﻨﺪ‬B‫اﻣ‬

it is possible: It is possible that it will rain.

:‫ﻦ اﺳﺖ‬B‫ﻣﻤ‬ .‫ﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎران ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ‬B‫ﻣﻤ‬

it is probable: It is probable that I will pass.

:‫اﺣﺘﻤﺎل دارد‬ .‫اﺣﺘﻤﺎل دارد ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺷﻮم‬

it is necessary: Is it necessary that I come too? must: You must apologize to her.

:‫ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬ ‫آﻳﺎ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻢ ؟‬ :‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ .‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از او ﻣﻌﺬرت ﺑﺨﻮاﻫﻰ‬

must not: You must not drive fast.

:‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬ .‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﺪ ﺑﺮاﻧﻴﺪ‬

may: We may see one another.

:‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ‬ .‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﻢ‬

before: Before you leave I must talk to you.

:‫ﻪ‬B‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻨ‬ .‫ﻪ ﺑﺮوﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ‬B‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻨ‬

in order to: I came here in order to see you.

:‫ﺗﺎ‬ .‫آﻣﺪم اﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻮ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻢ‬

if: If you come, I will come too.

:‫اﮔﺮ‬ .‫اﮔﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻰ آﻳﻢ‬

to doubt: I doubt he knows Persian. to hope to: I hope to see her. to want to: I don’t want to see him.

:‫ﺷ داﺷﺘﻦ‬ .‫ﺷ دارم ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ﺑﻠﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ :‫اﻣﻴﺪوار ﺑﻮدن‬ .‫اﻣﻴﺪوارم ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻤﺶ‬ :‫ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻮدن‬ .‫ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ او را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻢ‬

‫ورزش ﻣﻮرد ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ ؟‬

䊏

‫درس ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‬

81

:‫ﻗﺼﺪ داﺷﺘﻦ‬ .‫ﻗﺼﺪ دارم ﺑﻪ اﻳﺮان ﺑﺮوم‬

to intend to: I intend to go to Iran.

:‫آرزو داﺷﺘﻦ‬ .‫آرزو داﺷﺘﻢ آﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻢ‬

to wish: I wish I could have been there.

:‫دوﺳﺖ داﺷﺘﻦ‬ .‫دوﺳﺖ دارم ﻛﺘﺎب ﺑﺨﻮاﻧﻢ‬

to like to: I like to read books.

:‫ﻣﺠﺒﻮر ﺑﻮدن‬ .‫ﻣﺠﺒﻮرم درس ﺑﺨﻮاﻧﻢ‬

to have to: I have to study.

:‫ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ‬ .‫ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﻢ‬

to be supposed to: We are supposed to see each other.

It should be mentioned that the present subjunctive of the two verbs, ‫ ﺑﻮدن‬and ‫ داﺷﺘﻦ‬are irregular:

‫ﺑﻮدن‬

‫ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺷﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

‫داﺷﺘﻦ‬ ‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ‬ ‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‬ ‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬

‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻢ‬ ‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ‬ ‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

The present subjunctive is also used in Persian to express suggestions, e.g.: Let’s eat! Let’s go! Let’s read!

Past subjunctive

!‫ﺑﺨﻮرﻳﻢ‬ !‫ﺑﺮوﻳﻢ‬ !‫ﺑﺨﻮاﻧﻴﻢ‬

‫ﻣﺎﺿﻰ اﻟﺘﺰاﻣﻰ‬

............................................................................................................................................................................................

The past subjunctive is constructed from the participle form of the main verb (‫ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ‬،‫)ﺧﻮاﻧﺪه‬, followed by the present subjunctive of the verb ‫ ﺑﻮدن‬. The past subjunctive is used after the expressions mentioned above to express wish, desire, possibility and necessity in the past.

82

Lesson 7

䊏

What is your favourite sport?

.‫اﻣﻴﺪوارم ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاى اﻣﺘﺤﺎن درس ﺧﻮاﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‬ I hope you have studied for the exam.

.‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ They may have gone.

.‫اﮔﺮ آﻣﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ را ﺑﻪ او ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻢ‬ If he has come, I will introduce you to him.

‫ﻓﻌﻞ اﻣﺮى‬

Imperative verbs

............................................................................................................................................................................................

The singular, informal imperative consists of the present stem of the verb plus the prefix ‫ب‬. Note that if the present stem starts with ‫آ‬, a ‫ ى‬is added after the ‫ب‬:

‫ﺑﻴﺎور‬

‫ﺑﻴﺎ‬

‫ﺑﻨﺸﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺑﺨﻮر‬

It is interesting to note that the plural imperative has the same form as the present subjunctive for the second person plural/formal, e.g.:

‫ﺑﻴﺎورﻳﺪ‬

‫ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺑﻨﺸﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺑﺨﻮرﻳﺪ‬ .‫اﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﻨﺸﻴﻦ‬

Sit here!

.‫ﻏﺬاﻳﺘﺎن را ﺑﺨﻮرﻳﺪ‬ Eat your food!

‫ﺟﺎﻫﺎى ﺧﺎﻟﻰ در ﺟﻤﻼت زﻳﺮ را ﺑﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ .(‫)آﻣﺪن‬. . . . . . . . .‫ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎن ﺳﺎل آﻳﻨﺪه ﺧﺎﻧﻮاد ﻣﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ دﻳﺪن ﻣﻦ‬ .(‫ )دوﺳﺖ داﺷﺘﻦ‬. . . . . . .‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ او را‬ .(‫ )ﺑﺴﺘﻦ‬. . . . . . . . . .‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻳﺘﺎن را‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم راﻧﻨﺪﮔﻰ‬ ‫ )ﻛﻤ ﻛﺮدن(؟‬. . . . . . . . .‫ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ‬.‫ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪ‬

‫‪83‬‬

‫درس ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ورزش ﻣﻮرد ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ ؟‬

‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ اﻣﺸﺐ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺑﻮدن(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﻢ اﻳﻨﺠﺎ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻦ(؟‬

‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬

‫
‬

‫ورزش‬ ‫ﻳ‪B‬ﻰ از ورزﺷﻬﺎى ﺳﻨﺘﻰ اﻳﺮان ﻛﺸﺘﻰ اﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻛﺸﺘﻰ ﮔﻴﺮان اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ در ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎت ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬در‬ ‫اﻳﺮان ﺑﻪ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﺎن ﻛﺸﺘﻰ ﭘﻬﻠﻮان ﻣﻰ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﺮوف ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﻬﻠﻮان ﻛﺸﺘﻰ در اﻳﺮان‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺎن ﭘﻬﻠﻮان ﺗﺨﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻮد‪ .‬ﺑﺠﺰ ﻛﺸﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮدم اﻳﺮان ﺑﻪ ﻓﻮﺗﺒﺎل ﻧﻴﺰ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ دارﻧﺪ‪ .‬در ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎى ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎى اﻳﺮان‪ ،‬اﻏﻠﺐ ﺗﻌﺪادى‬ ‫ﺟﻮان ﻣﺸﻐﻮل ﺑﺎزى ﻓﻮﺗﺒﺎل ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬اﻛﺜﺮاﻳﺮاﻧﻴﺎن ﻃﺮﻓﺪار ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﻠﻰ اﻳﺮان ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫درﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻠﻂ؟‬ ‫ﻣﺮدم اﻳﺮان ﺑﻪ ورزش ﻛﺸﺘﻰ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ دارﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎزﻳ‪B‬ﻨﺎن ﻓﻮﺗﺒﺎل درﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎت ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﻛﺸﺘﻰ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫در ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎى اﻳﺮان ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺗﻌﺪادى ﺟﻮان ﻣﺸﻐﻮل ﻛﺸﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫در اﻳﺮان ﺑﻪ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﺎن ﻛﺸﺘﻰ ﭘﻬﻠﻮان ﻣﻰ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫در‪ E‬ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﻧﺎم ﻳ‪B‬ﻰ از ورزش ﻫﺎى ﺳﻨﺘﻰ اﻳﺮان ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻰ ﮔﻴﺮان اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ درﭼﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺗﻰ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؟‬ ‫در اﻳﺮان ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻰ ﭘﻬﻠﻮان ﻣﻰ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ؟‬ ‫ﺑﺠﺰ ﻛﺸﺘﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮدم اﻳﺮان از ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ورزﺷﻰ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ دارﻧﺪ؟‬

‫ﭼﻬﺎر ﺳﺆال ﺑﺮاى ﻣﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ و ﻣﺎه ﻫﺎى ﺳﺎل‬

‫‪Months and seasons‬‬

‫‪............................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺑﻬﺎر‪ :‬ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ ‪ -‬اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ ‪ -‬ﺧﺮداد‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎن‪ :‬ﺗﻴﺮ ‪ -‬ﻣﺮداد ‪ -‬ﺷﻬﺮﻳﻮر‬

‫?‪What is your favourite sport‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﺰ‪ :‬ﻣﻬﺮ ‪ -‬آﺑﺎن ‪ -‬آذر‬ ‫زﻣﺴﺘﺎن‪ :‬دى ‪ -‬ﺑﻬﻤﻦ ‪ -‬اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬

‫ﻣﺎه ﻫﺎى ﻣﻴﻼدى ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬ ‫ژاﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﻓﻮرﻳﻪ ﻣﺎرس آورﻳﻞ ﻣﻪ ژوﺋﻦ ژوﺋﻴﻪ اوت ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ اﻛﺘﺒﺮ ﻧﻮاﻣﺒﺮ دﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺟﺎﻫﺎى ﺧﺎﻟﻰ در ﺟﻤﻼت زﻳﺮ را ﺑﺎ واژه ﻫﺎى ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ زﻳﺮ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻓ‪B‬ﺮ ‪ -‬درﺳﺖ ‪ -‬ﻣﻬﺮ ‪ -‬ﻣﻤ‪B‬ﻦ ‪ -‬ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎن ‪ -‬ﻣﺘﻮﻟﺪ ‪ -‬ﻓﺮدا‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﺎزﻳﺎر ﺷﻤﺎ ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ؟‬ ‫ﻣﺎزﻳﺎر‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻮﻟﺪ ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪ :‬آﻳﺎ اﻳﻦ درﺳﺖ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻬﺮ ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ؟‬ ‫ﻣﺎزﻳﺎر‪ :‬درﻣﻮرد ﻣﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺘﻤًﺎ‪ . . . . . . . . . .‬اﺳﺖ!‬

‫ﺟﺎﻫﺎى ﺧﺎﻟﻰ در ﺟﻤﻼت زﻳﺮ را ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎت ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫آﻳﺎ ﺗﻮ ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬ﺑﻪ دﻳﺪن دوﺳﺘﺖ ﻣﻰ روى؟‬ ‫اﻟﻒ( دﻳﺮوز‬ ‫ج( دﻳﺸﺐ‬

‫ب( ﭘﺮﻳﺮوز‬ ‫د( ﭘﺲ ﻓﺮدا‬

‫ﭘﺪرم از ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺧﻮﺷﺶ آﻣﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻒ( اﻳﺪه‬ ‫ج( اﻣ‪B‬ﺎن‬

‫ب( اﺣﺘﻤﺎل‬ ‫د( ﻣﺎﻳﻞ‬

‫او ﻧﻤﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ راﻧﻨﺪﮔﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﭼﻮن ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻒ( ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎن‬ ‫ج( ﻻزم‬

‫ب( ﺟﻮان‬ ‫د( ﻣﻤ‪B‬ﻦ‬

‫ﻛﺸﺘﻰ ﻳ ‪ . . . . . . . . . .‬ﺳﻨﺘﻰ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻒ( وزرش‬ ‫ج( ﭘﻬﻠﻮان‬

‫ب( ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎن‬ ‫د( ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ‬

‫‪Lesson 7‬‬

‫‪84‬‬

‫‪85‬‬

‫درس ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ورزش ﻣﻮرد ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ ؟‬

‫ﺟﺎﻫﺎى ﺧﺎﻟﻰ در ﺟﻤﻼت زﻳﺮ را ﺑﺎ زﻣﺎن ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﻌﻞ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺳﺎل آﻳﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ اﻳﺮان‪) . .. . . . . . .‬ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮت ﻛﺮدن(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن‪) . . . . . . . . .‬رﻓﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ او‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻛﺮدن(‪.‬‬ ‫اﺣﺘﻤﺎل دارد ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮا‪) . . . . . . . . . .‬ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد ﻟﻄﻔًﺎ در را‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺑﺴﺘﻦ(؟‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺮدا ﻣﻬﻤﺎن ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬داﺷﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮب‪) . . . . . . . . . . .‬ﻛﺎر ﻛﺮدن(‪.‬‬ ‫او ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﺎد ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺑﻮدن(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻫﻢ ﻛﻪ در ﻛﻼس ادﺑﻴﺎت ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮدن(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ دروغ‪) . . . . . . . . . . . .‬ﮔﻔﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬

‫
‬

‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟‬ ‫َ َﻛﺮدش در ﺷﻬﺮ‬

‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎى ﺗﻮر‪ :‬ﻟﻄﻔًﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﻪ ﭘﻨﺞ دﻳﻘﻪ دﻳﮕﻪ راه ﻣﻴﺎﻓﺘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﻴﭗ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ اﻣﺮوزﻣﻮن ﭼﻴﻪ؟‬ ‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎى ﺗﻮر‪ :‬اول ﻣﻰ رﻳﻢ ﻣﻮزه اﻳﺮان ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺎن‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪش ﻣﻰ رﻳﻢ ﻣﻮزه آﺑﮕﻴﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﻫﺎرم ﻣﻰ رﻳﻢ ﻫﺘﻞ ﻓﺮدوﺳﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﻴﭗ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻇﻬﺮ ﭼﻰ؟ ﻣﻮزه ﻓﺮﺷﻮ ﻛﻰ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ؟‬ ‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎى ﺗﻮر‪ :‬ﻓ‪B‬ﺮ ﻧ‪B‬ﻨﻢ اﻣﺮوز ﺑﺮﺳﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﻴﭗ‪ :‬اﻣﻴﺪوارم ﻓﺮدا ﺑﺘﻮﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫اﻳﻦ َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ را ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺠﺪ ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎه ‪ -‬آﺛﺎر ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺎﻧﻰ ‪ -‬ﻛﺎخ ‪ -‬ﺑﺎغ ‪ -‬اﻣﺎﻣﺰاده ‪ -‬ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺧﺎﻧﻪ ‪ -‬ﻫﺘﻞ ‪ -‬رﺳﺘﻮران ‪ -‬ﭼﺎﻳﺨﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻰ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫‪literary‬‬

‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‬

‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﻴﻦ‬

‫اﻣﺮوزﻣﺎن‬

‫اﻣﺮوزﻣﻮن‬

‫ﺑﺮوﻳﻢ‬

‫ﺑﺮﻳﻢ‬

‫‪colloquial‬‬

‫?‪What is your favourite sport‬‬

‫ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺑﺘﻮﻧﻴﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻰ روﻳﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻰ رﻳﻢ‬

‫ﻧﺎﻫﺎرﻫﻢ‬

‫ﻧﺎﻫﺎرم‬

‫ﺑﺮوﻳﻢ‬

‫ﺑﺮﻳﻢ‬

‫ﻳ‬

‫ﻳﻪ‬

‫دﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬

‫دﻳﻘﻪ‬

‫دﻳﮕﺮ‬

‫دﻳﮕﻪ‬

‫ﭼﻴﺴﺖ‬

‫ﭼﻴﻪ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 7‬‬

‫‪86‬‬

‫درس ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‬ ‫‪.......................................................................‬‬

‫آﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻰ زﻧﻴﺪ؟‬

‫‪Lesson‬‬ ‫‪Eight‬‬

‫ﺑﺎزار وﻛﻴﻞ در ﺷﻴﺮاز‪ .‬ﺑﺎ اﻳﻨ‪B‬ﻪ ﺷﻴﺮاز ﻣﻐﺎزه و ﻓﺮوﺷﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎى زﻳﺎدى دارد‪ ،‬ﺧﻴﻠﻰ از ﺷﻴﺮازى ﻫﺎ ‪ -‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻫﺎ در اﻳﺮان ‪ -‬از‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﺮدن در ﺑﺎزار ﻟﺬت ﻣﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺪ ﭼﻮن دوﺳﺖ دارﻧﺪ ﭼﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺰﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮاى ﻛﺴﺐ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ در ﻣﻮرد ﺷﻴﺮاز و ﺑﺎزار وﻛﻴﻞ در اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫?‪Do you haggle‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 8‬‬

‫‪88‬‬

‫آﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻰ زﻧﻴﺪ؟‬ ‫‪.......................................................................‬‬

‫?‪Do you haggle‬‬

‫درس ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‪ :‬آﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻰ زﻧﻴﺪ؟‬ ‫َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ‪ :‬ﻛﻮه‬ ‫دﺳﺘﻮر‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺿﻰ اﺳﺘﻤﺮارى‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺿﻰ ﻧﻘﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺿﻰ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‪ :‬ﭼﺎﻧﻪ زدن‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ در ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎن‬

‫واژ َ َﻛﺎن‬ ‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫
‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫‪breakfast‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫اﻣﺮوز ﺑﺮاى ﺻﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮرﻳﺪ؟‬

‫‪lunch‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻧﺎﻫﺎرﭼﻪ ﺧﻮردى؟‬

‫‪afternoon snack‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﺮ روز ﺑﺮاى ﻋﺼﺮاﻧﻪ ﻧﺎن و ﭘﻨﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﺧﻮرم‪.‬‬

‫‪dinner‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺐ ﻫﺎ ﺷﺎم ﻧﻤﻰ ﺧﻮرم‪.‬‬

‫‪fried egg‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻧﻴﻤﺮو ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻫﻰ ﻳﺎ اﻣﻠﺖ؟‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﺨﻢ ﻣﺮغ ﺑﺨﺮم؟‬

‫ﮔﺮدو‬

‫‪walnut‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺑﺮاى ﻓﺴﻨﺠﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺪارى ﮔﺮدو ﺑﺨﺮم‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎدام‬

‫‪almond‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫در ﺷﻠﻪ زرد ﺑﺎدام ﻫﻢ ﻣﻰ رﻳﺰم‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺨﻤﻪ‬

‫‪melon seeds‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺗﺨﻤﻪ ﺷ‪B‬ﺴﺘﻦ در ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻣﻤﻨﻮع اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪smoothie; a‬‬ ‫‪strange‬‬ ‫‪combination‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻌﺠﻮن ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮرى؟‬

‫ﻧﺎﻫﺎر‬ ‫ﻋﺼﺮاﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﺎم‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻤﺮو‬ ‫ﺗﺨﻢ ﻣﺮغ‬

‫ﻣﻌﺠﻮن‬

‫‪egg‬‬

‫درس ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‬

‫‪89‬‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﻮه‬ ‫ﻛﻮﻫﻨﻮردى‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻠﻎ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫آﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻰ زﻧﻴﺪ؟‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬ ‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺧﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﻮه درﺧﺖ ﻧﺨﻞ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫دﻣﺎوﻧﺪ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻮه اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫ﻣﺮدم اﻳﺮان ﻛﻮﻫﻨﻮردى را دوﺳﺖ دارﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪amount of‬‬ ‫‪money‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫او ﻣﺒﻠﻎ زﻳﺎدى ﺑﺮاى ﭼﺎپ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺶ ﭘﺮداﺧﺘﻪ‬ ‫اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪price‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﺶ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻮد‪.‬‬

‫‪price tag‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪ .‬اﻳﻦ ﺑﻠﻮز ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻧﺪارد‪.‬‬

‫‪dates‬‬ ‫‪mountain‬‬ ‫‪mountain‬‬ ‫‪climbing‬‬

‫ﻧﺼﻒ‬

‫‪half‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ؛‬

‫ﻧﻮع )اﻧﻮاع(‬

‫‪kind‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫از اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﻟﺒﺎس ﺧﻮﺷﻢ ﻧﻤﻰ آﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬

‫‪buyer‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻇﺮف ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎه ﻛﺘﺎب از‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪاران ﻛﺘﺎب ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه‬

‫‪seller‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻛﺠﺎﺳﺖ؟‬

‫ﻣﻐﺎزه‬

‫‪shop‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫او در ﻳ ﻣﻐﺎزه ﻛﺎر ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫اﺟﻨﺎس‬

‫‪goods‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫اﺟﻨﺎس اﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﭘﺮ ﻣﺎرﻛﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﮔﺮان‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫;‪town square‬‬ ‫‪roundabout‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻴﺪان وﻧ ﭼﻘﺪر ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد؟‬

‫;‪fun‬‬ ‫‪entertainment‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﻤﺎ رﻓﺘﻦ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫آداب‬

‫;‪customs‬‬ ‫‪traditions‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫آداب ﻏﺬا ﺧﻮردن در ﻛﺸﻮرﻫﺎى ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﺘﺪﻻل‬

‫‪reasoning‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫وﻛﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺪرت اﺳﺘﺪﻻل ﺧﻮﺑﻰ داﺷﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪power‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻗﺪرت اﻳﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﭼﻘﺪر اﺳﺖ؟‬

‫‪fresh‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﻧﺎن ﺗﺎزه ﺑﻮى ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺧﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﻰ دﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪stale (of bread‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫اﻳﻦ ﻧﺎن را ﻧﺨﻮر ﭼﻮن ﻣﺎﻧﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫;‪problematic‬‬ ‫‪difficult (in‬‬ ‫‪terms of‬‬ ‫)‪behaviour‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ از ﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎ از ﻛﻮدﻛﻰ ﻣﺸ‪B‬ﻞ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﺎده‬

‫‪simple‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫او آدم ﺳﺎده اى اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫آﺳﺎن‬

‫‪easy; simple‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ زﺑﺎن آﺳﺎﻧﻰ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻴﺪان‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺢ )ﺗﻔﻲ ﻳﺤﺎت(‬

‫ﻗﺪرت‬ ‫ﺗﺎزه‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﺪه‬ ‫ﻣﺸ‪B‬ﻞ ﺳﺎز‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﻧﺼﻒ ﻛﻼس ﻏﺎﻳﺐ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫?‪Do you haggle‬‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ )از(‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 8‬‬

‫‪90‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫)‪some (of‬‬

‫ﺿﻤﻴﺮ‬

‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬

‫‪different; varied‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ از داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﺎن زﺑﺎن ﻋﺮﺑﻰ ﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ و ﻫﻤﺴﺮم ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻰ دارﻳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت‬

‫‪different‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﺳﻠﻴﻘﻪ ﻫﺎى ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ً ﻣﺘﻔﺎوﺗﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﺪاول‬

‫‪common‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ازدواج ﻓﺎﻣﻴﻠﻰ در ﺧﺎﻧﻮاده ﻫﺎى ﺳﻨﺘﻰ‬ ‫اﻳﺮان ﻣﺘﺪاول اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳ‪B‬ﺴﺎن‬

‫‪same‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﭘﺪرم اﻣﻮاﻟﺶ را ﺑﻄﻮر ﻳ‪B‬ﺴﺎن ﻣﻴﺎن‬ ‫ﻓﺮزﻧﺪاﻧﺶ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺮد‪.‬‬

‫‪over; on‬‬

‫ﺣﺮف اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬

‫روى ﻣﻴﺰ ﻧﻨﺸﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪under; below‬‬

‫ﺣﺮف اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬

‫زﻳﺮ ﻣﻴﺰ ﭘﻨﻬﺎن ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪outside‬‬

‫ﺣﺮف اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‪/‬‬ ‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫او از ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺮون ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﺮد‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﻦ‬

‫‪between‬‬

‫ﺣﺮف اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬

‫ﺧﺎﻧﮥ او ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻧ و ﭘﺎر€ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺒﺘﻪ‬

‫‪of course‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫اﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻰ آﻳﻴﻢ!‬

‫‪last year‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﭘﺎرﺳﺎل از اﻳﻨﺠﺎ رﻓﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪two years ago‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﭘﻴﺮارﺳﺎل ﺑﺎ او آﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪم‪.‬‬

‫‪so far‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫آﻳﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺤﺎل ﺑﻪ اﻳﺮان رﻓﺘﻪ اى؟‬

‫‪sometimes‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ وﻗﺖ ﻫﺎ دﻟﺘﻨﮓ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮم‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ‬

‫‪always‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ دوﺳﺘﺖ ﺧﻮاﻫﻢ داﺷﺖ‪.‬‬

‫اﻏﻠﺐ‬

‫‪mostly‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫اﻏﻠﺐ او ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻣﻰ زﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺪرت‬

‫‪rarely‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺪرت او را ﻣﻰ ﺑﻴﻨﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻴﭻ وﻗﺖ‬

‫‪never‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻫﻴﭻ وﻗﺖ ﻓﺮاﻣﻮﺷﺖ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻛﻨﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺎد ‪ . . .‬آﻣﺪن )آ(‬

‫‪to recall‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻳﺎدت ﻣﻰ آﻳﺪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎل ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﺎ او آﺷﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺷﺪى؟‬

‫ﻓﺮاﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن‬ ‫)ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to forget‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎم ﺧﺎﻧﻮادﮔﻰ ﺷﻤﺎ را ﻓﺮاﻣﻮش‬ ‫ﻛﺮده ام‪.‬‬

‫‪to test; to try‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻳﻦ ﺳﺆال را ﻛﺮدم ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ را اﻣﺘﺤﺎن‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻢ‪.‬‬

‫اﻣﺘﺤﺎن دادن )ده(‬

‫‪to take an exam‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻓﺮدا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﺑﺪﻫﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬ ‫)ﮔﻴﺮ(‬

‫‪to give an exam‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫اﺳﺘﺎدﻣﺎن ﻫﺮ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮد‪.‬‬

‫زﻧﮓ زدن )زن(‬

‫‪to phone‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ً ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ زﻧﮓ ﺑﺰن‪.‬‬

‫روى‬ ‫زﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺮون‬

‫ﭘﺎرﺳﺎل‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺮارﺳﺎل‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﺑﺤﺎل‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ وﻗﺖ ﻫﺎ‬

‫اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﻛﺮدن‬ ‫)ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪91‬‬

‫درس ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬

‫آﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻰ زﻧﻴﺪ؟‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﺧﻮش ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻦ‬ ‫)ﮔﺬر( )ﺑﻪ(‬ ‫ﺑﺪ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻦ )ﮔﺬر(‬ ‫)ﺑﻪ(‬ ‫ﭼﺎﻧﻪ زدن )زن(‬ ‫ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬ ‫)ﮔﻴﺮ(‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫‪to have a‬‬ ‫‪good time‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫‪to have a bad‬‬ ‫‪time‬‬ ‫‪to bargain‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫دﻳﺸﺐ در ﻣﻨﺰل ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺧﻮش‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺷﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻣﻴﺪوارم ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺪ ﻧﮕﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫‪to get a discount‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﭼﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺰﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﻤﺖ اﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻣﻘﻄﻮع‬ ‫اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫او ﺗﻮاﻧﺴﺖ ﻫﺰار ﺗﻮﻣﺎن ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﮕﻴﺮد‪.‬‬

‫‪to exist‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﭼﻬﺎر ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ در اﻳﺮان وﺟﻮد دارد‪.‬‬

‫‪to empty‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﭼﻤﺪان ﻫﺎﻳﺘﺎن را ﺧﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪to be persistent‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﺪان را ﺧﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻦ‬ ‫)دار(‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪان را ﺧﺎﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻧ‪B‬ﺮدن‬

‫َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫
‬

‫ﻛﻮه‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ‪ :‬دﻳﺮوز ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺻﺒﺢ زﻧﮓ زدم ﻧﺒﻮدى! ﻛﺠﺎ رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮدى؟‬ ‫ﺧﺴﺮو‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻛﻮه ﻧﻮردى رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮدﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﺧﻮش ﮔﺬﺷﺖ؟‬ ‫ﺧﺴﺮو‪ :‬ﺧﻴﻠﻰ! ﺻﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻴﻤﺮو ﺧﻮردﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺳﻬﺮاب ﻫﻢ ﺧﺮﻣﺎ آورده ﺑﻮد و ﻣﻦ ﮔﺮدوى ﺗﺎزه‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻌﺠﻮﻧﻰ! ﻣﻦ ﺗﺎﺑﺤﺎل ﻧﻴﻤﺮو ﺑﺎ ﺧﺮﻣﺎ و ﮔﺮدو ﻧﺨﻮرده ام‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺴﺮو‪ :‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﻛﻨﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻢ ﺧﻮرده ﺑﺎﺷﻢ وﻟﻰ ﻳﺎدم ﻧﻤﻰ آﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺴﺮو‪ :‬ﻫﻔﺘﮥ دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺪ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ‪ :‬اﻳﻦ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻢ وﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﮕﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻮدﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻮه ﻣﻰ روﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺴﺮو‪ :‬ﺣﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ از ﺗﻮ ﻣﻌﺬرت ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻫﻢ‪.‬‬

‫در‪ E‬ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﺧﺴﺮو دﻳﺮوز ﻛﺠﺎ رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮد؟‬

92

Lesson 8

䊏

Do you haggle?

‫ﺻﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺧﻮردﻧﺪ؟‬ ‫ﺳﻬﺮاب ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮد ﭼﻪ آورده ﺑﻮد؟‬ ‫ﺧﺴﺮو ﭼﺮا از ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﺬرت ﺧﻮاﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰى ﻳﺎدش ﻧﻤﻰ آﻣﺪ؟‬

‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‬ ‫ آﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ورزش‬.‫ﻳ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮى ﻛﻮه وﻟﻰ درﻣﻮرد ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺢ ﻣﻮرد ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﺧﻮدﺗﺎن‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻗﻪ دارﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻣﻰ ﻫﺎى دﻳﮕﺮ؟‬

‫دﺳﺘﻮر‬ Past progressive tense

‫ﻣﺎﺿﻰ اﺳﺘﻤﺮارى‬

............................................................................................................................................................................................

The past progressive in Persian is formed by adding the progressive prefix ‫ ﻣﻰ‬to the past tense of the verb. This tense is used to express an action that was in progress in the past, as in:

.‫ﻛﺘﺎب ﻣﻰ ﺧﺮﻳﺪم ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ زﻧﮓ زدﻳﺪ‬ I was buying a book when you called me.

.‫وﻗﺘﻰ ﺗﻮ آﻣﺪى آﺷﭙﺰى ﻣﻰ ﻛﺮدم‬ I was cooking when you arrived. This tense is also used to express a past state or habit as the “used to” construction in English, as in:

.‫ﭘﺎرﺳﺎل ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻗﻬﻮه ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮردم‬ Last year, I used to drink a lot of coffee.

.‫در اﻳﺮان زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﺮدﻳﻢ‬ We used to live in Iran.

‫آﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻰ زﻧﻴﺪ؟‬

䊏

‫درس ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‬

93

In less formal Persian, in particular in the spoken language, the past tense of ‫ داﺷﺘﻦ‬is used right after the subject, e.g.:

.‫ﻣﻦ داﺷﺘﻢ ﺑﺎ او ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻛﺮدم ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮا دﻳﺪم‬ I was talking to him when I saw you.

.‫وﻗﺘﻰ ﻣﺎ رﺳﻴﺪﻳﻢ آﻧﻬﺎ داﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻏﺬا ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮردﻧﺪ‬ When we arrived, they were eating.

.‫ﭘﺎرﺳﺎل اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺷﻤﺎ داﺷﺘﻴﺪ ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪﻳﺪ‬ You were studying Persian this time last year.

‫ﻣﺎﺿﻰ ﻧﻘﻠﻰ‬

Present perfect tense

............................................................................................................................................................................................

In this tense, the participle form of the verb (e.g. ‫ رﻓﺘﻪ‬،‫ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ‬، ‫ )دﻳﺪه‬is followed by the enclitic personal endings of ‫ﺑﻮدن‬, e.g.: I have gone You have said He has seen We have heard You have been They have read

‫رﻓﺘﻪ ام‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ اى‬ ‫دﻳﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﻴﺪه اﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﻮده اﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪه اﻧﺪ‬

This tense is used when an action took place in the past, yet its effect continued to the present, e.g.:

.‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻫﺎر ﺧﻮرده ام‬ I have eaten lunch.

‫ﺷﻤﺎ اﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ را دﻳﺪه اﻳﺪ؟‬ Have you seen this film?

94

Lesson 8

䊏

Do you haggle?

Present perfect tense is also used for an action that has taken place a number of times in the past, as in:

.‫ﺑﺎرﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ آﻧﺠﺎ رﻓﺘﻪ ام‬ I have gone there many times.

‫ﭼﻨﺪ دﻓﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ اﻳﺮان ﺳﻔﺮ ﻛﺮده اﻳﺪ؟‬ How many times have you travelled to Iran?

‫ﻣﺎﺿﻰ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ‬

Past perfect tense

............................................................................................................................................................................................

In the past perfect tense in Persian, the participle form of the verb (‫ رﻓﺘﻪ‬،‫ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ‬،‫ )دﻳﺪه‬is followed by the past tense of ‫ﺑﻮدن‬. I had gone You had eaten He had put on We had sewn You had bought They had read

‫رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮدم‬ ‫ﺧﻮرده ﺑﻮدى‬ ‫ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه ﺑﻮد‬ ‫دوﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻮدﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪه ﺑﻮدﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪه ﺑﻮدﻧﺪ‬

This tense is used when an action has been completed before another action in the past. The adverbial (‫ﻪ‬B‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻨ‬،‫ﻪ‬B‫“ ﭘﻴﺶ از اﻳﻨ‬before”) followed by a present subjunctive verb are usually used to indicate the latter action, as in: . ‫ﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺮﺳﻰ ﻣﻦ رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮدم‬B‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻨ‬ I had left home before you arrived.

.‫ﻪ ﺑﻪ اﻳﺮان ﺳﻔﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ﻳﺎد ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮد‬B‫ﭘﻴﺶ از اﻳﻨ‬ Before she travelled to Iran she had already learnt Persian.

‫‪95‬‬

‫درس ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫آﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻰ زﻧﻴﺪ؟‬

‫ﺟﺎﻫﺎى ﺧﺎﻟﻰ در ﺟﻤﻼت زﻳﺮ را ﺑﺎ زﻣﺎن ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﻌﻞ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎر اﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎب را ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻨ‪B‬ﻪ ﺑﻪ اﻳﺮان ‪) . . . . . . . .‬رﻓﺘﻦ( ﻣﺎدر ﺑﺰرﮔﻢ را ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﻧﺪﻳﺪن(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺤﺎل ﻏﺬاى ﭼﻴﻨﻰ ‪) . . . . . . . .‬ﺧﻮردن(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ داﺷﺘﻴﻢ ‪) . . . . . . . .‬ﺧﻮاﺑﻴﺪن( ﻛﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪) . . . . . . . .‬زﻧﮓ زدن(‪.‬‬ ‫وﻗﺘﻰ ﺗﻮ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬آﻣﺪن( ﻣﻦ داﺷﺘﻢ ‪) . . . . . . . .‬ﻏﺬا ﭘﺨﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬

‫
‬

‫ﭼﺎﻧﻪ زدن‬ ‫آداب ﺧﺮﻳﺪ و ﻓﺮوش در ﻛﺸﻮرﻫﺎى ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت اﺳﺖ‪ .‬در اﻳﺮان ﭼﺎﻧﻪ زدن ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻣﺘﺪاول اﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭼﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫زدن ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺳﻌﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ از ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﮕﻴﺮد‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻰ وﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬ ‫ﻧﺼﻒ ﻣﺒﻠﻎ را ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﮕﻴﺮد‪ .‬در ﻣﻐﺎزه ﻫﺎى ﻛﻮﭼ ﻣﻌﻤﻮًﻻﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ روى اﺟﻨﺎس وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد و اﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺸ‪B‬ﻞ ﺳﺎز اﺳﺖ‪ .‬اﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﺮاى ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻫﺎ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻳ ﻧﻮع ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺢ اﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاى ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﻗﺪرت اﺳﺘﺪﻻل ﺧﻮﺑﻰ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ و ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ آﺳﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﻴﺪان را ﺧﺎﻟﻰ ﻧ‪B‬ﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫درﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻠﻂ؟‬ ‫ﺑﺮاى اﻳﺮاﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻳ ﺟﻮر ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺢ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺮاى ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪرت اﺳﺘﺪﻻل ﻧﻴﺎز ﻧﺪارﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫دراﻳﺮان ﭼﺎﻧﻪ زدن ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻣﺘﺪاول ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﺎﻧﻪ زدن ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺳﻌﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ازﺧﺮﻳﺪارﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﮕﻴﺮد‪.‬‬ ‫در ﻣﻐﺎزه ﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮًﻻ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ روى اﺟﻨﺎس وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد‪.‬‬

‫در‪ E‬ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫آداب ﺧﺮﻳﺪ در ﻛﺸﻮرﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ اﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫در اﻳﺮان ﻣﻌﻤﻮًﻻ ﺧﺮﻳﺪاران ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ؟‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰى ﺑﺮاى ﺧﺮﻳﺪاران در اﻳﺮان ﻣﺸ‪B‬ﻞ ﺳﺎز اﺳﺖ؟‬

‫ﭼﻬﺎر ﺳﺆال ﺑﺮاى ﻣﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‬

‫?‪Do you haggle‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 8‬‬

‫ﺟﺎﻫﺎى ﺧﺎﻟﻰ را ﺑﺎ زﻣﺎن ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﻌﻞ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ اﺗﺎﻗﺸﺎن را ‪) . . . . . . . .‬ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎن اﺳﻤﺘﺎن را ‪) . . . . . . . .‬ﻓﺮاﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺮ وﻗﺖ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﻨﺪى ‪) . . . . . . . .‬دﻳﺪن( ‪) . . . . . . . .‬ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﻛﺮدن(‪.‬‬ ‫دﻳﺸﺐ ﻫﻮا ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺳﺮد ‪) . . . . . . . .‬ﺑﻮدن( و ﻣﻦ ﻧﺘﻮاﻧﺴﺘﻢ ‪) . . . . . . . .‬ﺧﻮاﺑﻴﺪن(‪.‬‬ ‫آﻧﻬﺎ دﻳﺮوز از ﻣﺎ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪن( ﭘﺎرﺳﺎل ﭼﻄﻮر ﺑﻪ اﻳﺮان ‪) . . . . . . . .‬ﺳﻔﺮ ﻛﺮدن(‪.‬‬ ‫وﻗﺘﻰ در اﻳﺮان ‪) . . . . . . . .‬زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻛﺮدن( ‪ ،‬ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻢ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ در اﻳﺮان ‪) . . . . . . . .‬ﻣﺎﻧﺪن(‪.‬‬ ‫آﻧﻬﺎ ‪) . . . . . . . .‬ﻣﻤ‪B‬ﻦ ﺑﻮدن( او را ‪) . . . . . . . .‬دوﺳﺖ داﺷﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬ ‫آﻳﺎ ﺗﻮ ‪) . . . . . . . .‬ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ دادن( اﻣﺮوز ‪) . . . . . . . .‬آﻣﺪن( ﻳﺎ ﻓﺮدا؟‬

‫ﺟﻤﻼت زﻳﺮ را ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫اﺣﺴﺎس ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻛﻪ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫اﺣﺘﻤﺎل ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﻣﺠﺒﻮر ﻫﺴﺘﻰ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻓ‪B‬ﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻛﻪ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫اﻳﺮان ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫روزﻫﺎى ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻣﺎ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﮥ آﻳﻨﺪه ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﺳﺶ ﻫﺎى زﻳﺮ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ دﻫﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻼس ﻣﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺷﺮوع ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد؟‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ در ﭼﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﺎرغ اﻟﺘﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ؟‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻄﻮر ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﺗﺎن آﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ؟‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﭼﻪ ﺳﺎل و ﻣﺎﻫﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ؟‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ دوﺳﺖ دارﻳﺪ در آﻳﻨﺪه ﭼﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؟‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺸﻐﻮل ﭼﻪ ﻓ‪B‬ﺮى ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ؟‬

‫َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮى زﻳﺮ را ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﺎم‪ :‬اﻟﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫اﺣﻤﺪ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . :‬‬

‫‪96‬‬

‫‪97‬‬

‫درس ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫آﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻰ زﻧﻴﺪ؟‬

‫ﺳﺎم‪ :‬ﺳﻼم‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻢ ﺳﺎم‪.‬‬ ‫اﺣﻤﺪ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎم‪ :‬ﺧﻮﺑﻢ‪ .‬ﺗﻮ ﭼﻄﻮرى؟‬ ‫اﺣﻤﺪ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎم‪ :‬ﺧﺒﺮى ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﻮ ﭼﻰ؟‬ ‫اﺣﻤﺪ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎم‪ :‬ﻓ‪B‬ﺮ ﺧﻮﺑﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫اﺣﻤﺪ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :‬‬

‫اﻓﻌﺎل را ﻣﺮور ﻛﻨﻴﻢ!‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻞ اﻣﺮى‬ ‫ﻟﻄﻔًﺎ در را ‪) . . . . . . . .‬ﺑﺴﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎدرم ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬اﻣﺮوز ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ‪) . . . . . . . .‬آﻣﺪن(‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﺿﻰ اﺳﺘﻤﺮارى‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ ﭘﺎر€ ‪) . . . . . . . .‬آﻣﺪن(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺮ وﻗﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮوﺷﮕﺎه ﻣﻴﺮﻓﺘﻢ او را ‪) . . . . . . . .‬دﻳﺪن(‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﺿﻰ ﻧﻘﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺤﺎل او را ‪) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬دﻳﺪن(‪.‬‬ ‫او ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺎر ﺑﻪ آﻣﺮﻳ‪B‬ﺎ ‪) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬رﻓﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﺿﻰ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺟﻨﮓ آﻧﺠﺎ را ‪) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬دﻳﺪن(‪.‬‬ ‫او ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻫﺸﺖ ﻣﻨﺰل را ‪) . . . . . . . .‬ﺗﺮ€ ﻛﺮدن(‪.‬‬

‫?‪Do you haggle‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 8‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﺰاﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از او ‪) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬ﻣﻌﺬرت ﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬ ‫اﺣﺘﻤﺎل دارد ﻛﻪ دﻳﺮوز ﺧﺎﻧﻪ را ‪) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬ﺧﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﺮدن(‪.‬‬

‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟‬

‫
‬

‫در ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎن‬ ‫ﭘﻮﭘ‪ :‬ﺳﻴﻨﺎ ﺟﻮن اﻣﺴﺎل ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﻮن ﻛﺠﺎ ﻣﻰ رﻳﻦ؟ دوﺑﺎره ﻣﻰ رﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﺎل؟‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺑﺎم ﻣﻰ ﺧﺎد ﻣﺎ رو ﺑﺒﺮه ﻓﺮاﻧﺴﻪ ﻛﻪ زﺑﺎن ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻮﭘ‪ :‬ﺧﻮش ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻮن‪ .‬ﻛﺎش ﻣﻨﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﻧﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻤﺮاﺗﻮن ﺑﻴﺎم‪ .‬ﻣﺎ اﻣﺴﺎل ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﻮن ﻫﻴﭻ ﺟﺎ ﻧﻤﻰ رﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻨﺎ‪ :‬اﻳﺸﺎﻻ ﺳﺎل دﻳﮕﻪ!‬

‫اﻳﻦ َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ را ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎن‪ -‬آﻣﺮﻳ‪B‬ﺎ‪ -‬ﻋﺮﺑﺴﺘﺎن‪ -‬اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺲ‪ -‬آﻟﻤﺎن‪ -‬روﺳﻴﻪ‪ -‬ﻗﺒﺮس‪ -‬ﻳﻮﻧﺎن‪ -‬اﻳﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎ‪ -‬اﺳﭙﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ -‬ﻛﺎﻧﺎدا‪-‬‬ ‫ژاﭘﻦ‪ -‬ﺑﺮزﻳﻞ‪ -‬ﻣ‪B‬ﺰﻳ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻰ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫‪literary‬‬

‫ﻣﻰ روﻳﺪ‬

‫ﻣﻰ رﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺧﺎد‬

‫ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻢ‬

‫ﺑﻴﺎم‬

‫ﺑﺒﺮد‬

‫ﺑﺒﺮه‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﺴﺘﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﻧﺴﺘﻢ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻰ روﻳﻢ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻰ رﻳﻢ‬

‫اﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻠﻪ‬

‫اﻳﺸﺎﻻ‬

‫ﻣﺎ را‬

‫ﻣﺎرو‬

‫ﺣﺎﻟﺘﺎن‬

‫ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻮن‬

‫ﻫﻤﺮاﻫﺘﺎن‬

‫ﻫﻤﺮاﺗﻮن‬

‫ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎن‬

‫ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﻮن‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻢ‬

‫دﻳﮕﺮ‬

‫دﻳﮕﻪ‬

‫‪colloquial‬‬

‫‪98‬‬

‫درس ﻧﻬﻢ‬ ‫‪.......................................................................‬‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ اﻋﺘﻘﺎد دارﻳﺪ؟‬

‫‪Lesson‬‬ ‫‪Nine‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﺴﺎى واﻧ در ﺟﻠﻔﺎى اﺻﻔﻬﺎن‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﺴﺎى واﻧ ﻳ‪B‬ﻰ از زﻳﺒﺎﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎى ارﻣﻨﻰ دراﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‪ .‬اراﻣﻨﮥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎرى در ﻣﺤﻠﮥ ﺟﻠﻔﺎ‬ ‫زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮاى ﻛﺴﺐ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ در ﻣﻮرد ﺟﻠﻔﺎى اﺻﻔﻬﺎن و اراﻣﻨﮥ اﻳﺮان در اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫?‪What do you believe in‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 9‬‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ اﻋﺘﻘﺎد دارﻳﺪ؟‬ ‫‪.......................................................................‬‬

‫?‪What do you believe in‬‬

‫درس ﻧﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ اﻋﺘﻘﺎد دارﻳﺪ؟‬ ‫َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ‪ :‬واﺣﺪﻫﺎى داﻧﺸﮕﺎﻫﻰ‬ ‫دﺳﺘﻮر‪ :‬اﺳﻢ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﺷﻤﺎرﺷﻰ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺖ و ﺿﻤﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺖ اﺷﺎره‬ ‫ﺿﻤﻴﺮ اﺷﺎره‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎى ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻪ و ﻧ‪B‬ﺮه‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‪ :‬دﻳﻦ‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ در رﺳﺘﻮران‬

‫واژ َ َﻛﺎن‬ ‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬ ‫واﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﺮم‬ ‫آﺧﺮ‬ ‫اول‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻂ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮن )ﻗﻮاﻧﻴﻦ(‬

‫
‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬ ‫‪course unit‬‬ ‫‪term; semester‬‬ ‫‪last‬‬ ‫‪first‬‬ ‫‪only‬‬ ‫‪person‬‬ ‫‪law; rule‬‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ‬

‫‪even‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻼً‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺎم‬

‫‪practically‬‬ ‫‪whole; all‬‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫اﻳﻦ ﺗﺮم ﭼﻨﺪ واﺣﺪ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻰ؟‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬ ‫اﺳﻢ‬ ‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫اﻳﻦ ﺗﺮم درس ﻫﺎﻳﻢ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻪ آﺧﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺎه ﺑﻪ اﻳﺮان ﻣﻰ روم‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ اول دﻗﺖ ﻛﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﺮا دوﺳﺖ دارم‪.‬‬ ‫اﻣﺮوز دو ﻧﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ زدﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ اﻳﻤﻨﻰ راﻧﻨﺪﮔﻰ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻛﺲ اﻋﺘﻤﺎد ﻧﺪارم ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺮف اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻼً ﺗﻤﺎم ﻛﺎرﻫﺎ را ﻣﻦ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻰ دﻫﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷﺐ ﺑﻴﺪار ﺑﻮدم‪.‬‬

‫‪100‬‬

‫درس ﻧﻬﻢ‬

‫‪101‬‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬ ‫آدم‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ اﻋﺘﻘﺎد دارﻳﺪ؟‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬ ‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫او آدم ﺧﻮﺑﻰ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫درﺑﺎر‬

‫‪about; regarding‬‬

‫ﺣﺮف اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬

‫درﺑﺎر ادﺑﻴﺎت ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰ داﻧﻴﺪ؟‬

‫راﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ‬

‫‪about; regarding‬‬

‫ﺣﺮف اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬

‫ﻳ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ راﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ اﻳﺮان‪.‬‬

‫در ﻣﻮرد‬

‫‪about; regarding‬‬

‫ﺣﺮف اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬

‫او در ﻣﻮرد ﻣﻦ ﺳﺆاﻻﺗﻰ ﻛﺮد‪.‬‬

‫‪opinion; belief‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻋﻘﻴﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ در ﻣﻮرد ﺳﺨﻨﺎن رﺋﻴﺲ ﺟﻤﻬﻮر‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬

‫‪opinion‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺮى ﻧﺪارم‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮاﻧﺎﻳﻰ‬

‫‪ability‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻮاﻧﺎﻳﻰ اﻧﺠﺎم اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎر را دارﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫‪at most‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﻪ روز ﻣﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬

‫‪at least‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫او ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ‪ ۵٠‬ﺳﺎﻟﺶ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪problem; issue‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻬﻤﻰ را ﭼﺮا ﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ در ﻣﻴﺎن‬ ‫ﻧﮕﺬاﺷﺘﻰ؟‬

‫ﻣﺸ‪B‬ﻞ )ﻣﺸ‪B‬ﻼت(‬

‫‪problem‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺑﺰرگ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺸ‪B‬ﻞ ﺷﻤﺎ در زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬

‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ‪ /‬ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ‬

‫‪prophet‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ اﺳﻼم ﺣﻀﺮت ﻣﺤﻤﺪ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪rioter‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺷﻮرﺷﻴﺎن ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ را ﺑﻪ آﺗﺶ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪armed guard‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺳﭙﺎﻫﻴﺎن اﻣﻨﻴﺖ را در ﺷﻬﺮ ﺑﺮﻗﺮار ﻛﺮدﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺠﺎب‬

‫‪hijab; veil‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫در اﻳﺮان ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﺎب اﺳﻼﻣﻰ را‬ ‫رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫رﻋﺎﻳﺖ‬

‫‪observance‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﺌﻮن اﺳﻼﻣﻰ اﻟﺰاﻣﻰ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‪/‬اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﺮدم اﻳﺮان ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎن ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻘﻴﺪه )ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ(‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ )ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ(‬

‫ﺷﻮرﺷﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺎﻫﻰ‬

‫ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎن‬ ‫اﻗﻠﻴﺖ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻰ‬

‫‪human; person‬‬

‫‪Muslim‬‬ ‫‪religious‬‬ ‫‪minority‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺳﻤﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎن‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺪ اﻗﻠﻴﺖ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ در‬ ‫اﻳﺮان وﺟﻮد دارﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺎن‬

‫‪Christians‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺎن ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮت ﻋﻴﺴﻰ اﻋﺘﻘﺎد دارﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫زرﺗﺸﺘﻴﺎن‬

‫‪Zoroastrians‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ زرﺗﺸﺘﻴﺎن در اﻳﺮان و ﻫﻨﺪوﺳﺘﺎن‬ ‫زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Armenians‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎى اراﻣﻨﻪ در اﺻﻔﻬﺎن ﺑﺴﻴﺎر زﻳﺒﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Jews‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫اﻛﺜﺮ ﻳﻬﻮدﻳﺎن ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮت ﻛﺮده اﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Baha’is‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎن زﻳﺎدى درﻫﻨﺪوﺳﺘﺎن زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪existence‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫اﻛﺜﺮ ادﻳﺎن وﺟﻮد ﺧﺪا را ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت‬ ‫اﺿﺎﻓﻰ‬

‫ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺸ‪B‬ﻼت ﻣﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮت ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫اراﻣﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﻬﻮدﻳﺎن‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﻤﻴﺎن‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎن‬ ‫وﺟﻮد‬ ‫ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ ِ‬

‫‪because of; due to‬‬

‫?‪What do you believe in‬‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬ ‫دوﻟﺖ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮن ﻣﺪﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ‪ . . .‬ﭼﻪ ‪. . .‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮاى‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺧﻰ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬ ‫‪government‬‬ ‫‪civil law‬‬ ‫‪everybody; all‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 9‬‬

‫‪102‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺖ اﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻮر دوﻟﺖ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﺮده اﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺳﻤﻰ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮن ﻣﺪﻧﻰ اﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻮر ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺣﻖ‬ ‫راﻧﻨﺪﮔﻰ ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺖ‪/‬ﺿﻤﻴﺮ ﻫﻤﻪ آﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺗﻮ‪.‬‬

‫;‪both . . . and . . .‬‬ ‫‪whether . . . or . . .‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت رﺑﻄﻰ‬

‫ﭼﻪ ﭘﻴﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺟﻮان ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻈﺎﻫﺮات رﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪for‬‬

‫ﺣﺮف اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬

‫ﺑﺮاى ﻗﺒﻮل ﺷﺪن در اﻣﺘﺤﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ‬ ‫درس ﺑﺨﻮاﻧﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪some‬‬

‫ﺿﻤﻴﺮ؛ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ از داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﺎن ﺗ‪B‬ﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺧﻮد را ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﺪاده اﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﮕﺮد‬

‫‪tourist‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﮕﺮدان ﺧﺎرﺟﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﻤﺎرى ﺑﺮاى‬ ‫دﻳﺪن آﺛﺎر ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ اﻳﺮان ﻣﻰ روﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫زﻳﺒﺎﻳﻰ‬

‫‪beauty‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫زﻳﺒﺎﻳﻰ او ﺑﻰ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻬﻦ‬

‫‪old; ancient‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ادﺑﻴﺎت ﻛﻬﻦ ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻏﻨﻰ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻤﺪن‬

‫‪civilization‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫اﻳﺮاﻧﻴﺎن ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺪن ﻛﻬﻦ ﺳﺮزﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﻮد اﻓﺘﺨﺎر‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫اﻳﺮان زﻣﻴﻦ در ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از‬ ‫اﻳﺮان ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺑﻮد‪.‬‬

‫‪to get; to take; to‬‬ ‫‪hold‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮوم ﻧﺎن ﺑﮕﻴﺮم‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ )دار(‬

‫‪to pick up‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﭘﺴﺮم را ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭘﻨﺞ و ﻧﻴﻢ از ﻣﺪرﺳﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻣﻰ دارم‪.‬‬

‫ﺛﺒﺖ ﻧﺎم ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to register‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫آﻳﺎ ﺑﺮاى ﺗﺮم آﻳﻨﺪه ﺛﺒﺖ ﻧﺎم ﻛﺮده اى؟‬

‫دﻋﻮت ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to invite‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺮ را ﺑﺮاى ﺗﻮﻟﺪت دﻋﻮت ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻰ؟‬

‫ﭘﻴﺮوى ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to follow; to‬‬ ‫‪abide by‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎن از ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ اﺳﻼم ﭘﻴﺮوى ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺬب ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to attract; to‬‬ ‫‪absorb‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫اﻳﻦ داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﺎن را ﺟﺬب‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻮدن )ﺑﻪ(‬

‫‪to pertain to‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫اﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫اﻳﺮان زﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ )ﮔﻴﺮ(‬

‫‪Ancient Iran‬‬

‫‪103‬‬

‫َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ‬

‫درس ﻧﻬﻢ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ اﻋﺘﻘﺎد دارﻳﺪ؟‬

‫
‬

‫واﺣﺪﻫﺎى داﻧﺸ َ َﻜﺎﻫﻰ‬ ‫دارا‪ :‬اﻳﻦ ﺗﺮم ﭼﻨﺪ واﺣﺪ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻰ؟‬ ‫ﺳﺎرا‪ :‬ﭼﻮن ﺳﺎل آﺧﺮم‪ ،‬ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﺴﺘﻢ ‪ ۶‬واﺣﺪ ﺑﺮدارم وﻟﻰ ﻓ‪B‬ﺮ ﻛﺮدم ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ‪ ۴‬واﺣﺪ اﻳﻦ ﺗﺮم ﺑﮕﻴﺮم و ‪٢‬‬ ‫واﺣﺪﻫﻢ در ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎن‪.‬‬ ‫دارا‪ :‬آﻳﺎ داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﺎن زﻳﺎدى ﺗﺮم آﺧﺮﺷﺎن اﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫ﺳﺎرا‪ :‬ﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪ ۵‬ﻧﻔﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮم آﺧﺮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫دارا‪ :‬ﻗﻮاﻧﻴﻦ داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﻣﺎ اﺟﺎزه ﻧﻤﻰ دﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‪ ۴‬واﺣﺪ ﺑﺮدارﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ اﮔﺮ ﺗﺮم آﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ‪ ۴‬واﺣﺪ ﺗﻤﺎم وﻗﺖ آدم را ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮد‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎرا‪ :‬اﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮن ﺧﻮﺑﻰ اﺳﺖ ﭼﻮن ﻋﻤ ً‬

‫در‪ E‬ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﺳﺎرا اﻳﻦ ﺗﺮم ﭼﻨﺪ واﺣﺪ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪ داﻧﺸﺠﻮ ﺗﺮم آﺧﺮﺷﺎن اﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫ﺳﺎرا راﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮاﻧﻴﻦ داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﭼﻪ ﻋﻘﻴﺪه اى دارد؟‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﺎرا داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﺎن ﺗﻮاﻧﺎﻳﻰ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ واﺣﺪ را دارﻧﺪ؟‬

‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻳ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮى واﺣﺪﻫﺎى داﻧﺸﮕﺎﻫﻰ وﻟﻰ درﻣﻮرد درس ﻫﺎى ﺧﻮدﺗﺎن و ﺑﮕﻮﺋﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ درﻳ ﺗﺮم اﺟﺎزه دارﻳﺪ ﭼﻨﺪ واﺣﺪ ﺑﺮدارﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫دﺳﺘﻮر‬ ‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫‪Nouns‬‬

‫‪............................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪In Persian, there are singular and plural nouns. The plural marker in Persian is generally‬‬ ‫‪ is often added instead to make them‬ان )‪, but for animate nouns (particularly for people‬ﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪plural, e.g.:‬‬

‫ﻣﺪاد ← ﻣﺪادﻫﺎ‬ ‫زن ← زﻧﺎن‬

104

Lesson 9

䊏

What do you believe in?

Some nouns that are borrowed from Arabic, though, retain their original plural form, e.g.:

‫ﻼت‬B‫ﻞ ← ﻣﺸ‬B‫ﻣﺸ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ ← ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬ It should be noted that some parts of the body of which there are two or more can also be pluralized by adding ‫ان‬, e.g.:

‫اﻧﮕﺸﺖ ← اﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎن‬ ‫دﺳﺖ ← دﺳﺘﺎن‬ ‫ﭼﺸﻢ ← ﭼﺸﻤﺎن‬ ‫ﺑﺎزو ← ﺑﺎزوان‬ The Arabic feminine plural marker ‫ ات‬can also be added to some words of Persian and Turkish origin to make them plural, e.g.:

‫ﺑﺎغ ← ﺑﺎﻏﺎت‬ ‫ده ← دﻫﺎت‬ If the word ends in vowels /e/ and /i:/, a /
/ is inserted, as in:

‫ﺳﺒﺰى ← ﺳﺒﺰﻳﺠﺎت‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻮه ← ﻣﻴﻮﺟﺎت‬ The Arabic masculine plural marker ‫ ﻳﻦ‬can be added to some words of Arabic origin, such as:

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ← ﻣﻌﻠﻤﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪس ← ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﻦ‬ However, if the word ends in ‫ى‬, ‫ ون‬is added, as in:

‫روﺣﺎﻧﻰ ← روﺣﺎﻧﻴﻮن‬ ‫اﻧﻘﻼﺑﻰ ← اﻧﻘﻼﺑﻴﻮن‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ اﻋﺘﻘﺎد دارﻳﺪ؟‬

䊏

‫درس ﻧﻬﻢ‬

105

‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮن اﻣﻼﺋﻰ‬

Orthographic rule

............................................................................................................................................................................................

As a general rule, in Persian orthography, where an animate noun ends in /a:/ or /u:/, a ‫ ى‬is inserted before ‫ ان‬to ease pronunciation, e.g.:

‫داﻧﺸﺠﻮ ← داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﺎن‬ ‫آﻗﺎ ← آﻗﺎﻳﺎن‬ However, if the Persian (not Arabic) word ends in /i:/, only ‫ ان‬is added:

‫ﺷﻮرﺷﻰ ← ان ← ﺷﻮرﺷﻴﺎن‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺎﻫﻰ ← ان ← ﺳﭙﺎﻫﻴﺎن‬ In addition, some nouns that end in the vowel /e/ are pluralized by removing the silent /h/ at the end and adding ‫ﮔﺎن‬.

‫ﭘﺮﻧﺪه ← ﭘﺮﻧﺪﮔﺎن‬ ‫ﺧﺰﻧﺪه ← ﺧﺰﻧﺪﮔﺎن‬ ‫دﻳﺪه ← دﻳﺪﮔﺎن‬ ‫ﻣﮋه ← ﻣﮋﮔﺎن‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﺷﻤﺎرﺷﻰ‬

Numericals

............................................................................................................................................................................................

Unlike in English, where plural numericals require plural nouns, in Persian, plural numericals are followed by singular nouns, e.g.: a few problems several books five men two pencils four eggs three sets of clothes a pair of shoes 1

‫ﻞ‬B‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺸ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎب‬ 1 ‫ﭘﻨﺞ ﻣﺮد‬ ‫دو ﻋﺪد ﻣﺪاد‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎر داﻧﻪ ﺗﺨﻢ ﻣﺮغ‬ ‫ﺳﻪ دﺳﺖ ﻟﺒﺎس‬ ‫ﻳ ﺟﻔﺖ ﻛﻔﺶ‬

‫ﺗﺎ‬Note that in colloquial Persian, ‫ ﺗﺎ‬is normally inserted between the numerical and the noun, e.g.:

‫دوﺗﺎﻛﺘﺎب‬

‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻛﻴﻒ‬ ‫دو ﺗﺎ ﻛﺘﺎب‬

106

Lesson 9

䊏

What do you believe in?

three kilos of sugar six bottles of soda

‫ﺮ‬B‫ﺳﻪ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺷ‬ ‫ﺷﺶ ﺑﻄﺮى ﻧﻮﺷﺎﺑﻪ‬

Note that there is no ezafe between the counting word and the counted word.

‫ﺻﻔﺖ و ﺿﻤﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬

Determiners

............................................................................................................................................................................................

In Persian, plural determiners are combined with plural nouns and singular determiners are followed by singular nouns, e.g.: more students fewer students all students some days many books no one every student

‫داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﺎن ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬ ‫داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﺎن ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﮥ داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﺎن‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ روزﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎى زﻳﺎد‬ ‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﻛﺲ‬ ‫ﻫﺮ داﻧﺸﺠﻮ‬

Some determiners can also be combined with prepositional phrases, e.g.:

‫ﺧﻴﻠﻰ از داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﺎن‬ many of the students

‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ از ﻣﺮدم‬ some of the people

‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎرى از ﻣﺎ‬ many of us

Demonstrative adjectives

‫ﺻﻔﺖ اﺷﺎره‬

............................................................................................................................................................................................

In Persian, ‫ اﻳﻦ‬and ‫ آن‬are used before nouns as demonstrative adjectives. If the demonstrative is used before the noun, it always appears in the singular form, despite the number of the noun, e.g.:

‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ اﻋﺘﻘﺎد دارﻳﺪ؟‬

䊏

‫درس ﻧﻬﻢ‬

107

these books ‫ ← اﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎب ﻫﺎ‬this book ‫اﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎب‬ those woman ‫ ← آن زﻧﺎن‬that woman ‫آن زن‬

.‫اﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎب ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ اﺳﺖ‬ This book is in Persian.

.‫اﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ These books are in Persian.

.‫آن آﻗﺎ اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ اﺳﺖ‬ That gentleman is Iranian.

.‫آن آﻗﺎﻳﺎن اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ Those gentlemen are Iranian.

Demonstrative pronouns

‫ﺿﻤﻴﺮ اﺷﺎره‬

............................................................................................................................................................................................

The demonstratives ‫آن‬, ‫آﻧﻬﺎ‬, ‫اﻳﻦ‬, and ‫ اﻳﻨﻬﺎ‬can also be used on their own as pronouns, e.g.:

.‫ب ﺟﺎﻟﺒﻰ اﺳﺖ‬ ِ ‫اﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎ‬ This is an interesting book.

.‫اﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎى ﺟﺎﻟﺒﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ These are interesting books.

.‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﺎى ﻣﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ Those are our cars.

.‫اﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﺒﺎس ﻫﺎى ﻗﺸﻨﮕﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ These are beautiful dresses.

108

Lesson 9

䊏

What do you believe in?

Definite and indefinite markers

‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎى ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻪ و ﻧﻜﺮه‬

............................................................................................................................................................................................

As a general rule, if the noun is indefinite, it takes the indefinite marker ‫ى‬, and if it is definite, it does not have any marker, except for when it is an object, in which case, it takes the definite object marker ‫ را‬, e.g.: I read a book. I read the book.

.‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻰ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪم‬ .‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎب را ﺧﻮاﻧﺪم‬

If the noun is modified by an adjective, either the noun or the adjective can take the indefinite marker ‫ى‬, e.g.:

‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻰ ﺧﻮب‬ ‫ب ﺧﻮﺑﻰ‬ ِ ‫ﻛﺘﺎ‬ However, if there is more than one adjective, the indefinite marker ‫ ى‬is either added to the last adjective, or else the ‫ ى‬is added to the noun and the adjectives are combined with ‫ و‬. In phrases with definite nouns, the definite object marker ‫ را‬is added after the last adjective, e.g.:

‫ب ﮔﺮاﻧﻰ‬ ِ ‫ب ﺧﻮ‬ ِ ‫ﻛﺘﺎ‬ a good, expensive book

‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻰ ﺧﻮب و ﮔﺮان‬ a good, expensive book

.‫ﻣﻦ اﻳﻦ ﺷﻬﺮ را دﻳﺪه ﺑﻮدم‬ I had seen this city.

.‫ﻣﻦ اﻳﻦ ﺷﻬﺮ زﻳﺒﺎ را دﻳﺪه ﺑﻮدم‬ I had seen this beautiful city.

.‫ﻣﻦ اﻳﻦ ﺷﻬﺮ زﻳﺒﺎى ﺑﺰرگ را دﻳﺪه ﺑﻮدم‬ I had seen this big, beautiful city.

‫‪109‬‬

‫درس ﻧﻬﻢ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ اﻋﺘﻘﺎد دارﻳﺪ؟‬

‫‪Generic nouns (which always appear in the singular) do not take any marker, even if they‬‬ ‫‪are objects, e.g.:‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎب ﻣﻰ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫او ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪I write books.‬‬ ‫‪He repairs cars.‬‬

‫ﺟﻤﻼت زﻳﺮ را ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫‪I can see a few birds in the sky.‬‬ ‫‪Nobody knows the answer.‬‬ ‫‪Every student should take four courses.‬‬ ‫‪Everyone must watch this film.‬‬ ‫‪I love sweets.‬‬

‫‪1.‬‬ ‫‪2.‬‬ ‫‪3.‬‬ ‫‪4.‬‬ ‫‪5.‬‬

‫ﺟﺎﻫﺎى ﺧﺎﻟﻰ در ﺟﻤﻼت زﻳﺮ را ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ اى ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ از ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻧﺪﮔﺎن ‪ -‬ﻣﺮدم ‪ -‬زﻧﺎن ‪ -‬داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﺎن ‪ -‬ﻧﻔﺮ ‪ -‬ﭘﺮﻧﺪه‬ ‫آﻗﺎى ﺗﻬﺮاﻧﻰ دو ‪ . . .. . .. . .. . .‬دارد‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﮥ ‪ . . .. . .. . .. . .‬ﺑﺮاى اﻳﻦ درس ﺛﺒﺖ ﻧﺎم ﻛﺮده اﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ . . .. . .. . .. . .‬در اﻳﺮان ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﺎب داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ‪ . . .. . .. . .. . .‬را دﻋﻮت ﻛﺮده اى؟‬

‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬

‫
‬

‫دﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﺮدم اﻳﺮان ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎن ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬اﻟﺒﺘﻪ اﻗﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎى ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻰ ﻫﻢ در اﻳﺮان وﺟﻮد دارﻧﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻗﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎى‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻰ‪ ،‬زرﺗﺸﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ و ﻳﻬﻮدى‪ .‬ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ وﺟﻮد دوﻟﺖ اﺳﻼﻣﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﻮاﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﺪﻧﻰ ﻛﺸﻮر‪ ،‬ﻗﻮاﻧﻴﻦ اﺳﻼﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ و ﻫﻤﮥ ﻣﺮدم ﭼﻪ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎن و ﭼﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از اﻳﻦ ﻗﻮاﻧﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺮوى ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻳ‪B‬ﻰ از اﻳﻦ ﻗﻮاﻧﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫زﻧﺎن ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺣﺠﺎب اﺳﻼﻣﻰ اﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﮕﺮدان ﺧﺎرﺟﻰ زن ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از اﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮن‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺮوى ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻰ از اﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﮕﺮدان اﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮن را دوﺳﺖ ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ وﻟﻰ زﻳﺒﺎﻳﻰ ﻫﺎ و ﺗﻤﺪن ﻛﻬﻦ اﻳﺮان زﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﻪ اﻳﺮان ﺟﺬب ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫?‪What do you believe in‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 9‬‬

‫‪110‬‬

‫در‪ E‬ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﺮدم اﻳﺮان ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬ ‫ﺳﻪ اﻗﻠﻴﺖ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻰ در اﻳﺮان ﻧﺎم ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻮاﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﺪﻧﻰ اﻳﺮان ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ؟‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻰ ﺑﺮاى زﻧﺎن در اﻳﺮان در ﻣﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻻ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫آﻳﺎ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﮕﺮدان ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻗﻮاﻧﻴﻦ اﺳﻼﻣﻰ اﻳﺮان ﭘﻴﺮوى ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؟‬ ‫ﻳ‪B‬ﻰ از دﻻﻳﻠﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﮕﺮدان ﺑﻪ اﻳﺮان ﺟﺬب ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬

‫اﺳﻤﻬﺎى ﻣﻔﺮد زﻳﺮ را ﺑﺪون اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از »ﻫﺎ« ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻧﺪه‬ ‫ﭼﺸﻢ‬ ‫آﻗﺎ‬ ‫داﻧﺸﺠﻮ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻮه‬

‫ﺟﻤﻼت زﻳﺮ را ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫دوﺳﺖ ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ ‪ -‬را ‪ -‬ﻛﺎرﻣﻨﺪان ‪ -‬او‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ‪ -‬اﻳﻦ ‪ -‬دارد ‪ -‬ﻏﺬاﻫﺎ ‪ -‬رﺳﺘﻮران ‪ -‬را‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺮازى ‪ -‬ﻧﺪارﻳﺪ ‪ -‬ﻟﻬﺠﮥ ‪ -‬ﺷﻤﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫اﺻﻔﻬﺎن ‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ‪ -‬ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ‪ -‬ﺧﻮاﻫﺮ ‪ -‬زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ‪ -‬در‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺎﻫﺎى ﺧﺎﻟﻰ را ﺑﺎ زﻣﺎن ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﻌﻞ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫دارا‪ :‬ﺗﻮﻣﻌﻤﻮًﻻ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻼﺗﺖ را ﭼﻄﻮر ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﮔﺬراﻧﺪن(؟‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮًﻻ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬رﻓﺘﻦ( ﻳﺎ ورزش ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﻛﺮدن(‪.‬‬ ‫دارا‪ :‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﭼﻪ ورزﺷﻰ را ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬دوﺳﺖ داﺷﺘﻦ(؟‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ اﺳ‪B‬ﻰ را ﺑﻪ ورزﺷﻬﺎى دﻳﮕﺮ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ دادن(‪.‬‬ ‫دارا‪ :‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻬﺎى اﺳ‪B‬ﻰ ﻛﺠﺎ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺑﻮدن( ؟‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﺗﻬﺮان و اﻃﺮاف ﺗﻬﺮان ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻬﺎ را ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬داﺷﺘﻦ(‪ .‬آﻳﺎ ﺗﻮ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻦ( ﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻰ؟‬ ‫دارا‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪111‬‬

‫درس ﻧﻬﻢ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ اﻋﺘﻘﺎد دارﻳﺪ؟‬

‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟‬

‫
‬

‫در رﺳﺘﻮران‬ ‫ﮔﺎرﺳﻮن‪ :‬ﺳﻼم ﻋﻠﻴ‪B‬ﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻴﻦ!‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﺎ‪ :‬ﺳﻼم‪ .‬ﻳ ﻣﻴﺰ ﺑﺮاى دو ﻧﻔﺮ ﻟﻄﻔًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﺎرﺳﻮن‪ :‬ﭼﺸﻢ! ﺑﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻴﻦ از اﻳﻦ ﻃﺮف‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﺎ‪ :‬ﻳ ﻣﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﺎر ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻴﻦ؟‬ ‫ﮔﺎرﺳﻮن‪ :‬ﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﺄﺳﻔﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﺎ‪ :‬ﻏﺬاى روزﺗﻮن ﭼﻴﻪ؟‬ ‫ﮔﺎرﺳﻮن‪ :‬ﺧﻮرش ﻓﺴﻨﺠﻮن دارﻳﻢ و ﺗﻪ ﭼﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﺎ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﻳﻪ ﻓﺴﻨﺠﻮن و ﻳﻪ ﺗﻪ ﭼﻴﻦ ﻟﻄﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﺎرﺳﻮن‪ :‬رو ﭼﺸﻢ‪.‬‬

‫اﻳﻦ َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ را ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮرش ﻗﻮرﻣﻪ ﺳﺒﺰى‪ -‬ﺧﻮرش ﻗﻴﻤﻪ‪ -‬زرﺷ ﭘﻠﻮ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮغ‪ -‬ﻛﺒﺎب ﺑﺮگ‪ -‬ﻛﺒﺎب ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪه‪ -‬ﺧﻮرش ﻛﺮﻓﺲ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻰ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫‪literary‬‬

‫ﺑﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺑﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻟﻄﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻟﻄﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﻦ‬

‫روزﺗﺎن‬

‫روزﺗﻮن‬

‫ﻓﺴﻨﺠﺎن‬

‫ﻓﺴﻨﺠﻮن‬

‫‪colloquial‬‬

‫درس دﻫﻢ‬ ‫‪.......................................................................‬‬

‫آﻳﺎ زن و ﻣﺮد ﺑﺮاﺑﺮﻧﺪ؟‬

‫‪Lesson‬‬ ‫‪Ten‬‬

‫دو زن ﺟﻮان ﺑﺎ ﺣﺠﺎب اﺳﻼﻣﻰ درﻣﻴﺪان ﻧﻘﺶ ﺟﻬﺎن اﺻﻔﻬﺎن‪ .‬ﻣﺴﺠﺪ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻟﻄﻒ اﻟﻠﻪ ﻫﻢ در ﻋﻜﺲ دﻳﺪه ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎه‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎس اﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺠﺪ زﻳﺒﺎ را ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﺑﺮاى ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﻫﺎى ﺧﺎﻧﺪان ﺻﻔﻮى ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮاى ﻛﺴﺐ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ در ﻣﻮرد ﺣﺠﺎب اﺳﻼﻣﻰ در اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫?‪Are women and men equal‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 10‬‬

‫‪114‬‬

‫آﻳﺎ زن و ﻣﺮد ﺑﺮاﺑﺮﻧﺪ؟‬ ‫‪.......................................................................‬‬

‫?‪Are women and men equal‬‬

‫درس دﻫﻢ‪ :‬آﻳﺎ زن و ﻣﺮد ﺑﺮاﺑﺮﻧﺪ؟‬ ‫َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ‪ :‬اﺳﺒﺎب ﻛﺸﻰ‬ ‫دﺳﺘﻮر‪ :‬ﺣﺮف اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ ‫ﺿﻤﺎﻳﺮ اﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﻰ و ﺗﺎ^ﻴﺪى‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‪ :‬ﺗﻔﻜﺮ ﺳﻨﺘﻰ‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ در ^ﻼس‬

‫واژ َ َﻛﺎن‬ ‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺧﻮب‬

‫
‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت ﻗﻴﺪى‬

‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺧﻮب‪ ،‬ﺗﻮ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻰ‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﺷﺐ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻐﻞ‬

‫‪beside; right‬‬ ‫‪next to‬‬

‫ﺣﺮف اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬

‫ﻋﻜﺲ ﭘﺴﺮم ﺑﻐﻞ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻣﻦ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻨﺎر‬

‫‪beside‬‬

‫ﺣﺮف اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬

‫ﻛﻨﺎر ِ ﻣﺒﻞ ﻳ ﭼﺮاغ ﻫﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪library; bookcase‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﮥ اﻳﻦ داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻏﻨﻰ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪table‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﻇﺮف ﻫﺎ را روى ﻣﻴﺰ ﺑﮕﺬار‪.‬‬

‫‪telephone‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﻢ از ﺗﻠﻔﻨﺘﺎن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻢ؟‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺧﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮدم و روى ﺗﺨﺖ ﺧﻮاب اﻓﺘﺎدم‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫اﻳﻦ روزﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ دارﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺳﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮم درس ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻧﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪behind‬‬

‫ﺣﺮف اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬

‫او ﭘﺸﺖ ﻣﻦ اﻳﺴﺘﺎده ﺑﻮد‪.‬‬

‫‪in front of‬‬

‫ﺣﺮف اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬

‫ﺟﻠﻮ ﻣﻴﺰ ﻳ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻰ راﺣﺘﻰ ﻫﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن‬

‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺨﺖ ﺧﻮاب‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺰ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﭘﺸﺖ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻮ‬

‫‪all right; OK‬‬ ‫‪television‬‬

‫‪bed‬‬ ‫‪computer‬‬ ‫‪desk‬‬

‫درس دﻫﻢ‬

‫‪115‬‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬ ‫در ﻃﻰ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫آﻳﺎ زن و ﻣﺮد ﺑﺮاﺑﺮﻧﺪ؟‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫‪during‬‬

‫ﺣﺮف اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬

‫در ﻃﻰ اﻳﻦ ﺳﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﻪ او را ﻣﻰﺷﻨﺎﺳﻢ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳ دروغ ﻧﺸﻨﻴﺪه ام‪.‬‬

‫‪as‬‬

‫ﺣﺮف اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬

‫روى ﻟﺒﺎﺳﺶ ﻳ ﻃﺮح اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﻘﺸﮥ‬ ‫اﻳﺮان‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ اﺛﺎث دارﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﻰ در اﺳﺒﺎب ﻛﺸﻰ ﻛﻤﻜﻢ ﻛﻨﻰ؟‬

‫‪assignment‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪ اﻣﺮوز ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻔﻤﺎن ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬

‫‪voice; sound‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪاى ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺣﺮف ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ؟‬

‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬

‫‪high; loud‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﺻﺪاى ﺑﻮق ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻢ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎه‬

‫‪short; low‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﻣﻮﻫﺎى ﻣﻦ ﻛﻮﺗﺎه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺠﻠﻪ‬

‫‪hurry; haste‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫او ﺑﺎ ﻋﺠﻠﻪ از ﻛﻼس ﺑﻴﺮون رﻓﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪knife‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫اﻳﻦ ﻧﺎن را ﺑﺎ ﭼﺎﻗﻮ ﺑﺒﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﺷﻖ‬

‫‪spoon‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫در اﻳﺮان ﺑﺮاى ﻏﺬا ﺧﻮردن ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از ﻗﺎﺷﻖ و‬ ‫ﭼﻨﮕﺎل اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﭼﻨﮕﺎل‬

‫‪fork‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺑﺮاى ﺧﻮردن ﺳﻴﺐ زﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﺳﺮخ ﻛﺮده از‬ ‫ﭼﻨﮕﺎل اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬

‫‪key‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻓﻜﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻛﻠﻴﺪم را ﮔﻢ ﻛﺮده ام‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻔﻞ‬

‫‪lock‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻗﻔﻞ در ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺎن ﺧﺮاب اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪meeting‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫اﻣﺮوز ﺟﻠﺴﻪ دارﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ دﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ دﻧﺒﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻰ آﻳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪house number‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﭘﻼ€ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ اﺳﺖ؟‬

‫اﺗﻮﺑﻮس‬

‫‪bus‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫اﺗﻮﺑﻮس ﭘﺮ ﺑﻮد؟‬

‫ﺗﺎﻛﺴﻰ‬

‫‪taxi‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫دﻳﺮ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎﻛﺴﻰ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻄﺎر‬

‫‪train‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮت ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺎر ارزان ﺗﺮ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻮاﭘﻴﻤﺎ‬

‫‪plane‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻫﻮاﭘﻴﻤﺎ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﮥ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﺮو‬

‫‪metro‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫آﻳﺎ ﺗﻬﺮان ﻣﺘﺮو دارد؟‬

‫‪bicycle‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎ دوﭼﺮﺧﻪ ﺳﺮ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻰ روم‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮر‬

‫‪motorcycle‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎ€ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻮﻃﻰ‬

‫‪can‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫اﻳﻦ ﻗﻮﻃﻰ را ﭼﻄﻮر ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻢ؟‬

‫درﺑﺎزﻛﻦ‬

‫‪can-opener‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫اﻳﻦ ﻗﻮﻃﻰ را ﺑﺎ در ﺑﺎز ﻛﻦ ﺑﺎز ﻛﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﮔﺎﻫﻰ‬

‫‪sometimes‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﮔﺎﻫﻰ اﺣﺴﺎس ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬ ‫اﺛﺎث‬ ‫اﺳﺒﺎب ﻛﺸﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻒ )ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ(‬ ‫ﺻﺪا‬

‫ﭼﺎﻗﻮ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎرد‬

‫ﺟﻠﺴﻪ )ﺟﻠﺴﺎت(‬ ‫ﭘﻼ€‬

‫دوﭼﺮﺧﻪ‬

‫‪furniture‬‬ ‫‪moving‬‬

‫?‪Are women and men equal‬‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬ ‫اﺧﻴﺮًا‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ‪ . . .‬ﻫﻢ ‪. . .‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﻮز‬ ‫ﺑﺎ وﺟﻮد اﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬ ‫‪lately; recently‬‬ ‫‪both. . . and‬‬ ‫‪still; yet‬‬ ‫‪nevertheless‬‬ ‫‪how‬‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 10‬‬

‫‪116‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫اﺧﻴﺮاً ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﺪه ام ﻛﻪ او ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻻﻏﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت رﺑﻄﻰ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻏﺬاى اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ دوﺳﺖ دارم ﻫﻢ ﻏﺬاى‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺪى‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻫﻨﻮز آن ﻓﻴﻠﻢ را ﻧﺪﻳﺪه ام‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت رﺑﻄﻰ‬

‫ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺧﺴﺘﻪ ام‪ .‬ﺑﺎ وﺟﻮد اﻳﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻫﻢ درس‬ ‫ﺑﺨﻮاﻧﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﭘﺮﺳﺸﻰ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﻰ اﺧﻼق ﺑﺪ او را ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻰ؟‬ ‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ اﺑﺮوﻳﺖ ﻗﺸﻨﮓ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪housewife‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫ﻣﺎدر ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ دار اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪taking care of‬‬ ‫‪children‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫ﺑﭽﻪ دارى ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﺣﻮﺻﻠﻪ زﻳﺎدى دارد‪.‬‬

‫‪housework‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫ﺧﺎﻧﻪ دارى ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪه ﺧﺎﻧﻤﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪way of thinking‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺗﻔﻜﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪issue; matter‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ازدواج اﻣﺮ ﻣﻬﻤﻰ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﺑﺪ ﺧﻮاﺑﻴﺪن ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻣﺘﺤﺎن اﻣﺮى ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫در اﻛﺜﺮ ﻛﺸﻮرﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﻣﺮد ﺳﺎﻻرى راﻳﺞ‬ ‫اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪to keep an eye on‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ از ﺑﭽﮥ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﺮاﻗﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؟‬

‫‪to vacuum; to‬‬ ‫‪sweep the floor‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻳﻦ اﺗﺎق را ﺟﺎرو ﻛﺮدم‪.‬‬

‫‪to dust‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺗﻮ ﮔﺮدﮔﻴﺮى ﻛﻦ و ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎرو ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻢ‪.‬‬

‫اﻧﺠﺎم دادن )ده(‬

‫;‪to carry out‬‬ ‫‪to perform‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫آﻳﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻳ ﻛﺎرى ﺑﺮاى ﻣﻦ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺪﻫﻴﺪ؟‬

‫ﭘﺮﺳﺘﻴﺪن )ﭘﺮﺳﺖ(‬

‫‪to adore; to‬‬ ‫‪worship‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﺪاوﻧﺪ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﻪ را ﻣﻰ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪to consider at fault‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫او ﻣﺮا ﻣﻘﺼﺮ ﻣﻰ داﻧﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪to make tired‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻛﺎرﻫﺎى ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺮا ﺧﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪to be born‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫در ﭼﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ دﻧﻴﺎ آﻣﺪى؟‬

‫‪to open‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎً در را ﺑﺎز ﻛﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﺎﻧﻪ دار‬ ‫ﺑﭽﻪ دارى‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻪ دارى‬ ‫ﺗﻔﻜﺮ‬ ‫اﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺮد ﺳﺎﻻرى‬ ‫ﻣﺮاﻗﺒﺖ ﻛﺮدن‬ ‫)ﻛﻦ(‬ ‫ﺟﺎرو ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬ ‫ﮔﺮدﮔﻴﺮى ﻛﺮدن‬ ‫)ﻛﻦ(‬

‫ﻣﻘﺼﺮ داﻧﺴﺘﻦ‬ ‫)دان(‬ ‫ﺧﺴﺘﻪ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬ ‫ﺑﻪ دﻧﻴﺎ آﻣﺪن )آ(‬ ‫ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪look; form; shape‬‬

‫‪natural‬‬ ‫‪patriarchy‬‬

‫‪117‬‬

‫درس دﻫﻢ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬

‫آﻳﺎ زن و ﻣﺮد ﺑﺮاﺑﺮﻧﺪ؟‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫ﺷﺴﺘﻦ )ﺷﻮ(‬

‫‪to wash‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻣﺎﻧﺪن )ﻣﺎن(‬

‫‪to stay‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻇﺮف ﻫﺎ را ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻳﻢ و ﺗﻮ آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺧﺸ‬ ‫ﻛﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد ﻳ روز دﻳﮕﺮ اﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻴﺪ؟‬

‫‪to be located‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫آراﻣﮕﺎه ﻓﺮدوﺳﻰ در ﺷﻬﺮ ﺗﻮس در ﻧﺰدﻳﻜﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﻗﺮار دارد‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺮار داﺷﺘﻦ )دار(‬

‫َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ‬

‫
‬

‫اﺳﺒﺎب ﻛﺸﻰ‬ ‫رﺿﺎ‪ :‬ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن را ﻛﺠﺎ ﺑﮕﺬارم؟‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﺑﻐﻞ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺰ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ را ﻛﺠﺎ ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻰ؟‬ ‫رﺿﺎ‪ :‬ﭘﺸﺖ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺧﻮاب‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪ :‬وﻟﻰ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﺑﮕﺬارى ﻛﻨﺎر ﺗﺨﺖ ﺧﻮاب‪.‬‬ ‫رﺿﺎ‪ :‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺧﻮب‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ را ﻛﺠﺎ ﺑﮕﺬارم؟‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪ :‬روى ﻣﻴﺰ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ آرﻳﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫رﺿﺎ‪ :‬زﻳﺮ ﻣﻴﺰ را ﺟﺎرو ﻛﺮدى؟‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻫﻢ زﻳﺮ ﻣﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻣﻴﺰ و ﻫﻢ ﺟﻠﻮ آﻧﺮا ﺟﺎرو ﻛﺮدم‪ .‬داﺧﻞ و ﺧﺎرج ﻣﻴﺰ را ﻫﻢ دﺳﺘﻤﺎل ﻛﺸﻴﺪم‪.‬‬ ‫رﺿﺎ‪ :‬آرﻳﻦ ﻛﺠﺎﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﺮون‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺑﭽﮥ ﻫﻤﺴﺎﻳﻪ دارد ﺑﺎزى ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫در‪ E‬ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻳﻢ و رﺿﺎ دارﻧﺪ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؟‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻛﺠﺎﻫﺎ را ﺟﺎرو ﻛﺮده اﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫آرﻳﻦ دارد ﭼﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ؟‬

‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‬ ‫آﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎرى ﻛﻪ اﺳﺒﺎب ﻛﺸﻰ ﻛﺮدﻳﺪ ﻛﻰ ﺑﻮد؟ ﻣﺸﻜﻼت اﺳﺒﺎب ﻛﺸﻰ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬

118

Lesson 10

䊏

Are women and men equal?

‫دﺳﺘﻮر‬ Prepositions

‫ﺣﺮف اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬

............................................................................................................................................................................................

In Persian, prepositions are of several types: time, place, direction, means and manner, instrument, and accompaniment. As in English, a noun is placed after a preposition. Time after three o’clock before winter in June1 in the summer in 1975 on time during the summer in two hours’ time for three hours Place in Canada at the table in class on Jordan Street at 20 Jahan Street between the table and the chair among my friends behind the door next to the tree from here to there 1

‫در‬Note that the preposition ‫ در‬is often omitted in such time phrases.

‫زﻣﺎن‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺳﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ از زﻣﺴﺘﺎن‬ ‫در ﻣﺎه ژوﺋن‬ ‫در ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎن‬ ١٩٧۵ ‫در ﺳﺎل‬ ‫ﺳﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬ ‫درﻃﻮل ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎن‬ ‫در ﻋﺮض دو ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺮاى ﺳﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎن‬ ‫در ﻛﺎﻧﺎدا‬ ‫ﺳﺮ ﻣﻴﺰ‬ ‫در ﻛﻼس‬ ‫در ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن ﺟﺮدن‬ ٢٠€‫ ﭘﻼ‬،‫در ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن ﺟﻬﺎن‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰ و ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺎن دوﺳﺘﺎﻧﻢ‬ ‫ﭘﺸﺖ در‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺎر درﺧﺖ‬ ‫از اﻳﻨﺠﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ آﻧﺠﺎ‬

‫آﻳﺎ زن و ﻣﺮد ﺑﺮاﺑﺮﻧﺪ؟‬

䊏

‫درس دﻫﻢ‬

119

‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪرﺳﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻮ ﻣﻐﺎزه‬ ‫روى دﻳﻮار‬

to school in front of the shop on the wall

‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬

Means and manner

‫ﺑﺎ اﺗﻮﺑﻮس‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪاى ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻟﻬﺠﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ دﻗﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺪون ﺷ‬ ‫از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ او‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻋﺠﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻰ ﺻﺪا‬

by bus in a loud voice with a Turkish accent carefully without a doubt through her in a hurry without a sound

‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬

Instrument

‫ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎرد‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ درﺑﺎزﻛﻦ‬

with a knife with a key with a can-opener

Accompaniment

‫ﻫﻤﺮاﻫﻰ‬

with my friend

‫ﺑﺎ دوﺳﺘﻢ‬

Note that some prepositions in Persian can also function as nouns, e.g.:

.‫آن ﻛﻨﺎر ﻳ ﻣﺮد اﻳﺴﺘﺎده اﺳﺖ‬ A man is standing over there.

.‫در اﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺪاﺣﺎﻓﻈﻰ ﻛﺮد و رﻓﺖ‬ In the meantime, he said goodbye and left.

120

Lesson 10

䊏

Are women and men equal?

.‫ﻣﺪادم اﻳﻦ زﻳﺮ اﻓﺘﺎده اﺳﺖ‬ My pencil has fallen under here.

‫ﺟﺎﻫﺎى ﺧﺎﻟﻰ در ﺟﻤﻼت زﻳﺮ را ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮف اﺿﺎﻓﮥ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ .‫ اﻳﻦ اﺗﺎق ﺟﻠﺴﻪ دارﻳﻢ‬. . . . . . . . . ‫ﻣﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻫﺸﺖ‬ .‫ ﻋﺠﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﺮون رﻓﺖ‬. . . . . . . . . ‫وﻗﺘﻰ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ زﻧﮓ زد او‬ .‫ داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﻣﻰ آﻳﻨﺪ‬. . . . . . . . . ‫ اﺗﻮﺑﻮس‬. . . . . . . . . ‫اﻛﺜﺮ داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﺎن‬ .‫ دﻧﻴﺎ آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ‬. . . . . . . . . ‫ ﻣﺎه اﻛﺘﺒﺮ‬. . . . . . . . . ‫آرﻳﻦ‬ .‫ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن زﻋﻔﺮاﻧﻴﻪ اﺳﺖ‬. . . . . . . . . ‫ﺧﺎﻧﮥ ﻣﺎ‬ .‫ زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬٨ €‫ ﭘﻼ‬،‫ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن ﮔﺎﻧﺪى‬. . . . . . . . . ‫آﻧﻬﺎ‬ .‫ اﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻗﺮار دارﻳﻢ‬. . . . . . . . . ۵ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬ .‫ ﻛﺮﻳﺴﻤﺲ ﻣﺪرﺳﻪ ﻫﺎ دو ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻨﺪ‬. . . . . . . . . .‫ ﺷﻤﺎ آﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪم‬. . . . . . . . . ‫ او‬. . . . . . . . . ‫ﻣﻦ‬ .‫ ﻋﺸﻖ زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﺑﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﺳﺖ‬. . . . . . . . .

Reflexive and emphatic pronouns

‫ﺿﻤﺎﻳﺮ اﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﻰ و ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪى‬

Persian has reflexive and emphatic pronouns, which are identical in terms of form. The reflexive pronoun acts as the object of the sentence, and it refers to the same entity as the subject. Look at these examples: I saw myself in the mirror.

.‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮدم را در آﻳﻴﻨﻪ دﻳﺪم‬

He likes himself.

.‫او ﺧﻮدش را دوﺳﺖ دارد‬

You know yourself better.

.‫ﺗﻮ ﺧﻮدت را ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻰ‬

The emphatic pronoun is used to emphasize the subject and is placed immediately after the subject, e.g.: I wrote my homework myself. You said it yourself.

.‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮدم ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻔﻢ را ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻢ‬ .‫ﺗﻮ ﺧﻮدت ﮔﻔﺘﻰ‬

Note that in Persian the subjective pronoun (‫ ﻣﻦ‬،‫ ﺗﻮ‬،‫ )او‬is frequently dropped in these sentences.

‫‪121‬‬

‫درس دﻫﻢ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫آﻳﺎ زن و ﻣﺮد ﺑﺮاﺑﺮﻧﺪ؟‬

‫ﺟﺎﻫﺎى ﺧﺎﻟﻰ را ﺑﺎ ﺿﻤﻴﺮ اﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﻰ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪى ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬ﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻴﺪ ﺑﺮوﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻢ را ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫او‪ . . . . . . . . .‬را ﻣﻰ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺪر و ﻣﺎدرم ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬را ﻣﻘﺼﺮ ﻣﻰ داﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬را ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺧﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬

‫
‬

‫ﺗﻔﻜﺮ ﺳﻨﺘﻰ‬ ‫در اﻳﺮان ﺧﻴﻠﻰ از ﺧﺎﻧﻮاده ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﻨﺘﻰ زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﺮد ﺳﺮ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻰ رود و زن در ﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ و ﺧﺎﻧﻪ دارى و ﺑﭽﻪ دارى ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬اﺧﻴﺮًا ﺧﻴﻠﻰ از زن و ﺷﻮﻫﺮﻫﺎى ﺟﻮان ﻛﺎرﻫﺎى ﺧﺎﻧﻪ را ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﻮدﺷﺎن ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ زﻳﺮا ﻫﻢ ﻣﺮد و ﻫﻢ زن ﺧﺎرج از ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ وﺟﻮد ﺗﻔﻜﺮ اﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺮدم‬ ‫ﻫﻨﻮز ﺳﻨﺘﻰ اﺳﺖ و ﻣﺮد ﺳﺎﻻرى را اﻣﺮى ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻣﻰ داﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫در‪ E‬ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫در اﻳﺮان ﻣﻌﻤﻮًﻻ ﺧﺎﻧﻮاده ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺷﻜﻠﻰ زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؟‬ ‫اﻏﻠﺐ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻰ از ﺑﭽﻪ ﻣﺮاﻗﺒﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ؟‬ ‫ﭼﺮا ﺧﻴﻠﻰ از زن و ﺷﻮﻫﺮﻫﺎى ﺟﻮان دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﻨﺘﻰ زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؟‬ ‫ﻣﺮدﺳﺎﻻرى ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﭼﻪ؟‬

‫ﺟﺎﻫﺎى ﺧﺎﻟﻰ را ﺑﺎ زﻣﺎن ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫او ﭼﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻰ زﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﻮز ﻛﺎرﻫﺎﻳﻢ را ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬اﻧﺠﺎم دادن(‪.‬‬ ‫وﻗﺘﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻬﻤﺎﻧﻰ رﺳﻴﺪم ﻫﻤﮥ ﻣﻬﻤﺎن ﻫﺎ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬آﻣﺪن(‪.‬‬ ‫وﻗﺘﻰ ﭘﺪرم آﻣﺪ ﻣﺎ داﺷﺘﻴﻢ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﭼﺎﻧﻪ زدن(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ روى ﻗﻔﻞ ﻧﺒﻮد‪ .‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮادرم آن را روى ﻣﻴﺰ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ‪ . . . . . . . . .‬ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻫﻢ ﻧﺎن ﺑﮕﻴﺮم )رﻓﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎدرم ﻓﺮدا ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ‪) . . . . . . . . . . .‬زﻧﮓ زدن(‪.‬‬

‫?‪Are women and men equal‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 10‬‬

‫‪122‬‬

‫ﺳﺎرا دارد اﺗﺎق را ‪) . . . . . . . . . .‬ﺟﺎرو ﻛﺮدن(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻄﻔًﺎ از ﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺧﻮب ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﻣﺮاﻗﺒﺖ ﻛﺮدن(‪.‬‬ ‫او درﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺒﻮد‪ .‬اﺣﺘﻤﺎل دارد ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ‪). . . . . . . . . .‬رﻓﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻏﺬاﻳﻢ را ‪ . . . . . . . . . . .‬ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻔﻢ را اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻰ دﻫﻢ )ﺧﻮردن(‪.‬‬ ‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ دﻳﺸﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎدر ﺑﺰرگ ‪) . . . . . . . . . .‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻛﺮدن(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ او را ‪) . . . . . . . . . . .‬ﻣﻘﺼﺮ داﻧﺴﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﻤﻼت زﻳﺮ را ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫‪I eat my lunch with a spoon and fork.‬‬ ‫‪I saw her myself at the cinema last night.‬‬ ‫‪Next to the table there is a chair, and on the table there is a lamp.‬‬ ‫‪I got to know Moluk through Maryam.‬‬ ‫‪They don’t want to go to school by car.‬‬ ‫‪I made the coffee myself.‬‬ ‫‪We were all sitting at the table when Golnaz arrived.‬‬ ‫‪They were standing in front of the shop looking at the shoes.‬‬ ‫!‪Without a doubt this is the best kebab I have ever eaten‬‬

‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟‬

‫‪1.‬‬ ‫‪2.‬‬ ‫‪3.‬‬ ‫‪4.‬‬ ‫‪5.‬‬ ‫‪6.‬‬ ‫‪7.‬‬ ‫‪8.‬‬ ‫‪9.‬‬

‫
‬

‫در ﻛﻼس‬ ‫رﻋﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺳﻼم ﻛﺎﻣﺮان‪ .‬درس ﺧﻮﻧﺪى؟‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻣﺮان‪ :‬ﻧﻪ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ‪ .‬ﺗﻮ ﭼﻰ؟‬ ‫ﻼ!‬ ‫رﻋﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ اﺳﻼﻣﻮ ﻳﻪ ﻧﻴﮕﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﺮدم وﻟﻰ ادﺑﻴﺎﺗﻮ اﺻ ً‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻣﺮان‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻻى ﻫﻴﭻ ﻛﺪوﻣﺸﻮ ﺑﺎز ﻧﻜﺮدم‪.‬‬ ‫رﻋﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﻰ ﺧﺎى ﻳﻪ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ از ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ اﺳﻼﻣﻮ ﺑﻬﺖ ﺑﮕﻢ؟‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻣﺮان‪ :‬آره! دﻣﺖ ﮔﺮم!‬

‫اﻳﻦ َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ را ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫درس دادن ‪ -‬درس ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن ‪ -‬اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ‪ -‬اﻣﺘﺤﺎن دادن ‪ -‬اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﻣﻴﺎن ﺗﺮم ‪ -‬اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﺗﺮم ‪-‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻠﺐ ﻛﺮدن ‪ -‬ﺳﺨﻨﺮاﻧﻰ ﻛﺮدن ‪ -‬اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﺷﻔﺎﻫﻰ ‪ -‬اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﻛﺘﺒﻰ‬

‫درس دﻫﻢ‬

‫‪123‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻰ‬

‫آﻳﺎ زن و ﻣﺮد ﺑﺮاﺑﺮﻧﺪ؟‬

‫ﻋﺎﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫‪literary‬‬

‫درس ﺧﻮاﻧﺪه اى‬

‫درس ﺧﻮﻧﺪى‬

‫ﺗﻮ ﭼﻄﻮر؟‬

‫ﺗﻮ ﭼﻰ؟‬

‫ﻧﮕﺎﻫﻰ‬

‫ﻧﻴﮕﺎﻳﻰ‬

‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ اﺳﻼم را‬

‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ اﺳﻼﻣﻮ‬

‫ادﺑﻴﺎت را‬

‫ادﺑﻴﺎﺗﻮ‬

‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﻛﺪاﻣﺶ را‬

‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﻛﺪوﻣﺸﻮ‬

‫ﻳ‬

‫ﻳﻪ‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻫﻰ‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺧﺎى‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ‬

‫ﺑﻬﺖ‬

‫ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻢ‬

‫ﺑﮕﻢ‬

‫ﺑﻠﻪ‬

‫آره‬

‫‪colloquial‬‬

‫درس ﻳﺎزدﻫﻢ‬ ‫‪.......................................................................‬‬

‫ﺗﺨﺖ ﺟﻤﺸﻴﺪ ﻛﺠﺎﺳﺖ؟‬

‫‪Lesson‬‬ ‫‪Eleven‬‬

‫ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻰ از ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﮥ ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺘﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺟﻤﺸﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺨﺖ ﺟﻤﺸﻴﺪ ﺣﺪوداً ﭘﺎﻧﺼﺪ ﺳﺎل ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻣﻴﻼد ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺎدﺷﺎﻫﺎن ﻫﺨﺎﻣﻨﺸﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮاى ﻛﺴﺐ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ در ﻣﻮرد ﺗﺨﺖ ﺟﻤﺸﻴﺪ و دور ﻫﺨﺎﻣﻨﺸﻰ در اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫?‪Where is Persepolis‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 11‬‬

‫‪126‬‬

‫ﺗﺨﺖ ﺟﻤﺸﻴﺪ ﻛﺠﺎﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫‪.......................................................................‬‬

‫?‪Where is Persepolis‬‬

‫درس ﻳﺎزدﻫﻢ‪ :‬ﺗﺨﺖ ﺟﻤﺸﻴﺪ ﻛﺠﺎﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ‪ :‬ﺧﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫دﺳﺘﻮر‪ :‬ﻋﺒﺎرت وﺻﻔﻰ‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‪ :‬ﻣﺮاﻛﺰ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﮕﺮدى‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ در ﭘﺴﺘﺨﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫واژ َ َﻛﺎن‬ ‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬ ‫ﺷﻠﻮار‬

‫
‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫‪trousers‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﭼﻪ ﺷﻠﻮار ﻗﺸﻨﮕﻰ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪى!‬

‫‪jeans‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪ ،‬اﻳﻦ ﺷﻠﻮار ﺟﻴﻦ ﭼﻨﺪ اﺳﺖ؟‬

‫وﻳﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬

‫‪shop window‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎ ً آن ﻛﻔﺶ ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺳﻔﻴﺪى را ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﺸﺖ وﻳﺘﺮﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﺎورﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫اﻧﺪازه‬

‫‪size‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫اﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺶ اﻧﺪازه ﻣﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪ‬

‫‪shopping‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﻫﺎ ا^ﺜﺮاً از ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻟﺬت ﻣﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺪام‬

‫‪which‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﭘﺮﺳﺸﻰ‬

‫ﻛﺪام را ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻫﻰ؟ آﻳﺎ اﻳﻦ را ﺑﻴﺎورم؟‬

‫ﭘﺮ رﻧﮓ‬

‫‪dark-coloured‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫روﺳﺮى ﻣﻦ از روﺳﺮى ﺗﻮ ﭘﺮرﻧﮓ ﺗﺮ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻢ رﻧﮓ‬

‫‪light-coloured‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﭼﺸﻤﺎن او ﻗﻬﻮه اى ﻛﻢ رﻧﮓ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫وﻃﻦ‬

‫‪home country‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫وﻃﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻫﻮش ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫اوﻟﻴﻦ اﺧﺘﺮاع ﺑﺸﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻮد؟‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت رﺑﻄﻰ‬

‫اﻳﺮان ﺑﻨﺎﻫﺎى ﺗﺎرﻳﺨﻰ ﺑﺴﻴﺎرى دارد‪ .‬ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ‬ ‫دﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﮕﺮدان اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻠﻮارﺟﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻫﻮش‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ دﻟﻴﻞ‬

‫‪clever‬‬ ‫‪humankind‬‬ ‫‪that’s why‬‬

‫درس ﻳﺎزدﻫﻢ‬

‫‪127‬‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ﺗﺨﺖ ﺟﻤﺸﻴﺪ ﻛﺠﺎﺳﺖ؟‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ‬

‫;‪every year‬‬ ‫‪yearly‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻫﺮﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﻫﺰاران ﻧﻔﺮ ﺑﺮاى ﺣﺞ ﺑﻪ ﻣ‪B‬ﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ روﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﺮاﺳﺮ دﻧﻴﺎ‬

‫‪all over the‬‬ ‫‪world‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺳﻤﻰ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺄﺳﻔﺎﻧﻪ اﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﻤﺎرى در ﺳﺮاﺳﺮ دﻧﻴﺎ ﺷﺎﻳﻊ‬ ‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪historical‬‬ ‫‪buildings‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺳﻤﻰ‬

‫ﺑﻨﺎﻫﺎى ﺗﺎرﻳﺨﻰ ﺑﺴﻴﺎرى در ﺷﻴﺮاز و‬ ‫اﻃﺮاف آن ﻗﺮار دارﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺒﺮه )ﻣﻘﺎﺑﺮ(‬

‫‪tomb‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺒﺮ ﺳﻌﺪى در ﺷﻴﺮاز ﻗﺮار دارد‪.‬‬

‫آراﻣﮕﺎه‬

‫‪tomb‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫آراﻣﮕﺎه ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ ﻋﺮﻳﺎن در ﻫﻤﺪان اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪poet‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻳ‪B‬ﻰ از ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺎﻋﺮان اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪sights‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺧﻴﻠﻰ از ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎى اﻳﺮان دﻳﺪﻧﻰ ﻫﺎى ﺟﺎﻟﺒﻰ‬ ‫دارﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫وﻳﮋه‬

‫‪special‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺖ وﻳﮋ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬

‫ﻣﺜﻞ‬

‫‪like‬‬

‫ﺣﺮف اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬

‫اﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﻰ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ دﻳﺸﺐ دﻳﺪم‪.‬‬

‫ﻏﺎر‬

‫‪cave‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻏﺎر ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺪر در ﻧﺰدﻳ‪B‬ﻰ ﻫﻤﺪان اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ¡ﻻﺧﺮه زﻣﺴﺘﺎن ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷﺪ و ﺑﻬﺎر ﻓﺮا رﺳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺮف اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬

‫آرزوى ﻣﻦ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ روزى دور دﻧﻴﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت ﺗﻌﺠﺒﻰ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎء اﻟﻠﻪ! ﭼﻪ ﺧﻮﺷﮕﻞ ﺷﺪى!‬

‫ﻣﺘﺄﻫﻞ‬

‫‪married‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫آﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺘﺄﻫﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ؟‬

‫ﻣﺠﺮد‬

‫‪single‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﺮد ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻄﻮر؟‬

‫ﻣﻴﻤﻮن‬

‫‪monkey‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫آﻳﺎ درﺳﺖ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ اﺟﺪاد اﻧﺴﺎن اوﻟﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻤﻮن ﺑﻮده اﻧﺪ؟‬

‫ﻧﺸﺎن دادن )ده(‬

‫‪to show‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﻛﺎرت ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻰ ﺗﺎن را ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫آوردن )آور(‬

‫‪to bring‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﺘﺎن را ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻬﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻧﻴﺎورﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻰ آﻣﺪن )آ(‬

‫‪to suit someone‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫اﻳﻦ رﻧﮓ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻰ آﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺠﺐ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to be surprised‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫از رﻓﺘﺎر او ﺗﻌﺠﺐ ﻛﺮدم‪.‬‬

‫‪to be upset‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫اﻣﻴﺪوارم از ﺣﺮف ﻫﺎﻳﻢ ﻧﺎراﺣﺖ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪to shop‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻦ روزﻫﺎى ﺟﻤﻌﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪن )ﺧﺮ(‬

‫‪to buy‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺳﺮ راﻫﺖ ﻛﻤﻰ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻨﻰ ﺑﺨﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺮوﺧﺘﻦ )ﻓﺮوش(‬

‫‪to sell‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﺑﺎ¡ﻻﺧﺮه ﺗﻮاﻧﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻢ را ﺑﻔﺮوﺷﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻨﺎﻫﺎى ﺗﺎرﻳﺨﻰ‬

‫ﺷﺎﻋﺮ )ﺷﻌﺮا(‬ ‫دﻳﺪﻧﻰ ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻷﺧﺮه‬ ‫دور‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﺎء اﻟﻠﻪ !‬

‫ﻧﺎراﺣﺖ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ(‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪finally‬‬ ‫‪around‬‬ ‫‪Wow! (lit.‬‬ ‫)!‪What God wills‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫?‪Where is Persepolis‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 11‬‬

‫‪128‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎدن )ﻓﺮﺳﺖ(‬

‫‪to send‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫دارا ﺑﻮدن )ﺑﺎش(‬ ‫ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪن )ﭘﻮش(‬ ‫ﻓﺮاﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to have‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫‪to remember‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻫﻔﺘﮥ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻳ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺮاﻳﺖ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎدم‪ .‬آﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫دﺳﺘﺖ رﺳﻴﺪ؟‬ ‫اﻳﺮان داراى ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺑﺴﻴﺎرى اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻼﻫﺖ را ﺑﭙﻮش‪ .‬ﻫﻮا ﺳﺮد اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺧﺎﻃﺮات ﺧﻮب را ﺧﻴﻠﻰ زود ﻓﺮاﻣﻮش ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﻮز آن روزﻫﺎ را ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎد دارم‪.‬‬

‫‪to stop; to stand‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﺮاغ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻦ )ﻧﺸﻴﻦ(‬

‫‪to sit‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﻢ ﻛﻨﺎر ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻨﺸﻴﻨﻢ؟‬

‫ﺗﺮ€ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to leave; to‬‬ ‫‪abandon‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫او ﻣﺮا در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺑﺪى ﺗﺮ€ ﻛﺮد‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺎد ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ )ﮔﻴﺮ(‬

‫‪to learn‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﭘﺴﺮم ﻳﺎد ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮﻫﺎ‬ ‫اﺣﺘﺮام ﺑﮕﺬارد‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺎد دادن )ده(‬

‫‪to teach‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫‪to imitate‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫‪to pass‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ دوﭼﺮﺧﻪ ﺳﻮارى ﻳﺎد‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻫﻴﺪ؟‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻤﻮن ﻫﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺧﻮب از آدم ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ در ﻛﻨ‪B‬ﻮر ﻗﺒﻮل ﺷﺪم‪.‬‬

‫‪to fail‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫او در اﻣﺘﺤﺎن راﻧﻨﺪﮔﻰ رد ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎد داﺷﺘﻦ )دار(‬ ‫اﻳﺴﺘﺎدن )اﻳﺴﺖ(‬

‫ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻮل ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ(‬ ‫در‬ ‫رد ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ( )در(‬

‫َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ‬

‫‪to wear‬‬ ‫‪to forget‬‬

‫
‬

‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‪ :‬ﻟﻄﻔًﺎ آن ﺷﻠﻮار ﺟﻴﻨﻰ را ﻛﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ وﻳﺘﺮﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺸﺎن ﺑﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه‪ :‬ﻛﺪام را؟ آﺑﻰ ﭘﺮرﻧﮓ را ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ آﺑﻰ ﻛﻢ رﻧﮓ را؟‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‪ :‬ﻟﻄﻔًﺎ آﺑﻰ ﭘﺮرﻧﮓ را ﺑﻴﺎورﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺰى ﻣﻰ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪ؟‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‪ :‬ﺳﺎﻳﺰ‪.۴٠‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺷﺎء اﻟﻠﻪ! ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻤﻰ آﻳﺪ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﺗﺎن ‪ ۴٠‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ! ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻻﻏﺮﺗﺮ ﻣﻰ آﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‪ :‬ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﻤﻨﻮن!‬

‫‪129‬‬

‫درس ﻳﺎزدﻫﻢ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ﺗﺨﺖ ﺟﻤﺸﻴﺪ ﻛﺠﺎﺳﺖ؟‬

‫در‪ E‬ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﻛﺪام ﺷﻠﻮار ﺟﻴﻦ را ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﺪ؟‬ ‫ﭼﺮا ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺗﻌﺠﺐ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ؟‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰى ﺧﺮﻳﺪار را ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎل ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ؟‬ ‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه در ﻣﻮرِد ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﭼﻪ ﻓ‪B‬ﺮى ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ؟‬

‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻳ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮى ﺧﺮﻳﺪ وﻟﻰ درﻣﻮرد ﺧﻮدﺗﺎن‪ .‬ﺗﺼﻮر ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ در ﻳ ﻛﻔﺶ ﻓﺮوﺷﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ‬ ‫و ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﻳ ﺟﻔﺖ ﻛﻔﺶ ﺑﺨﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫دﺳﺘﻮر‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎرت وﺻﻔﻰ‬

‫‪Relative clauses‬‬

‫‪............................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪A relative clause is used to modify a noun in a sentence. This noun can either be the‬‬ ‫‪ is added to the noun that is being modified,‬ى ‪subject or object. The relative marker‬‬ ‫‪ is inserted between‬را ‪. If the modified noun is a direct object,‬ﻛﻪ ‪which is then followed by‬‬ ‫‪ , e.g.:‬ﻛﻪ ‪the noun and‬‬

‫ﻣﺮدى ﻛﻪ آﻧﺠﺎ اﻳﺴﺘﺎده اﺳﺖ ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪The man who is standing over there is studying Persian.‬‬

‫ﻣﺮدى را ﻛﻪ آﻧﺠﺎ اﻳﺴﺘﺎده اﺳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪I know the man who is standing there.‬‬

‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ دادى ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪The book that you gave me is excellent.‬‬

‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻰ را ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ دادى ﺧﻴﻠﻰ دوﺳﺖ دارم‪.‬‬

‫‪I like the book you gave me very much.‬‬

‫ﺧﺎﻧﻪ اى را ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﺳﺎل در آن زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻛﺮده ﺑﻮدﻳﻢ ﺗﺮ€ ﻛﺮدﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪We left the house in which we had lived for 20 years.‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﺠﺪى ﻛﻪ روﺑﺮوى ﺧﺎﻧﮥ ﻣﺎﺳﺖ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪The mosque, which is opposite our house, is very old.‬‬

‫?‪Where is Persepolis‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 11‬‬

‫‪130‬‬

‫ﺟﻤﻼت زﻳﺮ را ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫?‪Do you know the lady who is wearing black jeans‬‬

‫‪1.‬‬

‫‪I haven’t yet read the letter you sent me.‬‬

‫‪2.‬‬

‫‪The bird which is singing is very pretty.‬‬

‫‪3.‬‬

‫‪The man who was here yesterday will return today.‬‬

‫‪4.‬‬

‫‪I gave the book that I bought yesterday to my friend.‬‬

‫‪5.‬‬

‫ﺟﻤﻼت زﻳﺮ را ﺑﺎ »ﻛﻪ« ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ رﺑﻂ دﻫﻴﺪ‬ ‫آن ﺑﭽﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﻣﻴ‪B‬ﻨﺪ‪ .‬آن ﺑﭽﻪ ﮔﺮﺳﻨﻪ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻮان داﻧﺸﺠﻮى داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﺗﻬﺮان اﺳﺖ‪ .‬او ﭼﻨﺪ زﺑﺎن ﻣﻰ داﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻏﺬاى ﺧﻮﺷﻤﺰه اى دﻳﺸﺐ ﺧﻮردﻳﻢ‪ .‬آن را ﺑﭙﺰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻬﺮان ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺷﻠﻮغ اﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﻬﺮان ﭘﺎﻳﺘﺨﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬

‫
‬

‫ﻣﺮاﻛﺰ ﺟﻬﺎﻧ َ َﻜﺮدى‬ ‫اﻳﺮان داراى ﻳ‪B‬ﻰ از ﻛﻬﻦ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻤﺪن ﻫﺎ اﺳﺖ و ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ دﻟﻴﻞ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎرى از ﺳﺮاﺳﺮ ﺟﻬﺎن ﺑﻪ‬ ‫اﻳﺮان ﻣﻰ آﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﻫﺎى ﺗﺎرﻳﺨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﺑﺮ ﺷﻌﺮا و دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺮاﻛﺰ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﮕﺮدى را از ﻧﺰدﻳ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻳ از‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎى اﻳﺮان دﻳﺪﻧﻰ ﻫﺎى وﻳﮋه اى دارد‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ آراﻣﮕﺎه ﻓﺮدوﺳﻰ ﻛﻪ در ﺷﻬﺮ ﻃﻮس ﺧﺮاﺳﺎن اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ارگ ﺑﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ دراﺳﺘﺎن ﻛﺮﻣﺎن اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻏﺎرﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺪر ﻛﻪ ﻧﺰدﻳ ﻫﻤﺪان اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻮن ﻛﻪ ﻧﺰدﻳ ﻛﺮﻣﺎﻧﺸﺎه اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﻰ‬ ‫و ﺳﻪ ﭘﻞ ﻛﻪ در اﺻﻔﻬﺎن اﺳﺖ و ﺗﺨﺖ ﺟﻤﺸﻴﺪ‪ ،‬آراﻣﮕﺎه ﺣﺎﻓﻆ و ﻣﻘﺒﺮ ﺳﻌﺪى ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ دراﺳﺘﺎن ﻓﺎرس‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫در‪ E‬ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﭼﺮا ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﺪه اى از اﻳﺮان دﻳﺪن ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؟‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺎى ﺗﺎرﻳﺨﻰ در اﻳﺮان را ﻧﺎم ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻏﺎر ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺪر ﻛﺠﺎﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺎن ﻓﺎرس ﭼﻪ دﻳﺪﻧﻰ ﻫﺎﻳﻰ دارد ؟‬

‫‪131‬‬

‫درس ﻳﺎزدﻫﻢ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ﺗﺨﺖ ﺟﻤﺸﻴﺪ ﻛﺠﺎﺳﺖ؟‬

‫ﺟﻤﻼت زﻳﺮ را ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ آﻗﺎﻳﻰ را ﻛﻪ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫آن ﺧﺎﻧﻤﻰ ﻛﻪ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﻪ اى را ﻛﻪ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ اى را ﻛﻪ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﺎن اﺳﺘﺎدى را ﻛﻪ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮى ﻛﻪ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬

‫ﺟﻤﻼت زﻳﺮ را ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫‪Come sit here. I want to show you this film which is about the poets of Iran.‬‬

‫‪1.‬‬

‫‪The trousers you bought for yourself last week suit you.‬‬

‫‪2.‬‬

‫‪I was surprised by the things you told me.‬‬

‫‪3.‬‬

‫‪We learned most of the grammatical points that our professor taught us.‬‬

‫‪4.‬‬

‫‪The letter that they sent to me upset me.‬‬

‫‪5.‬‬

‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟‬

‫
‬

‫در ﭘﺴﺘﺨﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﺮوﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﺳﻼم ﺟﻨﺎب‪ .‬ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻢ اﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ رو ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎدا ﺑﻔﺮﺳﺘﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎرﻣﻨﺪ ﭘﺴﺘﺨﺎﻧﻪ‪ :‬ﺗﻮش ﭼﻴﻪ؟ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ؟‬ ‫ﺳﺮوﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ ﺳﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‪ .‬واﺳﻪ ﭘﺴﺮﻋﻤﻮم دارم ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎرﻣﻨﺪ ﭘﺴﺘﺨﺎﻧﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﻰ ﺧﺎﻳﻦ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻫﻮاﻳﻰ ﺑﻔﺮﺳﺘﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ زﻣﻴﻨﻰ؟‬ ‫ﺳﺮوﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﻛﺪوﻣﺶ ارزوﻧﺘﺮه؟‬ ‫ﻛﺎرﻣﻨﺪ ﭘﺴﺘﺨﺎﻧﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ! زﻣﻴﻨﻰ دﻳﮕﻪ!‬ ‫ﺳﺮوﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺪ روزه ﻣﻰ رﺳﻪ؟‬ ‫ﻛﺎرﻣﻨﺪ ﭘﺴﺘﺨﺎﻧﻪ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺪ روز ﻧﻪ! ﭼﻨﺪ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ! ﻳﻪ ﺳﻪ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ اى ﻃﻮل ﻣﻰ ﻛﺸﻪ‪.‬‬

‫?‪Where is Persepolis‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 11‬‬

‫اﻳﻦ َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ را ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺒﺮ‪ -‬ﭘﺎﻛﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‪ -‬ﺻﻨﺪوق ﭘﺴﺘﻰ‪ -‬ﭘﺴﺖ ﺳﻔﺎرﺷﻰ‪ -‬ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه‪ -‬ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻰ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫‪literary‬‬

‫در آن‬

‫ﺗﻮش‬

‫ﻋﻤﻮﻳﻢ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻮم‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺧﺎﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺑﻔﺮﺳﺘﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺑﻔﺮﺳﺘﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻛﺪاﻣﺶ‬

‫ﻛﺪوﻣﺶ‬

‫را‬

‫رو‬

‫ارزاﻧﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬

‫ارزوﻧﺘﺮه‬

‫دﻳﮕﺮ‬

‫دﻳﮕﻪ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮم اﺳﺖ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻪ‬

‫ﭼﻴﺴﺖ‬

‫ﭼﻴﻪ‬

‫ﺑﺮاى‬

‫واﺳﻪ‬

‫ﻛﺘﺎب اﺳﺖ‬

‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‬

‫ﻣﻰ رﺳﺪ‬

‫ﻣﻰ رﺳﻪ‬

‫ﻳ‬

‫ﻳﻪ‬

‫ﻃﻮل ﻣﻰ ﻛﺸﺪ‬

‫ﻃﻮل ﻣﻰ ﻛﺸﻪ‬

‫‪colloquial‬‬

‫‪132‬‬

‫درس دوازدﻫﻢ‬ ‫‪.......................................................................‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﭘﺎپ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﺘﻰ؟‬

‫‪Lesson‬‬ ‫‪Twelve‬‬

‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻋﺪد ﺳﻰ دى ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺳﻨﺘﻰ اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ‪ .‬اﺳﺘﺎد ﻣﺤﻤﺪرﺿﺎ ﺷﺠﺮﻳﺎن و اﺳﺘﺎد ﺷﻬﺮام ﻧﺎﻇﺮى از ﻣﻌﺮوﻓﺘﺮﻳﻦ و ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎن ﺳﻨﺘﻰ ﻛﺸﻮر ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮاى ﻛﺴﺐ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ در ﻣﻮرد ﻣﺤﻤﺪرﺿﺎ ﺷﺠﺮﻳﺎن و ﺷﻬﺮام ﻧﺎﻇﺮى در اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫?‪Is pop music better or traditional music‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 12‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﭘﺎپ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﺘﻰ؟‬ ‫‪.......................................................................‬‬

‫?‪Is pop music better or traditional music‬‬

‫درس دوازدﻫﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﭘﺎپ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﺘﻰ؟‬ ‫َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ‪ :‬ﺧﻮاﻧﻨﺪه ﻣﻮرد ﻋﻼﻗﻪ‬ ‫دﺳﺘﻮر‪ :‬ﻋﺒﺎرت ﻗﻴﺪى‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎرت ﻏﻴﺮ ﺷﺨﺼﻰ‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‪ :‬آﻣﻮزش و ﭘﺮورش‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ در ﻣﻄﺐ د^ﺘﺮ‬

‫
‬

‫واژ َ َﻛﺎن‬ ‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬

‫اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﺳﺮاﺳﺮى‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺳﻤﻰ‬

‫او ﺑﺮاى اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﺳﺮاﺳﺮى ﺧﻴﻠﻰ درس‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫اﻣﺸﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻨﺴﺮت ﺷﺠﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﻰ آﻳﻰ؟‬

‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﭘﺎپ‬

‫‪pop music‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺳﻤﻰ‬

‫ﻣﻦ از ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﭘﺎپ ﺧﻮﺷﻢ ﻧﻤﻰ آﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺳﻨﺘﻰ‬

‫‪traditional‬‬ ‫‪music‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺳﻤﻰ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﺷﻖ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺳﻨﺘﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺧﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻮرد ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ات ﻛﻴﺴﺖ؟‬

‫ﻣﻮرد ﻋﻼﻗﻪ‬

‫‪favourite‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫رﻧﮓ ﻣﻮرد ﻋﻼﻗﮥ ﻣﻦ آﺑﻰ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫دﻓﻌﮥ ﺑﻌﺪ‬

‫‪next time‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت ﻗﻴﺪى‬

‫دﻓﻌﮥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻰ آﻳﻰ ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﻛﺘﺎب ﻣﺮا ﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎور‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ )ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ(‬

‫‪result‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﮥ اﻣﺘﺤﺎﻧﺖ ﭼﻪ ﺷﺪ؟‬

‫ﺧﻨﺪه دار‬

‫‪funny‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﺑﮕﺬار ﻳ داﺳﺘﺎن ﺧﻨﺪه دار ﺑﺮاﻳﺖ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺳﻤﻰ‬

‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ آﻣﻮزﺷﻰ اﻳﺮان ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬ ‫آﻣﻮزﺷﻰ ﻓﺮاﻧﺴﻪ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻨﺴﺮت‬

‫ﺧﻮاﻧﻨﺪه‬

‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ آﻣﻮزﺷﻰ‬

‫‪nationwide‬‬ ‫‪examination‬‬ ‫‪concert‬‬

‫‪singer; reader‬‬

‫‪educational‬‬ ‫‪system‬‬

‫‪134‬‬

‫درس دوازدﻫﻢ‬

‫‪135‬‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﭘﺎپ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﺘﻲ؟‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫ﻣﻨﻈﻢ‬

‫;‪orderly‬‬ ‫‪organized‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫داﻧﺶ آﻣﻮزان ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻨﻈﻢ در ﺻﻒ اﻳﺴﺘﺎدﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﺶ دﺑﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬

‫‪pre-school‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫دﺧﺘﺮم ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ دﺑﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﻰ رود‪.‬‬

‫‪primary school‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫دﺑﺴﺘﺎن در اﻳﺮان ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎل اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻰ‬

‫‪junior high‬‬ ‫‪school‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ دﺑﺴﺘﺎن و دﺑﻴﺮﺳﺘﺎن اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫دﺑﻴﺮﺳﺘﺎن‬

‫‪high school‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫داﻧﺶ آﻣﻮزان دﺑﻴﺮﺳﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺧﻮد را ﺑﺮاى‬ ‫ﻛﻨ‪B‬ﻮر آﻣﺎده ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫ﺑﺮاى ورود ﺑﻪ داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳ ﺳﺎل‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ داﻧﺸﮕﺎﻫﻰ ﺑﺨﻮاﻧﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻦ )ﺳﻨﻴﻦ(‬

‫‪age‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻫﻴﭻ وﻗﺖ از ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺳﻨﺸﺎن را ﺳﺆال ﻧ‪B‬ﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎن‬

‫‪end‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫در ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﻧﺎﻣﻪ اﺳﻢ ﺧﻮدت را ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺲ و‬ ‫اﻣﻀﺎء ﻛﻦ‪.‬‬

‫دﻳﭙﻠﻢ‬

‫‪high school‬‬ ‫‪diploma‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ داﺷﺘﻦ دﻳﭙﻠﻢ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﻰ ﻛﺎر ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﻨﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻨ‪B‬ﻮر‬

‫‪university‬‬ ‫‪entrance‬‬ ‫‪examination‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻛﻨ‪B‬ﻮر ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺳﺨﺖ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪whole‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻛﻼس ﻏﺎﻳﺒﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺿﺎﻓﻰ‬

‫اﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس رﻣﺎن ﺻﺎدق ﻫﺪاﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪rank‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫رﺗﺒﮥ ﺷﻤﺎ در ﻛﻨ‪B‬ﻮر ﭼﻪ ﺑﻮد؟‬

‫‪field of study‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫رﺷﺘﮥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎت اﺳﻼﻣﻰ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪newspaper‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫او در دﻓﺘﺮ ﻳ روزﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪widely‬‬ ‫‪published‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫اﻳﻦ ﺧﺒﺮ در روزﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎى ﻛﺜﻴﺮاﻻﻧﺘﺸﺎر ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﺎپ رﺳﻴﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ‪ . . .‬ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ )ﮔﻴﺮ(‬

‫‪to burst into‬‬ ‫‪tears‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫از رﻓﺘﺎر ﺧﺸﻦ او ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ام ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﻨﺪه ‪ . . .‬ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ )ﮔﻴﺮ(‬

‫‪to burst into‬‬ ‫‪laughter‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫از ﺟﻮ€ او ﺧﻨﺪه ام ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪to like‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫آﻳﺎ از ﺧﻄﺎﻃﻰ ﺧﻮﺷﺖ ﻣﻰ آﻳﺪ؟‬

‫‪to fall asleep‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫دﻳﺸﺐ دﻳﺮ آﻣﺪم و روى ﻣﺒﻞ ﺧﻮاﺑﻢ ﺑﺮد‪.‬‬

‫دﺑﺴﺘﺎن‬

‫ﭘﻴﺶ داﻧﺸﮕﺎﻫﻰ‬

‫ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬ ‫رﺗﺒﻪ‬ ‫رﺷﺘﻪ‬ ‫روزﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮاﻻﻧﺘﺸﺎر‬

‫ﺧﻮش ‪ . . .‬آﻣﺪن‬ ‫)آ( از‬ ‫ﺧﻮاب ‪ . . .‬ﺑﺮدن )ﺑﺮ(‬

‫‪pre-university‬‬ ‫‪college‬‬

‫‪based on‬‬

‫?‪Is pop music better or traditional music‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 12‬‬

‫‪136‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫ﻳﺎد ‪ . . .‬رﻓﺘﻦ )رو(‬

‫‪to forget‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻳﺎدم رﻓﺖ ﻗﺮﺻﻢ را ﺑﺨﻮرم‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺎد ‪ . . .‬ﺑﻮدن‬

‫‪to recall‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻳﺎدم اﺳﺖ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻔﺖ ﺻﺪاى ﻣﺮا‬ ‫دوﺳﺖ دارد‪.‬‬

‫‪to dislike‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻦ از ﻏﺬاى ﭼﺮب ﺑﺪم ﻣﻰ آﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﮔﺮم ‪ . . .‬ﺑﻮدن‬

‫‪to feel hot‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﭘﻨﺠﺮه را ﺑﺎز ﻛﻦ‪ .‬ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﮔﺮﻣﻢ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﺮد ‪ . . .‬ﺑﻮدن‬

‫‪to feel cold‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺨﺎرى را روﺷﻦ ﻛﻨﻰ؟ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺳﺮدم‬ ‫اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪to finish‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻛﻰ درﺳﺖ را ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻰ؟‬

‫‪to choose‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻰ داﻧﻢ ﻛﺪام رﺷﺘﻪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪to be published‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻛﺘﺎب ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﻰ ﭼﺎپ ﺷﺪ؟‬

‫‪to last‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﭼﻘﺪر ﻃﻮل ﻣﻰ ﻛﺸﺪ ﻛﻪ از ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ داﻧﺸﮕﺎه‬ ‫ﺑﺮوى؟‬

‫‪to announce‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﺧﺒﺮ ﺗﺮور ﻧﺨﺴﺖ وزﻳﺮ را در رﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫اﻋﻼن ﻛﺮدﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪to be admitted‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫آﻧﻬﺎ در داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺪ ‪ . . .‬آﻣﺪن )آ( از‬

‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬ ‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬ ‫ﭼﺎپ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ(‬ ‫ﻃﻮل ﻛﺸﻴﺪن )ﻛﺶ(‬ ‫اﻋﻼن ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬ ‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ(‬

‫َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ‬

‫
‬

‫ﺧﻮاﻧﻨﺪ‪ g‬ﻣﻮرد ﻋﻼﻗﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻴﺎر‪ :‬ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻫﻰ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻨﺴﺮت ﮔﺮوه آرﻳﺎن ﺑﺮوﻳﻢ ؟‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺘﺮا‪ :‬ﻣﻦ از ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﭘﺎپ ﺧﻮﺷﻢ ﻧﻤﻰ آﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﺮا ﻧﺮوﻳﻢ ﻛﻨﺴﺮت ﺷﺠﺮﻳﺎن؟‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻴﺎر‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ در ﻛﻨﺴﺮﺗﻬﺎى ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺳﻨﺘﻰ ﺧﻮاﺑﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺮد‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺘﺮا‪ :‬ﻳﺎدم ﻣﻰ آﻳﺪ ﭘﺎرﺳﺎل وﻗﺘﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻨﺴﺮت ﺷﻬﺮام ﻧﺎﻇﺮى رﻓﺘﻴﻢ ﻧﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺪت ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪ ﺑﻠ‪B‬ﻪ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻫﻢ ﺧﻮﺷﺖ‬ ‫آﻣﺪ!‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻴﺎر‪ :‬آره ﻳﺎدم ﻫﺴﺖ‪ ،‬وﻟﻰ ﮔﺮوه ﻣﻮرد ﻋﻼﻗﮥ ﻣﻦ آرﻳﺎن اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺘﺮا‪ :‬ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺧﻮب‪ .‬وﻟﻰ دﻓﻌﮥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻨﺴﺮت ﺷﺠﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻰ!‬

‫در‪ E‬ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﮔﺮوه ﻣﻮرد ﻋﻼﻗﮥ ﻣﻬﻴﺎر ﻛﺪام اﺳﺖ؟‬

‫‪137‬‬

‫درس دوازدﻫﻢ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﭘﺎپ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﺘﻲ؟‬

‫ﻣﻬﻴﺎر از ﭼﻪ ﻧﻮع ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺧﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻰ آﻳﺪ؟‬ ‫ﭘﺎرﺳﺎل ﻛﻪ ﻣﻬﻴﺎر و ﻣﻴﺘﺮا ﺑﻪ ﻛﻨﺴﺮت ﺷﻬﺮام ﻧﺎﻇﺮى رﻓﺘﻨﺪ آﻳﺎ از ﻛﻨﺴﺮت ﺧﻮﺷﺸﺎن آﻣﺪ؟‬ ‫ﺷﺠﺮﻳﺎن ﭼﻪ ﻧﻮع ﺧﻮاﻧﻨﺪه اى اﺳﺖ؟‬

‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻳ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮى ﺑﺎﻻ وﻟﻰ درﻣﻮرد ﺧﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻮرد ﻋﻼﻗﮥ ﺧﻮدﺗﺎن‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ از ﭼﻪ ﻧﻮع‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺧﻮﺷﺘﺎن ﻣﻰ آﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫دﺳﺘﻮر‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎرت ﻗﻴﺪى‬

‫‪Adverbial clauses‬‬

‫‪............................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪Adverbial clauses are added to the main clause to express time, place, manner, contrast,‬‬ ‫‪reason, intention, etc. Look at the following sentences where the adverbial clauses are‬‬ ‫‪underlined:‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻳﺮان را دوﺳﺖ دارم ﭼﻮن وﻃﻨﻢ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪I love Iran because it is my homeland.‬‬

‫وﻗﺘﻰ ﻛﻪ زﺑﺎن دوﻣﻰ ﻳﺎد ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮى ﺑﺎﻫﻮش ﺗﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮى‪.‬‬ ‫‪When you learn a second language, you become smarter.‬‬

‫او ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮرى ﻛﻪ ﭘﺪرش ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺣﺮف ﻣﻰ زﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪He speaks in the same manner as his father does.‬‬

‫اﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻛﻤﻰ دﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻰ آﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Although it is a bit late, I will come with you.‬‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﻛﺠﺎ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺨﻮاﻫﻰ ﻣﻰ روم‪.‬‬ ‫‪I will go wherever you want me to.‬‬

138

Lesson 12

䊏

Is pop music better or traditional music?

.‫ﻪ در اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﻗﺒﻮل ﺷﻮم‬B‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ درس ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻧﻢ ﺗﺎ اﻳﻨ‬ I study hard so that I can pass the test.

‫ﺟﻤﻼت ﺷﺮﻃﻰ‬

Conditional sentences

Conditional clauses are another type of adverbial clause, which express condition. Conditional clauses are normally introduced in Persian by ‫اﮔﺮ‬. Possible conditionals (present or future condition) Possible conditionals can take the present subjunctive in the if-clause,1 e.g.:

.‫اﮔﺮ ﺑﺮوى ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻰ روم‬ If you go, I will go too.

.‫اﮔﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻰ او را ﺧﻮاﻫﻰ دﻳﺪ‬ If you come, you will see him. Possible conditionals (past condition) Possible conditionals can also take the past subjunctive in the if-clause, e.g.:

.‫اﮔﺮ ﻧﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ او را ﻣﻰ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ‬ If he has not gone, we will see him.

.‫اﮔﺮ ﻗﻮل داده ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد‬ If he has promised, he will do it. Impossible conditionals Impossible conditionals can take the past progressive tense or the past perfect in the if-clause, e.g.: 1

The present subjunctive can be replaced by the simple past, especially in spoken Persian, e.g.:

.‫اﮔﺮ آﻣﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻰ روﻳﻢ‬ If he comes, we will go too.

‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﭘﺎپ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﺘﻲ؟‬

䊏

‫درس دوازدﻫﻢ‬

139

.‫اﮔﺮ ﻣﻰ رﻓﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻰ رﻓﺘﻢ‬ If he had gone, I would have gone too.

.‫ﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻛﺮدم‬B‫اﮔﺮ ﻛﻤ ﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻮدى ﻛﻤ‬

If you had asked for help, I would have helped you.

.‫اﮔﺮ ﺑﺮف آﻣﺪه ﺑﻮد روى زﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮد‬ If it had snowed, it would have covered the ground.

.‫اﮔﺮ ﻣﻰ داﻧﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮدم‬ If I had known, I would not have gone.

Impersonal constructions

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت ﻏﻴﺮ ﺷﺨﺼﻰ‬

............................................................................................................................................................................................

In impersonal constructions, the verbal part is not conjugated in accordance with the subject. The verbal part always appears in the third person singular. However, the nonverbal part of these constructions is followed by the pronominal suffix which agrees with the subject of the sentence. Read the sentences below in which the impersonal constructions are underlined, and then translate them into English:

.‫ﻣﻦ از ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﻨﺪى ﺧﻮﺷﻢ ﻣﻰ آﻳﺪ‬ .‫ﻣﻦ از ﺳﻴﺮ ﺑﺪم ﻣﻰ آﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﻳﺎدت ﻧﻤﻰ آﻳﺪ او را اوﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎر ﻛﺠﺎ دﻳﺪه اى؟‬ .‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺗﻠﻔﻨﺖ ﻳﺎدم ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬ .‫ﺗﻮ اﮔﺮ َ َﻛﺮﻣﺖ ﺷﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﻰ ﭘﻨﺠﺮه را ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻰ‬ .‫ﻣﺎ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎ ﻣﻰ ﻛﺮدﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮاﺑﻤﺎن ﺑﺮد‬ .‫ َ َﻛﺮﻳﻪ اش ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‬،‫وﻗﺘﻰ ﺧﺒﺮ را ﺑﻪ او دادم‬ !‫ﺷﻤﺎ اﮔﺮ ﺧﻮاﺑﺘﺎن ﻣﻰ آﻳﺪ ﺑﺮوﻳﺪ ﺑﺨﻮاﺑﻴﺪ‬ .‫آﻧﻬﺎ از ﺣﺮف ﻣﺴﺨﺮه اش ﺧﻨﺪه ﺷﺎن ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‬

‫?‪Is pop music better or traditional music‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 12‬‬

‫‪140‬‬

‫‪ and‬ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد ‪,‬ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮان ‪There are additional impersonal constructions in Persian, such as‬‬ ‫‪ , all of which are followed by the past stem of the main verb. Look at the examples‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪below:‬‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮان ﮔﻔﺖ ﻛﻪ اﻳﺮان ﻛﺸﻮرى ﻏﻨﻰ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪One can say that Iran is a rich country.‬‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ او اﻋﺘﻤﺎد ﻛﺮد‪.‬‬ ‫‪One can trust him.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻮل ﻛﺮد ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮگ اﻣﺮى ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪One must accept that death is something natural.‬‬

‫ﺟﺎﻫﺎى ﺧﺎﻟﻰ را ﺑﺎ اﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ از رﻧﮓ آﺑﻰ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺧﻮش آﻣﺪن(‪.‬‬ ‫دﻳﺮ ﺑﻮد و ﭘﺴﺮم زود ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺧﻮاب ﺑﺮدن(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟ ﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ او ﮔﻔﺖ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺧﻨﺪه دار ﺑﻮد و ﻫﻤﮥ ﻣﺎ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺧﻨﺪه ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻳﻨ‪B‬ﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﻰ ﺧﻮردم ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺳﺮد ﺷﺪن(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ . . . . . . . . .‬ﻛﻪ در ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ را ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻢ )ﻳﺎد رﻓﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻏﻠﻂ ﻫﺎى ﺟﻤﻼت زﻳﺮ را درﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫اﮔﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ وﻳﺰا ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮم ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ اﻳﺮان آﻣﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ آن داﻧﺸﺠﻮى ﻣﺼﺮى اى ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺎ او ﻣ‪B‬ﺎﺗﺒﻪ دارى دﻳﺪﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻮﻟﻰ را ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ دادﻳﺪ زﻳﺎد ﺑﻮدﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫اﮔﺮ دروغ ﺧﻮاﻫﻰ ﮔﻔﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﻢ ﻛﺮد‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺎ را ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮدت ﻣﻰ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ؟‬ ‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﺴﺮﻫﺎ در اﻳﻦ داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ادﺑﻴﺎت ﻫﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪141‬‬

‫درس دوازدﻫﻢ‬

‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﭘﺎپ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﺘﻲ؟‬

‫
‬

‫آﻣﻮزش و ﭘﺮورش‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ آﻣﻮزﺷﻰ در ﻣﺪارس اﻳﺮان ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻣﻨﻈﻢ اﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎ در ﺳﻦ ‪ ۵‬ﺳﺎﻟﮕﻰ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ دﺑﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ روﻧﺪ‪ .‬آﻧﻬﺎ از‪ ۶‬ﺳﺎﻟﮕﻰ ﺗﺎ ‪ ١١‬ﺳﺎﻟﮕﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪت ‪ ۵‬ﺳﺎل ﺑﻪ دﺑﺴﺘﺎن ﻣﻰ روﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ از دﺑﺴﺘﺎن ﺑﺮاى ﻣﺪت‬ ‫ﺳﻪ ﺳﺎل ﺑﻪ راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻰ ﻣﻰ روﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ از راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻰ ﺑﺮاى ﺳﻪ ﺳﺎل ﺑﻪ دﺑﻴﺮﺳﺘﺎن ﻣﻰ روﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ از اﺗﻤﺎم‬ ‫دﺑﻴﺮﺳﺘﺎن‪ ،‬دﻳﭙﻠﻢ ﺧﻮد را ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ وﺳﭙﺲ در ﻳ اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﺳﺮاﺳﺮى ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ و اﮔﺮ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺷﺪﻧﺪ در‬ ‫‪ ١٧‬ﺳﺎﻟﮕﻰ ﺑﺮاى ﻳ ﺳﺎل ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ داﻧﺸﮕﺎﻫﻰ ﻣﻰ روﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺎل ﺑﺮاى داﻧﺶ آﻣﻮزان ﺳﺎﻟﻰ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ داﻧﺸﮕﺎﻫﻰ را ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬آﻧﻬﺎ در ﻛﻨ‪B‬ﻮر ﻛﻪ ﻳ اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﺳﺮاﺳﺮى در ﻛﻞ ﻛﺸﻮر اﺳﺖ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس رﺗﺒﻪ ﺷﺎن در ﻛﻨ‪B‬ﻮر ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب رﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ از ﻣﺪت ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﻰ در روزﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﺎى ﻛﺜﻴﺮاﻻﻧﺘﺸﺎر ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎى ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﮔﺎن ﭼﺎپ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد‪ .‬اﻳﻦ روز ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ روز ﺑﺮاى ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﮔﺎن و‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ روز ﺑﺮاى آﻧﻬﺎﻳﻰ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺘﻮاﻧﺴﺘﻪ اﻧﺪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫در‪ E‬ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫دور راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻰ در اﻳﺮان ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎل ﻃﻮل ﻣﻰ ﻛﺸﺪ؟‬ ‫ﺷﺮط ورود ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ داﻧﺸﮕﺎﻫﻰ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬ ‫ﻛﻨ‪B‬ﻮر ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬ ‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻛﻨ‪B‬ﻮر در ﻛﺠﺎ ﭼﺎپ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد؟‬ ‫روز اﻋﻼن ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻛﻨ‪B‬ﻮر ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ روزى اﺳﺖ؟‬

‫ﺟﺎﻫﺎى ﺧﺎﻟﻰ را ﺑﺎ زﻣﺎن ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﻌﻞ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫وﻗﺘﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ رﺳﻴﺪى‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﮥ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎم ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺧﻮردن(‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﻓﺮدا ﻣﺎ درس ﺷﺎﻧﺰدﻫﻢ را ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن(‪.‬‬ ‫اﮔﺮاو ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ زودى ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺧﻮاﺑﻴﺪن ‪ -‬ﻣﻨﻔﻰ(‪ ،‬ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻤﺎ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬رﻓﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪B‬ﺴﺎل اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ او را ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬دﻳﺪن ‪ -‬ﻣﻨﻔﻰ(‪.‬‬ ‫دو روز ﺑﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺧﻨﺪﻳﺪن ‪ -‬ﻣﻨﻔﻰ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺪ ر و ﻣﺎدرم ﻫﻔﺘﮥ آﻳﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ اﻳﺮان ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺳﻔﺮ ﻛﺮدن(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻼس ﻣﺎ ﻫﻨﻮز ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷﺪن(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺧﻮش ﺷﺎﻧﺲ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﭼﻮن ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﻣﺮﻳﺾ ﺷﺪن(‪.‬‬

‫?‪Is pop music better or traditional music‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 12‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ از اﻳﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ‪) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬ﺧﻮش ‪ . . .‬آﻣﺪن ‪ -‬ﻣﻨﻔﻰ(‪.‬‬ ‫آﻧﻬﺎ دﻳﺮوز از داﺳﺘﺎن او ‪) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ‪ . . .‬ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎدرم از ﻓﻴﻠﻢ دﻳﺸﺐ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ‪) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬ﺧﻮش ‪ . . .‬آﻣﺪن(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻄﻔًﺎ ﭘﺎﻟﺘﻮى ﺳﺎرا را ﺑﺪه‪ .‬او ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺳﺮد ‪ . . .‬ﺑﻮدن(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ دﻳﺸﺐ ﺧﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮدﻳﺪ و زود ‪) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬ﺧﻮاب ‪ . . .‬ﺑﺮدن(‪.‬‬ ‫اﻣﻴﺪوارم ﺑﺮادرم ﺑﺎ ﻧﻤﺮه ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﻗﺒﻮل ﺷﺪن(‪.‬‬ ‫اﮔﺮ ﺑﺎران ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬آﻣﺪن( ﻧﻤﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎر€ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬رﻓﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻼ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬دﻳﺪن ‪ -‬ﻣﻨﻔﻰ( اﻣﺸﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻤﺎ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬رﻓﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬ ‫اﮔﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ را ﻗﺒ ً‬ ‫اﮔﺮ زودﺗﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﮔﻔﺘﻦ( ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮاى ﺗﻮﻟﺪش ﻛﻴ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﭘﺨﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬ ‫اﮔﺮ آﻧﻬﺎ دروغ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﮔﻔﺘﻦ( ‪) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﺪن(‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﻤﻼت زﻳﺮ را ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻫﻮا ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮد ﺷﺪ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﭘﻴﺎده ﻣﻰ رﻓﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫اﻵن وﻗﺖ ﻧﺪارم‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪًا ﺳﺮ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد ﻟﻄﻔًﺎ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎن ﺷﻤﺎر ﺗﻠﻔﻨﺶ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ را ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺳﻌﻰ ﻛﺮدم اﺳﻤﺸﺎن ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﻢ ﺻﺪاﻳﺖ را ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﻣﻰ دﻫﻢ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫ﻗﺼﺪ دارم ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬

‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟‬

‫
‬

‫در ﻣﻄﺐ دﻛﺘﺮ‬ ‫دﻛﺘﺮ‪ :‬ﺧﺐ ﻣﺸ‪B‬ﻠﺘﻮن ﭼﻴﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮم؟‬

‫‪142‬‬

‫‪143‬‬

‫درس دوازدﻫﻢ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﭘﺎپ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﺘﻲ؟‬

‫ﻧﺎزﮔﻞ‪ :‬ﮔﻠﻮم درد ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻪ و ﺳﺮم‪.‬‬ ‫دﻛﺘﺮ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺪ روزه؟‬ ‫ﻧﺎزﮔﻞ‪ :‬ﭼﺎﻫﺎر روزه وﻟﻰ اﻣﺮوز ﺣﺎﻟﻢ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺑﺪﺗﺮه‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻬﻮع ﻫﻢ دارم‪.‬‬ ‫دﻛﺘﺮ‪ :‬دراز ﺑ‪B‬ﺸﻴﻦ اﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺗﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺧﻮﻧﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮم‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎزﮔﻞ‪ :‬ﻓ‪B‬ﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﻪ؟ آﺧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎردارم‪.‬‬ ‫دﻛﺘﺮ‪ :‬ﻧﻪ ﻳﻪ ﺳﺮﻣﺎ ﺧﻮردﮔﻰ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﻪ‪ .‬اﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﺻﺎ رو ﻫﺮ ﺷﻴﺶ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﻓﺮاوون ﺑﺨﻮرﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻮن ﺧﻮب‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻪ‪ .‬ﺟﺎى ﻧﮕﺮاﻧﻰ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫اﻳﻦ َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ را ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺪه درد ‪ -‬دﻧﺪان درد‪ -‬ﭘﺎدرد‪ -‬ﻛﻤﺮدرد‪ -‬ﺧﻮﻧﺮﻳﺰى‪ -‬ﺷﺮﺑﺖ‪ -‬ﺗﺐ‪ -‬درﺟﻪ‪ -‬ﻛﭙﺴﻮل‪ -‬آﻣﭙﻮل‪ -‬ﻗﻄﺮه‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻰ‬ ‫ﺧﻮب‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻢ‬ ‫ﻗﺮص ﻫﺎ را‬ ‫ﻓﺮاوان‬ ‫درد ﻣﻴ‪B‬ﻨﺪ‬ ‫روز اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺟﺪى اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺷﺶ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﻮرﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺘﺎن‬ ‫ﺧﻮﻧﺘﺎن را‬ ‫ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺸ‪B‬ﻼﺗﺘﺎن‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺗﺮاﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺟﺰﺋﻰ اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫دراز ﺑ‪B‬ﺸﻴﺪ‬

‫‪literary‬‬

‫ﻋﺎﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺐ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻮم‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺻﺎرو‬ ‫ﻓﺮاوون‬ ‫درد ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻪ‬ ‫روزه‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﻮرﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻮن‬ ‫ﺧﻮﻧﺘﻮﻧﻮ‬ ‫ﮔﻠﻮم‬ ‫ﻣﺸ‪B‬ﻼﺗﺘﻮن‬ ‫ﭼﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺗﺮه‬ ‫ﺟﺰﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﻦ‬ ‫دراز ﺑ‪B‬ﺸﻴﻦ‬

‫‪colloquial‬‬

‫درس ﺳﻴﺰدﻫﻢ‬ ‫‪.......................................................................‬‬

‫داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻮع‬ ‫داﻧﺸﮕﺎﻫﻰ اﺳﺖ؟‬

‫‪Lesson‬‬ ‫‪Thirteen‬‬

‫ﻣﺪرﺳﮥ ﻣﺎدرﺷﺎه ﻳﺎ ﻣﺪرﺳﮥ ﭼﻬﺎر ﺑﺎغ اﺻﻔﻬﺎن‪ .‬اﻣﺮوزه ﻃﻠﺒﻪ ﻫﺎ در ﻣﺪارس ﻋﻠﻤﻴﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺣﻮزه ﻫﺎى ﻋﻠﻤﻴﻪ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ از‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ داراﻟﻔﻨﻮن )اوﻟﻴﻦ داﻧﺸﮕﺎه اﻳﺮان( در ﺳﺎل‪١٨۵١‬ﻣﻴﻼدي‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻ داﻧﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ در اﻳﺮان وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪاﺷﺖ و‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺼﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاى اداﻣﮥ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻮزه ﻫﺎى ﻋﻠﻤﻴﻪ وﻳﺎ اروﭘﺎ ﻣﻰ رﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮاى ﻛﺴﺐ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘردر ﻣﻮرد داراﻟﻔﻨﻮن در اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫?‪What kind of university is your university‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 13‬‬

‫داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻮع‬ ‫داﻧﺸﮕﺎﻫﻰ اﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫‪.......................................................................‬‬

‫‪What kind of university is‬‬ ‫?‪your university‬‬ ‫درس ﺳﻴﺰدﻫﻢ‪ :‬داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻮع داﻧﺸﮕﺎﻫﻰ اﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ‪ :‬اداره ﭘﻠﻴﺲ‬ ‫دﺳﺘﻮر‪ :‬ﻣﺠﻬﻮل‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‪ :‬اﻧﻮاع داﻧﺸﮕﺎه‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ در ^ﺘﺎﺑﻔﺮوﺷﻰ‬

‫واژ َ َﻛﺎن‬ ‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺻﻮت‬

‫
‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫اﮔﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺻﻮت داﺷﺘﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﺴﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻨﺮاﻧﻰ اﺳﺘﺎد را ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻨﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺳﻤﻰ‬

‫آخ ﭘﻨﭽﺮ ﺷﺪﻳﻢ! ﻻﺳﺘﻴ زاﭘﺎس دارى؟‬

‫‪report‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻃﺒﻖ ﮔﺰارش اﻳﻦ ﺧﺒﺮﮔﺰارى ﺑﻰ ﺳﻮادى در‬ ‫اﻳﺮان ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﺮده اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪written‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﻛﺘﺒﻰ را ﺑﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻫﻰ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻣﻰدﻫﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪oral‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﻣﻦ در اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﺷﻔﺎﻫﻰ ﻗﺒﻮل ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮم‪.‬‬

‫‪percent‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﭼﻨﺪ درﺻﺪ از داﻧﺶ آﻣﻮزان ﻣﺪرﺳﮥ ﺷﻤﺎ‬ ‫در ﻛﻨ‪B‬ﻮر ﻗﺒﻮل ﺷﺪﻧﺪ؟‬

‫دزد‬

‫‪thief‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫دزد ﺗﻮاﻧﺴﺖ ﻓﺮار ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﺮﻗﺖ‬

‫‪theft‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺗﺎ ﺑﺤﺎل ﻫﻴﭻ ﺳﺮﻗﺘﻰ در ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن ﻣﺎ ﺻﻮرت‬ ‫ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﺮ روزه‬

‫‪daily‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻫﺮ روزه ﻋﺪ زﻳﺎدى در اﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻮر ﺟﺎن‬ ‫ﺧﻮد را از دﺳﺖ ﻣﻰ دﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴ زاﭘﺎس‬ ‫ﮔﺰارش‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺒﻰ‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺎﻫﻰ‬ ‫درﺻﺪ‬

‫ﺻﺪﻫﺎ‬

‫‪tape recorder‬‬ ‫‪spare tyre‬‬

‫‪hundreds‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﺷﻤﺎرﺷﻰ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻧﻔﺮ در آن درﮔﻴﺮى ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪146‬‬

‫درس ﺳﻴﺰدﻫﻢ‬

‫‪147‬‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬ ‫داﻧﺸﮕﺎه دوﻟﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﭘﻮل‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ورود‬ ‫ﺳﺨﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪاز ‪. . .‬‬ ‫داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﻣ‪B‬ﺎﺗﺒﻪ اى‬ ‫از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬ ‫ﻣ‪B‬ﺎﺗﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺮد )اﻓﺮاد(‬

‫ﻋﻼﻗﻤﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻼت‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻮع داﻧﺸﮕﺎﻫﻰ اﺳﺖ؟‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺳﻤﻰ‬

‫داﻧﺸﮕﺎه دوﻟﺘﻰ ﺷﻬﺮﻳﻪ ﻧﺪارد‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫اﻣﺮوز اﺗﻮﺑﻮس و ﻣﺘﺮو ﻣﺠﺎﻧﻰ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪money‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪ ،‬وﻟﻰ ﭘﻮل ﻛﺎﻓﻰ ﻫﻤﺮاﻫﻢ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪tuition fee‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺷﻬﺮﻳﮥ داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻘﺪر اﺳﺖ؟‬

‫‪entering; entrance‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ورود ﺑﻪ داﻧﺸﮕﺎه در اﻳﺮان ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻣﺸ‪B‬ﻞ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﺗﺮم ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺳﺨﺖ ﺑﻮد‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺿﺎﻓﻰ‬

‫او ﺗﻮ را دوﺳﺖ دارد اﻣﺎ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪاز ﻣﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺳﻤﻰ‬

‫ﺷﻬﺮﻳﮥ داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﻣ‪B‬ﺎﺗﺒﻪ اى زﻳﺎد ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺿﺎﻓﻰ‬

‫از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎ زﻳﻨﺐ آﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪correspondence‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫آﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ دوﺳﺘﺎن دﺑﻴﺮﺳﺘﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﻮز ﻣ‪B‬ﺎﺗﺒﻪ دارى؟‬

‫‪person; individual‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫اﻓﺮادى ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸ‪B‬ﻞ ﻗﻠﺒﻰ دارﻧﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ اﻣﺮوز‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺮون ﺑﺮوﻧﺪ ﭼﻮن آﻟﻮدﮔﻰ ﻫﻮا ﺑﺴﻴﺎر زﻳﺎد‬ ‫اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ رﺷﺘﻪ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻗﻤﻨﺪ ﺑﻮدم‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫او ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻼﺗﺶ را در داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﻣ ﮔﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﺑﺮد‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺳﻤﻰ‬

‫آﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻼت ﻋﺎﻟﻰ دارﻳﺪ؟‬ ‫آﻳﺎ ﻗﺼﺪ دارﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻼﺗﺘﺎن اداﻣﻪ دﻫﻴﺪ؟‬

‫‪state university‬‬ ‫‪free‬‬

‫‪hard; difficult‬‬ ‫‪not as much as . . .‬‬ ‫‪correspondence‬‬ ‫‪university‬‬ ‫‪through; via‬‬

‫‪interested‬‬ ‫‪education; studies‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻼت ﻋﺎﻟﻰ‬

‫‪higher education‬‬

‫اداﻣﻪ دادن )ده(‬

‫‪to continue‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫‪to try; to attempt‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﺳﻌﻰ ﻛﻦ رﻓﺘﺎرت را ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﺪﻫﻰ‪.‬‬

‫دزدﻳﺪن )دزد(‬

‫‪to steal‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫دوﭼﺮﺧﮥ ﻣﺮا دزدﻳﺪه اﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to find‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫آﻳﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﺖ را ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﺮدى؟‬

‫ﮔﺰارش ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to report‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﻣﺸ‪B‬ﻮﻛﻰ را ﮔﺰارش ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻦ )دار(‬

‫‪to exist‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻰ داﻧﻰ داﻳﻨﺎﺳﻮرﻫﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮن ﺳﺎل ﭘﻴﺶ‬ ‫وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ اﻧﺪ؟‬

‫وارد ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ(‬

‫‪to enter‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫در ﺑﺎز ﺷﺪ و او وارد ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ(‬

‫‪to succeed‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ در ﺟﻨﮓ ﭘﻴﺮوز ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪to rob‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫اﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻧ را ﺳﺮﻗﺖ ﻛﺮدﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻌﻰ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫ﺳﺮﻗﺖ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫?‪What kind of university is your university‬‬

‫َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 13‬‬

‫‪148‬‬

‫
‬

‫ادار‪ g‬ﭘﻠﻴﺲ‬ ‫اﻓﺴﺮ ﭘﻠﻴﺲ‪ :‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎرﺧﻮب‪ ،‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻢ ﭼﻪ ﺷﺪه؟‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺟﺎن‪ :‬ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎى ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻢ ﺳﺮﻗﺖ ﺷﺪه‪.‬‬ ‫اﻓﺴﺮ ﭘﻠﻴﺲ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﺳﺮﻗﺖ ﺷﺪه؟‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺟﺎن‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺻﻮت و ﻻﺳﺘﻴ زاﭘﺎس‪.‬‬ ‫اﻓﺴﺮ ﭘﻠﻴﺲ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳ ﮔﺰارش ﻛﺘﺒﻰ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ و ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻰ را ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻗﺖ ﺷﺪه ﻧﺎم ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺟﺎن‪ :‬ﭼﺸﻢ ﺟﻧﺎب‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮًﻻ ﭼﻨﺪ درﺻﺪ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل دارد ﻛﻪ دزد ﭘﻴﺪا ﺑﺸﻮد؟‬ ‫اﻓﺴﺮ ﭘﻠﻴﺲ‪ :‬ﭼﻘﺪر ﺳﺆال ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ! ﻣﮕﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻗﺖ ﺷﺪه؟! ﻫﺮروز ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﺮﻗﺖ ﻣﺜﻞ‬ ‫اﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﮔﺰارش ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬

‫در‪ E‬ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﺮا ﻣﺮﺟﺎن ﺑﻪ ادار ﭘﻠﻴﺲ رﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ آﻳﺎ آﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﺤﻠﻪ اى اﻣﻦ اﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫رﻓﺘﺎر اﻓﺴﺮ ﭘﻠﻴﺲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺟﺎن ﭼﻄﻮر اﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺟﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﺪ؟‬

‫دﺳﺘﻮر‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻬﻮل‬

‫‪Passive constructions‬‬

‫‪............................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪In Persian the passive construction is used when the agent (the doer of the action) is not‬‬ ‫‪mentioned, e.g.:‬‬

‫ﻫﺰاران ﻧﻔﺮ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Thousands of people were killed.‬‬

‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰ دﻳﺪه ﻧﻤﻰ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫‪Nothing can be seen.‬‬

‫‪149‬‬

‫درس ﺳﻴﺰدﻫﻢ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻮع داﻧﺸﮕﺎﻫﻰ اﺳﺖ؟‬

‫‪) is‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ‪,‬ﺧﻮرده ‪To form a passive construction, the participle form of the main verb (e.g.‬‬ ‫‪. In transitive compound verbs (where the‬ﺷﺪن ‪combined with the conjugated form of‬‬ ‫‪), to form a passive, the verbal part is normally‬ﻛﺮدن ‪ or‬زدن ‪verbal part is normally‬‬ ‫‪.‬دﻳﺪن ‪ or‬ﺧﻮردن ‪ ,‬ﺷﺪن ‪replaced by‬‬

‫ﭘﺪرش او را ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻛﺮد‪.‬‬ ‫‪His father punished him.‬‬

‫او ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪He was punished.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﻴﭽﻮﻗﺖ او را ﻛﺘ ﻧﻤﻰ زﻧﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪I never beat him.‬‬

‫او ﻫﻴﭽﻮﻗﺖ ﻛﺘ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺧﻮرد‪.‬‬ ‫‪He is never beaten.‬‬

‫واردات اﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل ﺑﻪ اﻗﺘﺼﺎد اﻳﺮان ﺻﺪﻣﻪ زده اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪The import of this product has damaged Iran’s economy.‬‬

‫اﻗﺘﺼﺎد اﻳﺮان ﺻﺪﻣﻪ دﻳﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Iran’s economy has been damaged.‬‬

‫ﺟﻤﻼت زﻳﺮ را از ﻣﻌﻠﻮم ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﻬﻮل ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺑﺎزان دﺷﻤﻦ ﺗﻌﺪاد زﻳﺎدى از ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻴﺎن را ﻛﺸﺘﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﻴﭻ داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﻰ را رد ﻧ‪B‬ﺮدم‪.‬‬ ‫روزﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﮕﺎران ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺑﺴﻴﺎرى ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ اﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫آﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﻘﻬﺎﻳﺖ را ﺗﻤﺎم ﻛﺮده اى؟‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺎد ﻣﺮا ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﻛﻼس اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﺮد‪.‬‬

‫?‪What kind of university is your university‬‬

‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 13‬‬

‫‪150‬‬

‫
‬

‫اﻧﻮاع داﻧﺸ َ َﻜﺎه‬ ‫در اﻳﺮان ﭼﻬﺎر ﻧﻮع داﻧﺸﮕﺎه وﺟﻮد دارد‪ :‬داﻧﺸﮕﺎه دوﻟﺘﻰ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﻧﻰ اﺳﺖ و ورود ﺑﻪ آن ﺳﺨﺖ اﺳﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫داﻧﺸﮕﺎه آزاد ﻛﻪ ﺷﻬﺮﻳﻪ اى اﺳﺖ و ورود ﺑﻪ آن ﻣﺸ‪B‬ﻞ اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬اﻣﺎ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪاز داﻧﺸﮕﺎه دوﻟﺘﻰ‪ ،‬داﻧﺸﮕﺎه‬ ‫ﻣ‪B‬ﺎﺗﺒﻪ اى ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﻟﻰ اﺳﺖ و از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ و ﻣ‪B‬ﺎﺗﺒﻪ اﺳﺖ و داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﺷﺒﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﻟﻰ اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺮاى اﻓﺮادى‬ ‫اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ در ﻃﻮل روز ﻛﺎر ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎل ﻋﺪ زﻳﺎدى از ﺟﻮاﻧﺎن اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ در ﻛﻨ‪B‬ﻮر ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ و ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﻧﻴﻤﻰ از آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺑﻪ ورود ﺑﻪ‬ ‫داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻮاﻧﺎن اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻼت ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻋﻼﻗﻤﻨﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ و ﺳﻌﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻼت‬ ‫ﺧﻮد را در داﻧﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎى داﺧﻞ ﻛﺸﻮر و ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎرج از ﻛﺸﻮر اداﻣﻪ دﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫در‪ E‬ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻮع داﻧﺸﮕﺎه در اﻳﺮان وﺟﻮد دارد؟‬ ‫ﭼﺮا ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﺪ زﻳﺎدى از ﺟﻮاﻧﺎن اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ در ﻛﻨ‪B‬ﻮر ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؟‬ ‫ﭼﺮا ﻫﻤﮥ ﺟﻮاﻧﺎن اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ داﻧﺸﮕﺎه راه ﭘﻴﺪا ﻧﻤﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؟‬ ‫آﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻼت ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ دارﻳﺪ؟ ﭼﺮا؟‬

‫ﺟﺎﻫﺎى ﺧﺎﻟﻰ را ﺑﺎ زﻣﺎن ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﻌﻞ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫)ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ازاﻓﻌﺎل داﺧﻞ ﭘﺮاﻧﺘﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ازﻣﻌﻠﻮم ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﻬﻮل ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪(.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎرﺳﺎل ﻛﻪ در اﻳﺮان ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺑﻮدن(‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻔﻢ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﮔﻢ ﻛﺮدن(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓ‪B‬ﺮ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻛﻪ او ﻫﺮﮔﺰ در آن ﺷﻬﺮ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻛﺮدن(‪.‬‬ ‫دﻳﺮوز داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﺎن زﻳﺎدى در اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬رد ﺷﺪن(‪.‬‬ ‫اﮔﺮ در ﺗﻬﺮان ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺑﻮدن( ﻫﺮ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎزار ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬رﻓﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ دﻳﺸﺐ دﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻦ( و ﺗﺎ ‪ ٢‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﺷﺐ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺧﻮاب ﺑﺮدن ‪ -‬ﻣﻨﻔﻰ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻼ آن ﻛﺘﺎب را ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن( ﻣﻮﺿﻮع آﻧﺮا ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬داﻧﺴﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬ ‫اﮔﺮﻗﺒ ً‬ ‫اﻳﻦ اﺗﺎق ﺑﺴﻴﺎر زﻳﺒﺎ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺗﺰﺋﻴﻦ ﺷﺪن(‪.‬‬

‫‪151‬‬

‫درس ﺳﻴﺰدﻫﻢ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻮع داﻧﺸﮕﺎﻫﻰ اﺳﺖ؟‬

‫ﻣﻦ از آن ﭘﺎر€ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺧﻮش آﻣﺪن( و ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﻪ آﻧﺠﺎ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬رﻓﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮدا ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﺗﻮاﻧﺴﺘﻦ( ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ آﻧﺠﺎ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬رﻓﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬ ‫اﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ وﻗﺖ ﭘﻴﺶ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬ ‫وﻗﺘﻰ ﺷﻤﺎ آﻣﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬رﻓﺘﻦ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ از آن ﻣﻬﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﺎ او را ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ‪) .. . . . . . . . .‬دﻳﺪن(‪.‬‬ ‫اﻳﻦ ﻟﺒﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ‪). . . . . . . . .‬اﺗﻮ ﻛﺮدن(‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ از آﻧ‪B‬ﻪ ﺑﻪ اﻳﺮان ﺑﺮوم ﻓﻴﻠﻢ اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ زﻳﺎد ‪) .. . . . . . . . .‬دﻳﺪن(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻄﻔًﺎ زﻳﺎد ‪). . . . . . . . .‬ﺳﺆال ﻛﺮدن‪ -‬ﻣﻨﻔﻰ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮاﻇﺐ ﺑﺎش رﻧﮕﻰ ﻧﺸﻮى‪ .‬اﻳﻦ دﻳﻮار ﺗﺎزه ‪) . . . . . . . . .‬رﻧﮓ ﺷﺪن(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮادرم ﻫﻨﻮز ‪) .. . . . . . . . .‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﻧﺎم ﻛﺮدن(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﻰ ﻓﺎرغ اﻟﺘﺤﺼﻴﻞ ‪) .. . . . . . . . .‬ﺷﺪن(؟‬

‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟‬

‫
‬

‫در ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻔﺮوﺷﻰ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎب ﻓﺮوش‪ :‬ﺑﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺴﻢ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ دارﻳﻦ؟‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎب ﻓﺮوش‪ :‬آره ﺟﻮﻧﻢ‪ ،‬ﺟﻴﺒﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻪ ﺟﻠﺪى ﺑﺎﺷﻪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺪ ﺟﻠﺪى ﺑﺎﺷﻪ؟‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺴﻢ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﻗﻰ ﻧﺪاره‪ .‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻨﺸﻮ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮام‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎب ﻓﺮوش‪ :‬اﻳﻦ ﻳ‪B‬ﻰ از ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮه وﻟﻰ اﻳﻦ ﻳ‪B‬ﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺮه‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺴﻢ‪ :‬داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻫﺎ ﻛﺪوﻣﻮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺧﺮن؟‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎب ﻓﺮوش‪ :‬اﻳﻦ ﻳ‪B‬ﻰ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺘﺮه‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺴﻢ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﻣﻨﻢ ﻫﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﻣﻰ ﺧﺮم‪.‬‬

‫اﻳﻦ َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ را ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫رﻣﺎن‪ -‬ﺑﻴﻮﮔﺮاﻓﻰ‪ -‬ﻃﻨﺰ‪ -‬اﺗﻮﺑﻴﻮﮔﺮاﻓﻰ‪ -‬ﻓﻴﻠﻤﻨﺎﻣﻪ‪ -‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎى درﺳﻰ‪ -‬داﺋﺮة اﻟﻤﻌﺎرف‪ -‬ﻟﻐﺘﻨﺎﻣﻪ‬

‫?‪What kind of university is your university‬‬

‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻰ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫‪literary‬‬

‫ﺑﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺑﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬

‫دارﻳﺪ‬

‫دارﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺷﻪ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮ اﺳﺖ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮه‬

‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺮ اﺳﺖ‬

‫ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺘﺮه‬

‫ﻳ‬

‫ﻳﻪ‬

‫ﻧﺪارد‬

‫ﻧﺪاره‬

‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻨﺶ را‬

‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻨﺸﻮ‬

‫ﻛﺪام را‬

‫ﻛﺪوﻣﻮ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺎن را‬

‫ﻫﻤﻮﻧﻮ‬

‫ﺟﺎﻧﻢ‬

‫ﺟﻮﻧﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻫﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺧام‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺧﺮﻧﺪ‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺧﺮن‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 13‬‬

‫‪colloquial‬‬

‫‪152‬‬

‫درس ﭼﻬﺎردﻫﻢ‬ ‫‪.......................................................................‬‬

‫ﻣﺠﺮد ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﺄﻫﻞ؟‬

‫‪Lesson‬‬ ‫‪Fourteen‬‬

‫ﻳ زن و ﺷﻮﻫﺮ ﺟﻮان اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ در ﺣﻴﺎط ﺧﺎﻧﻪ اى ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ در ﺷﻬﺮ ﻛﺎﺷﺎن‪ .‬ﻃﺒﻖ ﺗﺎزه ﺗﺮﻳﻦ آﻣﺎر‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺳﻦ ازدواج ﺑﺮاى زﻧﺎن در‬ ‫اﻳﺮان ‪ ٢٣‬ﺳﺎل اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺮاى ﻣﺮدان ‪ ٢٦‬ﺳﺎل‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮاى ﻛﺴﺐ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ در ﻣﻮرد آﻣﺎر ازدواج در اﻳﺮان در اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫?‪Are you single or married‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 14‬‬

‫‪154‬‬

‫ﻣﺠﺮد ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﺄﻫﻞ؟‬ ‫‪.......................................................................‬‬

‫?‪Are you single or married‬‬

‫درس ﭼﻬﺎردﻫﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﺠﺮد ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﺄﻫﻞ؟‬ ‫َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ‪ :‬ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‪ :‬ازدواج ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒ ﺳﻨﺘﻰ‬ ‫دﺳﺘﻮر‪ :‬ﻣﺮ^ﺐ ﺳﺎزى‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺎت‬ ‫^ﻠﻤﺎت رﺑﻂ‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ ﺳﻔﺮ‬

‫واژ َ َﻛﺎن‬ ‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬ ‫ﮔﻞ‬

‫
‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫‪flower‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫روز ﻣﺎدر ﺑﺮاى ﻣﺎدرم ﮔﻞ ﺧﺮﻳﺪم‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﺪﻳﻪ‬

‫‪present; gift‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻫﺪﻳﮥ ﺗﻮﻟﺪت را ﺑﻌﺪاً ﺑﺮاﻳﺖ ﻣﻰ آورم‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﻟﺪ‬

‫‪birth; birthday‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ در ﭼﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﻰ اﺳﺖ؟‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت‬

‫ﺗﻮﻟﺪت ﻣﺒﺎر€! اﻣﻴﺪوارم ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﮥ آرزوﻫﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺳﻰ‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﻴﻘﮥ ﺗﻮ را در ﺗﺰﺋﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ دوﺳﺖ دارم‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﻟﺪت ﻣﺒﺎر€!‬

‫ﺳﻠﻴﻘﻪ‬ ‫از ﻃﺮف‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻓﻰ‬ ‫ده ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﺟﺎن!‬

‫ﺧﺴﻴﺲ‬ ‫دﺳﺖ و دل ﺑﺎز‬

‫!‪Happy birthday‬‬ ‫‪taste‬‬ ‫‪on behalf of‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺿﺎﻓﻰ از ﻃﺮف ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮاده ات ﺳﻼم ﺑﺮﺳﺎن‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻛﺎﻓﻰ در اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﺪارم‪.‬‬

‫‪ten times‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت وﺻﻔﻰ‬

‫ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎ از ﺳﺎل ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺎﻻ ده ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫!‪O my God‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت ﺗﻌﺠﺒﻰ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﺟﺎن! ﻳ ﻛﻢ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻮاﻇﺐ ﺑﺎش!‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﻣﻦ از آدم ﻫﺎى ﺧﺴﻴﺲ اﺻﻼ ً ﺧﻮﺷﻢ ﻧﻤﻰ آﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫اﮔﺮ دﺳﺖ و دل ﺑﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﻰ دوﺳﺘﺎن ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮى‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﻫﻰ داﺷﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪enough‬‬

‫‪stingy‬‬ ‫‪generous‬‬

‫درس ﭼﻬﺎردﻫﻢ‬

‫‪155‬‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ﻣﺠﺮد ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﺄﻫﻞ؟‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫ازدواج‬

‫‪marriage‬‬

‫ﻋﺮوﺳﻰ‬

‫‪wedding‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫‪style‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺳﺒ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪه ﻃﻨﺰﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫;‪ceremonies‬‬ ‫‪rituals‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻣﺮاﺳﻢ ﺗﺮﺣﻴﻢ او در ﺑﻬﺸﺖ زﻫﺮا ﺑﺮﮔﺰار ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ ‪ /‬اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻛﺸﻮرﻫﺎى ﻏﺮﺑﻰ از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻗﻮام ﻣﺎدرم ﻫﻤﻪ در ﺧﺮﻣﺸﻬﺮ زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﺒ‬ ‫ﻣﺮاﺳﻢ‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫او آرزوى ازدواج دارد‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮوﺳﻰ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻣﺠﻠﻞ ﺑﻮد‪.‬‬

‫ﻏﺮﺑﻰ‬

‫;‪western‬‬ ‫‪westerner‬‬

‫اﻗﻮام‬

‫‪relatives‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫آﺷﻨﺎ‬

‫‪acquaintance‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫او از آﺷﻨﺎﻳﺎن ﭘﺪرم ﺑﻮد‪.‬‬

‫‪a good deed‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻫﺮ روز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻣﺮ ﺧﻴﺮى اﻧﺠﺎم داد ﺗﺎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ‬ ‫زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻛﺮد‪.‬‬

‫اﺑﺘﺪا‬

‫‪firstly; beginning‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‪/‬اﺳﻢ‬

‫اﺑﺘﺪا ﺗﺨﻢ ﻣﺮغ ﻫﺎ را ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ و ﺳﭙﺲ آرد و ﺷﻴﺮ را‬ ‫اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﻮاﺳﺘﮕﺎرى‬

‫‪asking for a girl’s‬‬ ‫‪hand in marriage‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻷ دﺧﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮاﺳﺘﮕﺎرى ﭘﺴﺮﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻰ روﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫اﻣﺮ ﺧﻴﺮ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه‬

‫‪together with‬‬

‫دﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻞ‬

‫‪bouquet of‬‬ ‫‪flowers‬‬

‫ﻧﺎﻣﺰدى‬ ‫دوران‬ ‫زوج‬ ‫اﺗﻔﺎق‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮔﺰار ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ(‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺰد ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ(‬ ‫ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﻮدن‬ ‫ﮔﻢ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺿﺎﻓﻰ او ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﭘﺴﺮش ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ام آﻣﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫دﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻞ ﻋﺮوس ﺑﺴﻴﺎر زﻳﺒﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪engagement‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻧﺎﻣﺰدى آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺳﺎده ﺑﺮﮔﺰار ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪period‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫دوران اﺳﺘﺒﺪاد ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ رﺳﻴﺪ و زﻣﺎن آزادى‬ ‫ﻓﺮا رﺳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪a married couple‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫آﻳﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ زوج ﺧﻮﺷﺒﺨﺘﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ؟‬

‫‪event‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻳ اﺗﻔﺎق ﺳﺎده ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺳﺮﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﻓﺮد را‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ دﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪to be held‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫اﻣﺴﺎل ﻛﻨﻔﺮاﻧﺲ زﺑﺎن و ادﺑﻴﺎت ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ در‬ ‫اﻳﻦ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺑﺮﮔﺰار ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬

‫;‪to be nominated‬‬ ‫‪to get engaged‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫او ﻧﺎﻣﺰد رﻳﺎﺳﺖ ﺟﻤﻬﻮرى ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪to agree‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫آﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮاﻓﻘﻴﺪ؟‬

‫‪to lose‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﻴﻒ ﭘﻮﻟﻢ را ﮔﻢ ﻛﺮده ام‪.‬‬

‫‪to recommend‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻛﺮدم ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ و ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫?‪Are you single or married‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 14‬‬

‫‪156‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫ﻓﺮق ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to change‬‬ ‫)‪(intransitive‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫اﻳﺮان از ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎل ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻓﺮق‬ ‫ﻛﺮده اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫وﻗﺖ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ )ﮔﻴﺮ(‬

‫‪to make an‬‬ ‫‪appointment‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﭘﻴﺶ از رﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺰﺷ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ وﻗﺖ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪to believe in‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫آﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﺠﺰه اﻋﺘﻘﺎد دارﻳﺪ؟‬

‫ﻋﻘﺪ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to marry‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﻢ اﻣﺴﺎل ﻋﻘﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ و ﺳﺎل آﻳﻨﺪه‬ ‫ﻋﺮوﺳﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺮح دادن )ده(‬

‫‪to explain‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎً در ﻣﻮرد ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻨﮥ ﻛﺎرﺗﺎن ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺷﺮح دﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ دادن )ده(‬

‫‪to explain‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد ﻟﻄﻔﺎً اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮع را ﻛﻤﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ دﻫﻴﺪ؟‬

‫‪to wear on one’s‬‬ ‫‪hand‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ اش را ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﺶ ﻛﺮد‪.‬‬

‫اﻋﺘﻘﺎد داﺷﺘﻦ )دار(‬

‫ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ‬

‫
‬

‫ﻫﺪﻳﮥ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ‪ :‬اﻣﺮوز ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﺧﺎﻧﻤﻢ اﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﻰ داﻧﻢ ﭼﻪ ﻫﺪﻳﻪ اى ﺑﺮاى او ﺑﮕﻴﺮم‪.‬‬ ‫روﻳﺎ‪ :‬ﮔﻞ ﺑﮕﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﮥ ﺧﺎﻧﻤﻬﺎ ﮔﻞ دوﺳﺖ دارﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ‪ :‬ﺳﻠﻴﻘﮥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮب ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﻮ اﻳﻦ ﻫﺰار ﺗﻮﻣﺎن را ﺑﮕﻴﺮ و از ﻃﺮف ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮاى او ﮔﻞ ﺑﺨﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫روﻳﺎ‪ :‬اﻳﻦ ﭘﻮﻟﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮ ﻣﻰ دﻫﻰ ﻛﺎﻓﻰ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ده ﺑﺮاﺑﺮش ﻛﻨﻰ!‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ‪ :‬ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺧﻮب‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻫﺰار ﺗﻮﻣﺎﻧﻰ را ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ دادم ﺑﺪه‪.‬‬ ‫روﻳﺎ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﺟﺎن ﺗﻮ ﭼﻘﺪر ﺧﺴﻴﺴﻰ‪ .‬آدم ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاى ﺧﺎﻧﻤﺶ دﺳﺖ و دﻟﺒﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻫﻢ دﺳﺖ و دﻟﺒﺎزم! ﺧﻮب‪ ،‬اﻳﻦ ده ﻫﺰار ﺗﻮﻣﺎن را ﺑﮕﻴﺮ وﻟﻰ ﻣﻮاﻇﺐ ﺑﺎش ﮔﻢ ﻧﺸﻮد‪.‬‬

‫در‪ E‬ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫اﻣﺮوز ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﻛﻴﺴﺖ؟‬ ‫آﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺴﻴﺲ اﺳﺖ؟ ﭼﺮا؟‬

‫‪157‬‬

‫درس ﭼﻬﺎردﻫﻢ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ﻣﺠﺮد ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﺄﻫﻞ؟‬

‫روﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﺮاى ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﺧﺎﻧﻤﺶ ﭼﻪ ﺑﮕﻴﺮد؟‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻰ ﺑﺮاى ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﮔﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺧﺮد؟‬

‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻳ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮى ﻫﺪﻳﮥ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ وﻟﻰ درﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﻳ‪B‬ﻰ از دوﺳﺘﺎﻧﺘﺎن‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﻟﺪﺗﺎن را ﭼﻄﻮر‬ ‫ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬

‫
‬

‫ازدواج ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒ‪ U‬ﺳﻨﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺮاﺳﻢ ﺳﻨﺘﻰ ازدواج در اﻳﺮان ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮاﺳﻢ ازدواج در ﻛﺸﻮرﻫﺎى ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻓﺮق ﻣﻴ‪B‬ﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮًﻻ دﺧﺘﺮ و ﭘﺴﺮ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬اﻗﻮام و آﺷﻨﺎﻳﺎن اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎر را اﻣﺮى ﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ داﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬اﺑﺘﺪا ﺧﺎﻧﻮاد ﭘﺴﺮ از ﺧﺎﻧﻮاد‬ ‫دﺧﺘﺮ وﻗﺖ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ و ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮاﺳﺘﮕﺎرى دﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻰ روﻧﺪ‪ .‬در روز ﺧﻮاﺳﺘﮕﺎرى‪ ،‬ﭘﺴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﻣﺎدر و‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺮاﻧﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻳ دﺳﺘﮥ ﮔﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﮥ دﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻰ روﻧﺪ‪ ،‬دﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاى آﻧﻬﺎ ﭼﺎى ﻣﻰ آورد و ﺑﺎ ﭘﺴﺮ و ﺧﺎﻧﻮاده اش‬ ‫آﺷﻨﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد‪ .‬اﮔﺮ ﻫﺮ دو ﺧﺎﻧﻮاده ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬دﺧﺘﺮ و ﭘﺴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺎﻣﺰد ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﻣﺰدى‬ ‫رﺳﻮم وﻳﮋ ﺧﻮد را دارد‪ .‬ﺟﺸﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﺰدى ﺟﺸﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺘًﺎ ﻛﻮﭼ‪B‬ﻰ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ در ﺧﺎﻧﮥ دﺧﺘﺮﺑﺮﮔﺰار ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﺷﻮد و دﺧﺘﺮ و ﭘﺴﺮ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ اى ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻫﺎ اﻋﺘﻘﺎد دارﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ دوران ﻧﺎﻣﺰدى ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫دوران زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻳ زوج اﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ از دوران ﻧﺎﻣﺰدى‪ ،‬دو ﺧﺎﻧﻮاده روزى را ﺑﺮاى ﻋﻘﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺸﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﺮوﺳﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻋﻘﺪ و ﻣﻌﻤﻮًﻻ در ﺧﺎﻧﮥ ﭘﺴﺮ ﺑﺮﮔﺰار ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد و ﺟﺸﻦ ﺑﺰرﮔﻰ اﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻋﺮوس و داﻣﺎد اﻳﻦ روز‬ ‫را ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻧﻮاده‪ ،‬اﻗﻮام‪ ،‬دوﺳﺘﺎن و آﺷﻨﺎﻳﺎﻧﺸﺎن ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫در‪ E‬ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫اﻛﺜﺮ زوج ﻫﺎى ﺳﻨﺘﻰ ﭼﻄﻮر ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ آﺷﻨﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ؟‬ ‫ﻣﺮاﺳﻢ ﺧﻮاﺳﺘﮕﺎرى را ﺷﺮح دﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮق ﻧﺎﻣﺰدى ﺑﺎ ﻋﻘﺪ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬ ‫ﭼﻪ وﻗﺖ دﺧﺘﺮ و ﭘﺴﺮ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؟‬

158

Lesson 14

䊏

Are you single or married?

‫دﺳﺘﻮر‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺳﺎزى‬

Compounding

............................................................................................................................................................................................

Compounding is a common way of forming words in Persian, and many words you will encounter in Persian are compounds where two or more words are combined to form a new word, e.g.:

(‫ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬+ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ )ﻛﺘﺎب‬ Compound verbs are very common in Persian, e.g.:

(‫ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬+ ‫ﻛﺘﺎب ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن )ﻛﺘﺎب‬ Note that compound verbs outnumber simple verbs in Persian. Compound verbs contain a verbal part and a nonverbal part. The verbal part is chosen from a limited list of verbs. The simple verbs most commonly used as the verbal component in compound verbs in Persian are:

‫داﺷﺘﻦ‬

‫دادن‬

‫ﺧﻮردن‬ ...

‫ﺑﻮدن‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬

‫ﺑﺴﺘﻦ‬

‫ﺑﺮدن‬

‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻦ‬

‫اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻦ‬

‫ﻛﺸﻴﺪن‬

‫اﻓﺘﺎدن‬

‫ﻛﺮدن‬

‫ﺷﺪن‬

‫آوردن‬

‫آﻣﺪن‬

‫زدن‬

‫رﻓﺘﻦ‬

The nonverbal part of a compound verb can be either: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

a noun (‫ ﮔﺮﻳﻪ‬in ‫)ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﻛﺮدن‬ an adjective or past participle (‫ ﺧﺴﺘﻪ‬in ‫)ﺧﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن‬ a prepositional phrase (‫ ﺑﻪ دﻧﻴﺎ‬in ‫)ﺑﻪ دﻧﻴﺎ آﻣﺪن‬ an adverbial (‫ ﺑﺮ‬in ‫)ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ‬ a complex nominal (‫ ﺳﺮ و ﻛﺎر‬in ‫)ﺳﺮ و ﻛﺎر داﺷﺘﻦ‬

Even borrowed words can combine with the above verbs to make new compound words in Persian, such as:

‫اﻳﻤﻴﻞ زدن‬ ‫ﭼﺖ ﻛﺮدن‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴ ﻛﺮدن‬ Verbal nouns (which can be used as either adjectives or nouns) are often formed from

‫ﻣﺠﺮد ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﺄﻫﻞ؟‬

䊏

‫درس ﭼﻬﺎردﻫﻢ‬

159

compound verbs in Persian, where the nonverbal part is added to the present stem of the verbal component, e.g.:

(‫درس ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن < درس ﺧﻮان )ﺻﻔﺖ‬ (‫داﺳﺘﺎن ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ < داﺳﺘﺎن ﻧﻮﻳﺲ )اﺳﻢ‬ (‫ﭘﻨﺎه ﺟﺴﺘﻦ < ﭘﻨﺎه ﺟﻮ )اﺳﻢ‬ Verbal nouns can often also be formed from the present stem of verbs, e.g.:

‫ﮔﻔﺘﻦ < ﮔﻮ < ﮔﻮﻳﺶ‬ ‫رﻓﺘﻦ < رو < روش‬ ‫دﻳﺪن < ﺑﻴﻦ < ﺑﻴﻨﺶ‬ ‫ﺧﻮردن < ﺧﻮر < ﺧﻮرش‬ Active participles can sometimes also be formed from the present stem by adding ‫ﻧﺪه‬ e.g.:

‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن < ﺧﻮان < ﺧﻮاﻧﻨﺪه‬ ‫ﺷﻨﻴﺪن < ﺷﻨﻮ < ﺷﻨﻮﻧﺪه‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎدن < ﻓﺮﺳﺖ < ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ < ﻧﻮﻳﺲ < ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪه‬

Derivatives

‫ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺎت‬

............................................................................................................................................................................................

The smallest meaningful units in a language are called morphemes. One word may consist of one or more morphemes. Derivatives are words that are derived from other words by combining two or more morphemes. Derivational morphemes are added to other words and often change the part of speech of the word, e.g.:

(‫ ى ← ﺑﺰرﮔﻰ )اﺳﻢ‬+ (‫ﺑﺰرگ )ﺻﻔﺖ‬ (‫ ى ← ﺑﺰرﮔﻮارى )اﺳﻢ‬+ (‫ وار ← ﺑﺰرﮔﻮار )ﺻﻔﺖ‬+ (‫ﺑﺰرگ )ﺻﻔﺖ‬ (‫ ﮔﻴﻦ ← ﺧﺸﻤﮕﻴﻦ )ﺻﻔﺖ‬+ (‫ﺧﺸﻢ )اﺳﻢ‬ (‫ ﻧﺎ€ ← ﻏﻤﻨﺎ€ )ﺻﻔﺖ‬+ (‫ﻏﻢ )اﺳﻢ‬ (‫ ى ← ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻧﻰ )اﺳﻢ‬+ (‫ ﺑﺎن ← ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎن )ﺻﻔﺖ‬+ (‫ﻣﻬﺮ )اﺳﻢ‬

160

Lesson 14

䊏

Are you single or married?

‫ ﻛﻠﻤﺎت ﻣﺮﻛﺐ و‬،‫ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﻟﻐﺎت‬.‫ﺟﺪول زﻳﺮ را ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮى ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪول اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ‬

‫ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪه‬

‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ‬

‫ﺧﺸﻢ‬ ‫ﺎﺗﺒﻪ اى‬B‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻨﮕﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﺎر‬ ‫آﺷﻨﺎﻳﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻫﻮش‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺳﻴﺪن‬ ‫ﺧﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮدن‬ ‫داﻧﺎ‬

Conjunctions

‫ﻛﻠﻤﺎت رﺑﻂ‬

............................................................................................................................................................................................

Conjunctions are words that connect two words, two phrases, two clauses, two sentences, and even two paragraphs. Conjunctions include coordinate conjunctions (e.g. and, but, etc.), correlative conjunctions (e.g. both . . . . . and . . . .; either . . . . . or . . . . ., etc.), subordinate conjunctions (e.g. when, if, because, since, so that, etc.) and conjunctive adverbs (e.g. however, furthermore, consequently, etc.).

‫‪161‬‬

‫درس ﭼﻬﺎردﻫﻢ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ﻣﺠﺮد ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﺄﻫﻞ؟‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻛﻠﻤﺎت رﺑﻄﻰ را ﻛﻪ زﻳﺮﺷﺎن ﺧﻂ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه درﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﻟﻐﺎت ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺟﻤﻼت زﻳﺮ را ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻧﻢ ﭼﻮن ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫اﻳﺮان ﻧﻔﺖ دارد ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫اﮔﺮﭼﻪ او را ﻣﻰ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻢ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ رﻏﻢ ﻣﺸ‪B‬ﻼت اﻗﺘﺼﺎدى ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫اﻣﺮوز ﻛﺎر ﻧﻤﻰ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻟﺬا ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫اﻳﺮان ﻛﺸﻮرى ﻏﻨﻰ اﺳﺖ زﻳﺮا ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ وﺟﻮدﻳ‪B‬ﻪ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ درس ﺧﻮاﻧﺪه ﺑﻮدم ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫واژﮔﺎن اﻳﻦ درس ﻣﺸ‪B‬ﻞ اﺳﺖ ازاﻳﻨﺮو ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﻛﻢ آﺑﻰ در اﻳﺮان ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺤﺮان اﻗﺘﺼﺎدى ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ اﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ را دﻳﺪه ام وﻟﻰ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ اﻳﺮان ﺑﺮوم ﺗﺎ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺮاﻧﻴﺪ و ﺑﻌﺪ ‪. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ اﻣﺮوز ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻛﺎر دارم ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼوه ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫از ﻣﺎدرت ﺑﭙﺮس ﻛﻪ آﻳﺎ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫وﻳﺰاﻳﻤﺎن را ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻴﻢ اﻣﺎ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫زﺑﺎن ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ از رﻳﺸﮥ ﻫﻨﺪ واروﭘﺎﺋﻰ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻼف ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫در اﺷﻌﺎر ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﺸﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺮاز ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎن اﺳﺖ ﭼﺮا ﻛﻪ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮ ﻳﺰد ﺷﻬﺮى ﻛﻮﻳﺮى اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ دﻟﻴﻞ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫آﻧﻘﺪر ﻫﻮا ﮔﺮم اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻰ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻣﺸ‪B‬ﻞ ﺑﻮد ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ وﺟﻮد ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫ﺗﻬﺮان ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ رﺷﺪ ﻛﺮده اﺳﺖ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴ‪B‬ﻪ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬

‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟‬ ‫ﺳﻔﺮ‬ ‫دارا‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻓﺮدا ﻣﻰ رﻳﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫
‬

‫?‪Are you single or married‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 14‬‬

‫‪162‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺎر؟‬ ‫دارا‪ :‬ﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮاﭘﻴﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﻄﺎر ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻃﻮل ﻣﻰ ﻛﺸﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻰ ﭘﺮواز ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﻦ؟‬ ‫دارا‪ :‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﻪ ﺻﺒﺢ وﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺻﺒﺢ ﻓﺮودﮔﺎه ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﭘﺮوازاى ﺧﺎرﺟﻰ ﻣﻰ رﻳﻦ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮوازاى داﺧﻠﻰ؟‬ ‫دارا‪ :‬ﭘﺮوازاى ﺧﺎرﺟﻰ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻮارض ﻓﺮودﮔﺎه رو ﻫﻢ ﺑﺪﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﻰ دوﻧﻰ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺎر ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﻧﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻪ؟‬ ‫دارا‪ :‬ﻧﻪ وﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺑﺎر ﻣﻰ ﻓﻬﻤﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ وﻟﻰ اون ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺎر ﻫﻢ ﺑﺪى!‬

‫اﻳﻦ َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ را ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺪون ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‪ -‬ﭘﺮواز ﻳ‪B‬ﺴﺮه‪ /‬ﻳ‪B‬ﻄﺮﻓﻪ‪ -‬ﭘﺮواز دوﺳﺮه ‪ /‬دوﻃﺮﻓﻪ ‪ -‬ورود‪ -‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‪ -‬ﮔﺬرﻧﺎﻣﻪ‪ -‬ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﺗﺮاﻧﺰﻳﺖ‪-‬‬ ‫ﺳﻔﺎرت‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻰ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫‪literary‬‬

‫ﻣﻰ روﻳﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻰ رﻳﻢ‬

‫ﺑﺪﻫﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺑﺪﻳﻢ‬

‫ﺑﺪﻫﻰ‬

‫ﺑﺪى‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻣﻰ روﻳﺪ‬

‫ﻣﻰ رﻳﻦ‬

‫ﭘﺮوازﻫﺎ‬

‫ﭘﺮوازا‬

‫را‬

‫رو‬

‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻪ‬

‫ﻃﻮل ﻣﻰ ﻛﺸﺪ‬

‫ﻃﻮل ﻣﻰ ﻛﺸﻪ‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﻧﻪ‬

‫ﻣﻰ داﻧﻰ‬

‫ﻣﻰ دوﻧﻰ‬

‫آن‬

‫اون‬

‫‪colloquial‬‬

‫درس ﭘﺎﻧﺰدﻫﻢ‬ ‫‪.......................................................................‬‬

‫ﭼﺮا آﻧﻘﺪر ﺗﻌﺎرف ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؟‬

‫‪Lesson‬‬ ‫‪Fifteen‬‬

‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺟﻠﺪ رﻣﺎن ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‪ .‬رﻣﺎن ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻌﺮ در اﻳﺮان ﻗﺪﻣﺖ ﭼﻨﺪاﻧﻰ ﻧﺪارد‪ .‬ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎن اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ در دور ﻗﺎﺟﺎر ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻪ‬ ‫رﻣﺎن ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻰ ﻛﺮدﻧﺪ‪ .‬در ﺣﺎل ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺗﻌﺪاد رﻣﺎن ﻧﻮﻳﺴﺎن اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ ﭼﻪ در ﺧﻮد اﻳﺮان ﭼﻪ در ﻏﺮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻰ ﺳﺎل ﭘﻴﺶ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮاى ﻛﺴﺐ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ د رﻣﻮرد رﻣﺎن ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ در اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫?‪Why do you stand on ceremony‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 15‬‬

‫‪164‬‬

‫ﭼﺮا آﻧﻘﺪر ﺗﻌﺎرف ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؟‬ ‫‪.......................................................................‬‬

‫?‪Why do you stand on ceremony‬‬

‫درس ﭘﺎﻧﺰدﻫﻢ‪ :‬ﭼﺮا آﻧﻘﺪر ﺗﻌﺎرف ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؟‬ ‫َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ‪ :‬ﺑﻮق‬ ‫دﺳﺘﻮر‪ :‬اﻓﻌﺎل ﺳﺒﺒﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺮورى ﺑﺮ زﻣﺎن ﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‪ :‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎه ^ﺘﺎب‬ ‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟ ﺗﻌﺎرف‬

‫واژ َ َﻛﺎن‬

‫
‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﻮق‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧ َ َﻜﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫)‪horn (of a car‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫راﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎن اﻳﺮاﻧﻰ ﻋﺎدت ﺑﻪ ﺑﻮق زدن دارﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪way; route‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬ ‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﺪام ﻃﺮف اﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻢ را ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﮔﺎه ﺑﺒﺮم‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻًﺎ‬

‫‪especially‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻫﻤﮥ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎى اﻳﺮان زﻳﺒﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎى ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎه ﻛﺘﺎب‬

‫‪book fair‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺳﻤﻰ‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎه ﻛﺘﺎب در اﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺮﮔﺰار ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬

‫‪stand; stall‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫از ﻏﺮﻓﮥ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ دﺳﺘﻰ اﻳﺮان دﻳﺪن ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪visitor‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫‪scholar‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫‪visit‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎر ﺑﺎزدﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎن ﺑﻪ ﻳ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮن ﻧﻔﺮ‬ ‫رﺳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻘﻘﺎن ﺑﺴﻴﺎرى درﺑﺎر ﺗﺎرﻳﺨﭽﮥ زﺑﺎن‬ ‫ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ اﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻰ ﺑﻪ دﻳﺪار ﻣﻦ ﻣﻰ آﻳﻴﺪ؟‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺳﻤﻰ‬

‫آﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ دارى؟‬

‫ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﮔﺎه‬

‫ﻏﺮﻓﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎزدﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه )ﺑﺎزدﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎن(‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻘﻖ )ﻣﺤﻘﻘﺎن(‬ ‫دﻳﺪار‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ‬

‫;‪mechanic’s‬‬ ‫‪repairshop‬‬

‫‪academic books‬‬

‫درس ﭘﺎﻧﺰدﻫﻢ‬

‫‪165‬‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺐ درﺳﻰ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ﭼﺮا آﻧﻘﺪر ﺗﻌﺎرف ﻣﻰ ^ﻨﻴﺪ؟‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧ َ َﻜﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺳﻤﻰ‬

‫ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﻛﺘﺐ درﺳﻰ ﻋﻮض ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪subject‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﺗﺰ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬

‫‪journal; newsletter‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻧﺸﺮﻳﺎت داﺧﻠﻰ و ﺧﺎرﺟﻰ در اﻳﻦ ﻏﺮﻓﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺳﻤﻰ‬

‫ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ دﺳﺘﻰ اﺻﻔﻬﺎن ﻣﻌﺮوف اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺮخ‬

‫‪exchange rate‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻧﺮخ ﭘﻮﻧﺪ ﭼﻨﺪ اﺳﺖ؟‬

‫ارز‬

‫‪foreign currency‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫از ﻛﺠﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﻢ ارز ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻢ؟‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺎى دوﻟﺘﻰ از دوﻟﺖ ﻳﺎراﻧﻪ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻣﻰ او ﺧﻴﺎﻃﻰ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺳﻤﻰ‬

‫ﺧﻮاﺑﻢ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺑﺮد‪.‬اﺣﺘﻴﺎج ﺑﻪ ﻗﺮص ﺧﻮاب‬ ‫دارم‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺖ‬

‫از ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎى ﺗﺮﺳﻨﺎ€ اﺻﻼً ﺧﻮﺷﻢ ﻧﻤﻰ آﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫ﻳ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻃﻮل ﻛﺸﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗ‪B‬ﻠﻴﻔﻢ را‬ ‫ﺑﺎزﻧﻮﻳﺴﻰ ﻛﻨﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻮﺷﻴﺪن )ﻧﻮش(‬

‫‪to drink‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫آﻳﺎ ﭼﻴﺰى ﺑﺮاى ﻧﻮﺷﻴﺪن ﻣﻴﻞ دارﻳﺪ؟‬

‫ﺗﺮﺳﻴﺪن )ﺗﺮس(‬

‫‪to be scared‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎ از ﺗﺎرﻳ‪B‬ﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺗﺮﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪to achieve; to‬‬ ‫‪arrive at‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﺑﺮاى رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ اﻫﺪاﻓﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻼش ﻛﻨﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﻮﺷﻴﺪن )ﺟﻮش(‬

‫)‪to boil (intransitive‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫آب در ‪ ١٠٠‬درﺟﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺟﻮﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫رﺳﺎﻧﺪن )رﺳﺎن(‬

‫‪to give somebody a‬‬ ‫‪ride; to deliver sth.‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﻣﺮا ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ام ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ؟‬

‫‪to like to; to want to‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫آﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻗﻬﻮه ﺑﺨﻮرﻳﻢ؟‬

‫‪to go on foot‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﺧﻴﺮاً ﭘﻴﺎده ﺳﺮ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻰ روم‪.‬‬

‫‪to be sure‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫آﻳﺎ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎران ﻧﻤﻰ آﻳﺪ؟‬

‫ﺗﻌﺎرف ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to be very polite; to‬‬ ‫‪stand on ceremony‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫اﻳﺮاﻧﻴﺎن ﻋﺎدت دارﻧﺪ زﻳﺎد ﺗﻌﺎرف ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺰاﺣﻢ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ(‬

‫‪to bother someone‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﺑﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺰاﺣﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺷﺪم‪.‬‬

‫‪to believe‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﺑﺎور ﻛﻨﻴﺪ راﺳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪to exchange; to‬‬ ‫‪transform‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻛﺠﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﻢ دﻻرﻫﺎﻳﻢ را ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﻨﻢ؟‬

‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮع‬ ‫)ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎت(‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ )ﻧﺸﺮﻳﺎت(‬ ‫ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ دﺳﺘﻰ‬

‫دوﻟﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻗﺮص ﺧﻮاب‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺳﻨﺎ€‬ ‫ﺑﺎزﻧﻮﻳﺴﻰ‬

‫رﺳﻴﺪن )رس( )ﺑﻪ(‬

‫ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻮدن‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎده رﻓﺘﻦ )رو(‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺑﻮدن‬

‫ﺑﺎور ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪text books‬‬

‫‪handicrafts‬‬

‫‪state; government‬‬ ‫)‪(adjective‬‬ ‫‪hobby‬‬ ‫‪sleeping pill‬‬ ‫‪scary; frightening‬‬ ‫‪rewriting‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻧ َ َﻜﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬

‫‪Lesson 15‬‬

‫?‪Why do you stand on ceremony‬‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ دﺳﺘﻮرى‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

‫‪166‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to publish‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫او ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎى زﻳﺎدى ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻛﺮده اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻦ‬ ‫)ﮔﺬار(‬

‫‪to put on display‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺪادى از ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎﻳﺶ را ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﮔﺬاﺷﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ(‬

‫‪to be displayed‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻧﺸﺮﻳﺎت داﺧﻠﻰ و ﺧﺎرﺟﻰ در اﻳﻦ ﻓﺮوﺷﮕﺎه‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻮاس ‪ . . .‬ﺑﻮدن‬

‫‪to pay attention‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﺣﻮاﺳﺖ ﻫﺴﺖ دارى ﭼﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻰ؟‬

‫َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ‬

‫
‬

‫ﺑﻮق‬ ‫آرﻣﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﻛﺠﺎ ﻣﻰ روى؟ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻰ رﺳﺎﻧﻤﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺴﺎ‪ :‬ﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻢ ﭘﻴﺎده ﺑﺮوم‪ .‬ﻣﺘﺸ‪B‬ﺮم‪.‬‬ ‫آرﻣﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺎرف ﻧ‪B‬ﻦ! ﺗﻮ در ﻣﺴﻴﺮم ﻫﺴﺘﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺴﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﻰ؟ ﻣﺰاﺣﻤﺖ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺷﻮم؟‬ ‫آرﻣﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎور ﻛﻦ‪ .‬ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻫﻢ ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎل ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮم‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺴﺎ‪ :‬ﺑﻮق ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﺖ ﻣﺮا ﺗﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫آرﻣﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺬرت ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻫﻢ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻢ را ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﮔﺎه ﺑﺒﺮم‪ .‬ﺻﺪاى ﺑﻮﻗﺶ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺴﺎ‪ :‬دﻗﻴﻘًﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻًﺎ اﮔﺮ ﺣﻮاﺳﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ و ﻳ ﻧﻔﺮ ﭘﺸﺘﺖ ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎر ﺑﻮق ﺑﺰﻧﺪ!‬

‫در‪ E‬ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﭼﺮا آرﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻣﻬﺴﺎ را ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ؟‬ ‫ﭼﺮا ﻣﻬﺴﺎ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﺪ؟‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آرﻣﻴﻦ ﭼﻪ ﻣﺸ‪B‬ﻠﻰ دارد؟‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎرف ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﭼﻪ؟‬

‫‪167‬‬

‫درس ﭘﺎﻧﺰدﻫﻢ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ﭼﺮا آﻧﻘﺪر ﺗﻌﺎرف ﻣﻰ ^ﻨﻴﺪ؟‬

‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻳ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮى ﺑﻮق وﻟﻰ در ﻣﻮرد ﻳ‪B‬ﻰ از ﺧﻨﺪه دارﺗﺮﻳﻦ اﺗﻔﺎﻗﺎﺗﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاى‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﭘﻴﺶ آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫دﺳﺘﻮر‬ ‫اﻓﻌﺎل ﺳﺒﺒﻰ‬

‫‪Causative verbs‬‬

‫‪............................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪In causative constructions the subject causes the object to do something. Note the‬‬ ‫‪difference between the position of subject, object and verb in these sentences:‬‬

‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻨﺪﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫او آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺧﻨﺪاﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫آب ﺟﻮﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ آب را ﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪم‪.‬‬

‫‪They laughed.‬‬ ‫‪She made them laugh.‬‬ ‫‪The water boiled.‬‬ ‫‪I boiled the water.‬‬

‫‪ is often added to the present stem of‬اﻧﺪن ‪In Persian, to form causative verbs, the suffix‬‬ ‫‪the simple verb, e.g.:‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﺳﻴﺪن ← ﺗﺮس ‪ +‬اﻧﺪن ← ﺗﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪن‬ ‫ﺧﻮردن ← ﺧﻮر ‪ +‬اﻧﺪن ← ﺧﻮراﻧﺪن‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺷﻴﺪن ← ﻧﻮش ‪ +‬اﻧﺪن ← ﻧﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪن‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﺑﻴﺪن ← ﺧﻮاب ‪ +‬اﻧﺪن ← ﺧﻮاﺑﺎﻧﺪن‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺷﻴﺪن ← ﺟﻮش ‪ +‬اﻧﺪن ← ﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪن‬ ‫ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪن ← ﭘﻮش ‪ +‬اﻧﺪن ← ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪن‬ ‫ﺧﻨﺪﻳﺪن ← ﺧﻨﺪ ‪ +‬اﻧﺪن ← ﺧﻨﺪاﻧﺪن‬

‫اﻓﻌﺎل ﺟﻤﻼت زﻳﺮ را ﺑﻪ اﻓﻌﺎل ﺳﺒﺒﻰ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺟﻤﻼت را ﺑﺎزﻧﻮﻳﺴﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫او از ﻓﻴﻠﻤﻬﺎى ﺗﺮﺳﻨﺎ€ ﻣﻰ ﺗﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﺮص ﺧﻮاب ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﺑﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎ از ﺟﻮ€ ﻫﺎى ﺧﻨﺪه دار ﺧﻨﺪﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫او روى ﺻﻮرﺗﺶ روﺑﻨﺪه ﻣﻰ ﭘﻮﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫دﺧﺘﺮم ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ وﻗﺘﻰ ﺑﭽﻪ ﺑﻮد روى زاﻧﻮﻫﺎﻳﻢ ﻣﻰ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫?‪Why do you stand on ceremony‬‬

‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪168‬‬

‫‪Lesson 15‬‬

‫
‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸ َ َﻜﺎه ﻛﺘﺎب‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ در اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﺎه ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎه ﺑﺰرگ ﻛﺘﺎب در ﺗﻬﺮان ﺑﺮﮔﺰار ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد‪ .‬در اﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎه ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎى‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻰ از ﺳﺮاﺳﺮ دﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﺎن و ﻣﺤﻘﻘﺎن ﺑﺴﻴﺎرى ﺑﺮاى دﻳﺪار و ﺧﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ و درﺳﻰ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎه ﻣﻰ روﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎى ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮن ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﻣﻮﺿﻮع در ﻏﺮﻓﻪ ﻫﺎى‬ ‫اﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎه ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎه ﻛﺘﺎب از ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎه ﻫﺎى دﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎزدﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎن‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮى دارد‪ .‬ﺑﺠﺰ ﻛﺘﺎب‪ ،‬ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮان ﻧﺸﺮﻳﺎت و ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ دﺳﺘﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ در اﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎه ﺧﺮﻳﺪ‪ .‬داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﺎن‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎى ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﺪه در ﻛﺸﻮرﻫﺎى ﻏﺮﺑﻰ را ﺑﺎ ﻧﺮخ ارز ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ ﺧﺮﻳﺪارى ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺘﺎب ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬ ‫ﻳ‪B‬ﻰ از ﻣﺤﺒﻮب ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻣﻰ ﻫﺎى اﻳﺮاﻧﻴﺎن اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫در‪ E‬ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﻧﻮع ﻛﺘﺎب ﻫﺎﻳﻰ در ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎه ﻛﺘﺎب ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد؟‬ ‫ﺑﺠﺰ ﻛﺘﺎب ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎى دﻳﮕﺮى در اﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎه ﻓﺮوﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮد؟‬ ‫ﭼﺮا داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﺎن ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻨﺪ از اﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎه ﻛﺘﺎب ﺑﺨﺮﻧﺪ؟‬ ‫آﻳﺎ در ﻛﺸﻮر ﺷﻤﺎ اﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﮔﺰار ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ؟‬

‫ﻣﺮورى ﺑﺮ زﻣﺎن ﻫﺎ‬

‫‪A review of verb tenses‬‬

‫‪............................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪Past 1‬‬ ‫‪1. Simple past: This tense is used to express an action completed in the past, which is‬‬ ‫‪often accompanied by a past time expression, e.g.:‬‬

‫دﻳﺮوز ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎر€ رﻓﺘﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪I went to the park yesterday.‬‬ ‫‪2. Past progressive: This tense is used to express an action that was in progress in the‬‬ ‫‪past when another action interrupted it, e.g.:‬‬

‫وﻗﺘﻰ ﺗﻮ زﻧﮓ زدى ﻣﻦ داﺷﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎر€ ﻣﻰ رﻓﺘﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪The verb tenses are reviewed here in the order they are presented in the book.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬

‫ﭼﺮا آﻧﻘﺪر ﺗﻌﺎرف ﻣﻰ ^ﻨﻴﺪ؟‬

䊏

‫درس ﭘﺎﻧﺰدﻫﻢ‬

169

I was going to the park when you called me. The past progressive is also used for past habitual actions, e.g.:

.‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﻪ آن ﻛﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻰ رﻓﺘﻴﻢ‬ We always used to go to that café. 3. Past perfect: This tense is used when an action happened before another action in the past, e.g.:

.‫ﻪ ﺗﻮ زﻧﮓ ﺑﺰﻧﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎر€ رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮدم‬B‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻨ‬ I had gone to the park before you called me. Present 1. Simple present: The simple present is used when expressing the following: a. Habit

.‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﺮ روزﺻﺒﺢ ﭼﺎى ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮرم‬ I drink tea every morning. b. Fact

.‫اﻳﺮاﻧﻴﺎن زﻳﺎد ﭼﺎى ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮرﻧﺪ‬ Iranians drink tea a lot. c. Extended action

.‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺳﺎل اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﻨﺘﺮﻳﺎل زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻢ‬ I have lived in Montreal for seven years. 2. Present progressive: This tense is used to express an action that is taking place at the moment of speaking, e.g.:

.‫ﻣﻦ دارم درس ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻧﻢ‬ I am studying. 3. Present perfect: This tense is used to express an action that took place in the past, but its effect has remained until now, e.g.:

.‫ﻣﻦ ﺻﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻮرده ام‬

170

Lesson 15

䊏

Why do you stand on ceremony?

I have (already) eaten breakfast.

.‫او اﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ را ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎر دﻳﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ He has seen this film three times. Future 1. Simple future: This tense is often used to express an action in the future. In Persian, the simple present is commonly used to express a future action, e.g.:

.‫اﻣﺸﺐ درس ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﻧﻢ‬ I will study tonight. 2. Formal or emphatic future: There is another (less common) way of forming the future tense in Persian that is often more emphatic and which is more frequently used in the written language, e.g.:

.‫ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎن ﺑﻪ اﻳﺮان ﺧﻮاﻫﻢ رﻓﺖ‬ I will go to Iran in the summer.

.‫او را ﻫﻴﭻ وﻗﺖ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﻰ دﻳﺪ‬ You will never see him.

Subjunctive

............................................................................................................................................................................................

1. Present subjunctive: The present subjunctive is used after certain verbs and expressions that variously indicate wish, desire, intent, obligation, doubt; e.g.:

.‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺎل دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ اﻳﺮان ﺑﺮوم‬ I may go to Iran next year.

.‫ﻨﻢ‬B‫ﻧﻤﻰ ﺗﻮاﻧﻢ آن ﻛﺎر را ﺑ‬ I cannot do that.

.‫ﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺑﺰن‬B‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻨ‬ Call before you come.

‫‪171‬‬

‫درس ﭘﺎﻧﺰدﻫﻢ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫ﭼﺮا آﻧﻘﺪر ﺗﻌﺎرف ﻣﻰ ^ﻨﻴﺪ؟‬

‫‪2. Past subjunctive: The past subjunctive is used in the same way as the present‬‬ ‫‪subjunctive but for past actions; e.g.:‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎر€ رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪He might have gone to the park.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﺳﻴﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪They must have arrived.‬‬

‫اﮔﺮ دروغ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺗﻮ را ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﻢ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪If you have lied, I will never forgive you.‬‬

‫در ﺷﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮه؟‬

‫
‬

‫ﺗﻌﺎرف‬ ‫رﺿﺎ‪ :‬ﺳﻼم ﺷﻬﻼ ﺧﺎﻧﻮم‪ .‬رﺿﺎم‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﻼ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ! آﻗﺎ رﺿﺎ! ﻗﺮﺑﻮن ﺷﻤﺎ! ﻫﻤﻴﻦ اﻵن داﺷﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ و ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﻓ‪B‬ﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻛﺮدم‪.‬‬ ‫رﺿﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﺒﺖ دارﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ‪ .‬آﻗﺎى دﻛﺘﺮ ﺧﻮﺑﻦ؟ ﺑﺎ زﺣﻤﺘﺎى ﻣﺎ ﭼﻄﻮرﻳﻦ؟ ﭼﻘﺪر دﻳﺸﺐ ﺑﻬﺘﻮن زﺣﻤﺖ دادﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﻼ‪ :‬اﺧﺘﻴﺎر دارﻳﻦ رﺿﺎ ﺟﻮن‪ .‬اﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻓﺎ ﭼﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ زﺣﻤﺘﻰ‪ .‬ﻟﻄﻒ ﻛﺮدﻳﻦ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ آوردﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻛﻪ از زﻳﺎرت‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ و آﻗﺎى ﻣﻬﻨﺪس ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺷﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫رﺿﺎ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺤﺒﺖ دارﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻣﻬﻨﺪس ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاس ﺑﺎ آﻗﺎى دﻛﺘﺮ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ دارن؟‬ ‫ﺷﻬﻼ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﮔﻮﺷﻰ دﺳﺘﺘﻮن‪.‬‬ ‫رﺿﺎ‪ :‬ﻗﺮﺑﻮن ﺷﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﺧﺪاﻓﻆ‪.‬‬

‫اﻳﻦ َ َﻛﻔﺘ َ َﻜﻮ را ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ روﺷﻦ‪ -‬ﭼﺸﻢ ﻣﺎ روﺷﻦ‪ -‬ﭘﻴﺸ‪B‬ﺶ‪ -‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻰ ﻧﺪارد‪ -‬دﺳﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ درد ﻧ‪B‬ﻨﺪ‪ -‬ﻣﺒﺎر€ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪-‬‬ ‫ﭼﺸﻢ ا‬ ‫اﻧﺸﺎءاﻟّﻠﻪ‪ -‬ﻣﺮﺣﻤﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮدﻳﺪ‪ -‬ﻣﺮﺣﻤﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ زﻳﺎد‪ -‬ﻧﻮش ﺟﺎن‪ -‬اﻣﺮى ﻧﻴﺴﺖ؟‪ -‬ﺧﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪ -‬ﺳﻼﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪ -‬ﺧﻮاﻫﺶ ﻣﻴ‪B‬ﻨﻢ‪ -‬اﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻢ‬

‫?‪Why do you stand on ceremony‬‬

‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻰ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫‪literary‬‬

‫دارﻳﺪ‬

‫دارﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺣﺮﻓﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺣﺮﻓﺎ‬

‫ﺟﺎن‬

‫ﺟﻮن‬

‫دﺳﺘﺘﺎن‬

‫دﺳﺘﺘﻮن‬

‫ﺧﺎﻧﻢ‬

‫ﺧﺎﻧﻮم‬

‫ﺑﻬﺸﺎن‬

‫ﺑﻬﺸﻮن‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ‬

‫ﺑﻬﺘﻮن‬

‫ﻗﺮﺑﺎن‬

‫ﻗﺮﺑﻮن‬

‫ﺧﻮب ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺑﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺑﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺑﻴﻦ‬

‫ﭼﻄﻮرﻳﺪ‬

‫ﭼﻄﻮرﻳﻦ‬

‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر دارﻳﺪ‬

‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر دارﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻟﻄﻒ ﻛﺮدﻳﺪ‬

‫ﻟﻄﻒ ﻛﺮدﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ آوردﻳﺪ‬

‫ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ آوردﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ دارﻳﺪ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ دارﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺷﻮﻳﻢ‬

‫ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺷﻴﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاﺳﺖ‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮاس‬

‫ﻛﻨﺪ‬

‫ﻛﻨﻪ‬

‫دارﻧﺪ‬

‫داره‬

‫ﭼﻴﺴﺖ‬

‫ﭼﻴﻪ‬

‫ﺧﺪاﺣﺎﻓﻆ‬

‫ﺧﺪاﻓﻆ‬

‫رﺿﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‬

‫رﺿﺎم‬

‫زﺣﻤﺘﻬﺎ‬

‫زﺣﻤﺘﺎ‬

‫‪䊏‬‬

‫‪Lesson 15‬‬

‫‪colloquial‬‬

‫‪172‬‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬ .......................................................................

Persian–English Glossary

water fruit juice habitable; populated, flourishing lemon juice

‫آب‬ ‫آب ﻣﻴﻮه‬ ‫آﺑﺎد‬ ‫آﺑﻠﻴﻤﻮ‬

blue

‫آﺑﻰ‬

fire

‫آﺗﺶ‬

fireworks ancient ruins or artifacts

‫آﺗﺶ ﺑﺎزى‬ ‫آﺛﺎر ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬

nuts

‫آﺟﻴﻞ‬

ouch

‫آخ‬

last; end

‫آﺧﺮ‬

weekend

‫آﺧﺮ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ‬

last customs; traditions human; person

‫آﺧﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫آداب‬ ‫آدم‬

tomb

‫آراﻣﮕﺎه‬

flour

‫آرد‬

to wish

(‫آرزو داﺷﺘﻦ )دار‬

freedom

‫آزادى‬

easy

‫آﺳﺎن‬

comfort Asia

‫آﺳﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫آﺳﻴﺎ‬

174

Persian–English Glossary

acquaintance to become acquainted with Africa Mr; gentleman

‫آﺷﻨﺎ‬ ‫آﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ( ﺠﺎ‬ ‫آﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ‬ (‫آﻗﺎ )آﻗﺎﻳﺎن‬

Germany

‫آﻟﻤﺎن‬

German

‫آﻟﻤﺎﻧﻰ‬

pollution

‫آﻟﻮدﮔﻰ‬

air pollution to prepare

‫آﻟﻮدﮔﻰ ﻫﻮا‬ (‫آﻣﺎده ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

statistics

‫آﻣﺎر‬

injection

‫آﻣﭙﻮل‬

America

‫ﺎ‬B‫آﻣﺮﻳ‬

that there so much/many . . . that

‫آن‬ ‫آﻧﺠﺎ‬ . . . . . . . ‫ ﻛﻪ‬. . . . . . . ‫آﻧﻘﺪر‬

those; they

‫آﻧﻬﺎ‬

iron

‫آﻫﻦ‬

song

‫آواز‬

to bring hanging (adj.)

(‫آوردن )آور‬ ‫آوﻳﺰان‬

future

‫آﻳﻨﺪه‬

mirror

‫آﻳﻴﻨﻪ‬

firstly; beginning

‫اﺑﺘﺪا‬

eternity

‫اﺑﺪ‬

not at all

‫اﺑﺪًا‬

eyebrow

‫اﺑﺮو‬

room

‫اﺗﺎق‬

event

(‫اﺗﻔﺎق )اﺗﻔﺎﻗﺎت‬

actually to iron bus

‫اﺗﻔﺎﻗًﺎ‬ (‫اﺗﻮ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫اﺗﻮﺑﻮس‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬

175

autobiography

‫اﺗﻮﺑﻴﻮﮔﺮاﻓﻰ‬

furniture

(‫اﺛﺎث )اﺛﺎﺛﻴﻪ‬

to allow to have permission to stove to respect to be probable need feeling invention manners; morals latest; most recent lately; recently to continue continuing education; further education literature foreign currency cheap Armenian Europe to destroy over

(‫اﺟﺎزه دادن )ده‬ (‫اﺟﺎزه داﺷﺘﻦ )دار‬ ‫اﺟﺎق‬ (‫اﺣﺘﺮام ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻦ )ﮔﺬار‬ (‫اﺣﺘﻤﺎل داﺷﺘﻦ )دار‬ (‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎج )اﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎت‬ (‫اﺣﺴﺎس )اﺣﺴﺎﺳﺎت‬ (‫اﺧﺘﺮاع )اﺧﺘﺮاﻋﺎت‬ ‫اﺧﻼق‬ ‫اﺧﻴﺮ‬ ‫اﺧﻴﺮًا‬ (‫اداﻣﻪ دادن )ده‬ ‫اداﻣﮥ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ‬ ‫ادﺑﻴﺎت‬ ‫ارز‬ ‫ارزان‬ (‫ارﻣﻨﻰ )اراﻣﻨﻪ‬ ‫اروﭘﺎ‬ (‫از ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮدن )ﺑﺮ‬ ‫از روى‬

on behalf of

‫از ﻃﺮف‬

through, via

‫از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬

marriage family marriage (where the bride and groom’s families are related) that is why horse moving house Spain

‫ازدواج‬ ‫ازدواج ﻓﺎﻣﻴﻠﻰ‬ ‫ازﻳﻨﺮو‬ ‫اﺳﺐ‬ ‫اﺳﺒﺎب ﻛﺸﻰ‬ ‫اﺳﭙﺎﻧﻴﺎ‬

176

Persian–English Glossary

professor

(‫اﺳﺘﺎد )اﺳﺘﺎدان‬

province

‫اﺳﺘﺎن‬

oppression

‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪاد‬

exception

‫اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء‬

reasoning

‫اﺳﺘﺪﻻل‬

to use banknote

(‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﻨﺎس‬B‫اﺳ‬

skiing

‫ﻰ‬B‫اﺳ‬

Islam

‫اﺳﻼم‬

first name Esfahan (a city in central Iran) not at all excess baggage

‫اﺳﻢ‬ ‫اﺻﻔﻬﺎن‬ ً ‫اﺻ‬ ‫ﻼ‬ ‫اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺎر‬

to be added

(‫اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬

to add

(‫اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

information

‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت‬

to trust

‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ( ﺑﻪ‬

to believe in

‫اﻋﺘﻘﺎد داﺷﺘﻦ )دار( ﺑﻪ‬

to have confidence in

‫اﻋﺘﻤﺎد داﺷﺘﻦ )دار( ﺑﻪ‬

to rely upon

‫اﻋﺘﻤﺎد ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ( ﺑﻪ‬

to announce

(‫اﻋﻼن ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

mostly to fall to be proud of to increase officer economic religious minority relatives ocean most

‫اﻏﻠﺐ‬ (‫اﻓﺘﺎدن )اﻓت‬ (‫اﻓﺘﺨﺎرﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ )ﻳﺎب‬ ‫اﻓﺴﺮ‬ ‫اﻗﺘﺼﺎدى‬ ‫اﻗﻠﻴﺖ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻰ‬ ‫اﻗﻮام‬ ‫اﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮس‬ ‫اﻛﺜﺮ‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬ if

177

‫اﮔﺮ‬

of course

‫اﻟﺒﺘﻪ‬

Alborz (mountain range north of Tehran)

‫اﻟﺒﺮز‬

required; necessary alphabet but; although Emirates local shrine end of semester exam to take an exam driving test nationwide examination oral exam

‫اﻟﺰاﻣﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻔﺒﺎ‬ ‫اﻣﺎ‬ ‫اﻣﺎرات‬ ‫اﻣﺎﻣﺰاده‬ ‫اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﺗﺮم‬ (‫اﻣﺘﺤﺎن دادن )ده‬ ‫اﻣﺘﺤﺎن راﻧﻨﺪﮔﻰ‬ ‫اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﺳﺮاﺳﺮى‬ ‫اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﺷﻔﺎﻫﻰ‬

written exam

‫اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﻛﺘﺒﻰ‬

to test; to try

(‫اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to give an exam mid-semester exam final exam

(‫اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ )ﮔﻴﺮ‬ ‫اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﻣﻴﺎن ﺗﺮم‬ ‫اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻰ‬

issue; matter

(‫اﻣﺮ )اﻣﻮر‬

a good deed

‫اﻣﺮ ﺧﻴﺮ‬

today

‫اﻣﺮوز‬

this year

‫اﻣﺴﺎل‬

tonight

‫اﻣﺸﺐ‬

to sign

(‫اﻣﻀﺎء ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to be possible

(‫ﺎن داﺷﺘﻦ )دار‬B‫اﻣ‬

omelette

‫اﻣﻠﺖ‬

security

‫اﻣﻨﻴﺖ‬

to hope

‫اﻣﻴﺪوار ﺑﻮدن‬

pomegranate to choose to carry out; to perform

‫اﻧﺎر‬ (‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫اﻧﺠﺎم دادن )ده‬

178

Persian–English Glossary

size

‫اﻧﺪازه‬

human

‫اﻧﺴﺎن‬

revolution

‫اﻧﻘﻼب‬

revolutionary

(‫اﻧﻘﻼﺑﻰ )اﻧﻘﻼﺑﻴﻮن‬

finger

(‫اﻧﮕﺸﺖ )اﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎن‬

England

‫اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺲ‬

grapes

‫اﻧﮕﻮر‬

he; she

‫او‬

first

‫اول‬

First

‫اوﻟﻴﻦ‬

Italy

‫اﻳﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎ‬

idea

‫اﻳﺪه‬

ancient Iran Persian Empire; the pre-modern Iranian world to stop; to stand

‫اﻳﺮان ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺎن‬ ‫اﻳﺮان زﻣﻴﻦ‬ (‫اﻳﺴﺘﺎدن )اﻳﺴﺖ‬

this

‫اﻳﻦ‬

here

‫اﻳﻨﺠﺎ‬

together

‫ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ‬

O my God!

!‫ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﺟﺎن‬

stand; stall

‫ﺑﺎﺟﻪ‬

almond

‫ﺑﺎدام‬

aubergine (egg plant) pregnant to open visitor rewriting arm game

‫ﺑﺎدﻣﺠﺎن‬ ‫ﺑﺎردار‬ (‫ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺎزدﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬ ‫ﺑﺎزﻧﻮﻳﺴﻰ‬ (‫ﺑﺎزو )ﺑﺎزوان‬ ‫ﺑﺎزى‬

to play

(‫ﺑﺎزى ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

ancient

‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺎن‬

garden

(‫ﺑﺎغ )ﺑﺎﻏﺎت‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬ finally

179

‫ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮه‬

funny; cute

‫ﺑﺎﻣﺰه‬

bank

‫ﺑﺎﻧ‬

clever despite the fact that to believe must childhood child; baby taking care of children

‫ﺑﺎﻫﻮش‬ ‫ﻪ‬B‫ﺑﺎوﺟﻮدﻳ‬ (‫ﺑﺎور ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﭽﮕﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﭽﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﭽﻪ دارى‬

crisis

‫ﺑﺤﺮان‬

heater; radiator

‫ﺑﺨﺎرى‬

for the sake of

‫ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ‬

section to forgive; to bestow bad to have a bad time unlucky (e.g. number) to dislike

‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬ (‫ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪن )ﺑﺨﺶ‬ ‫ﺑﺪ‬ (‫ﺑﺪ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻦ )ﮔﺬر( )ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺪ ﻳﻤﻦ‬ ‫ آﻣﺪن )آ( از‬. . . ‫ﺑﺪ‬

worse

‫ﺑﺪﺗﺮ‬

worst

‫ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬

non-stop brother based on for price tag

‫ﺑﺪون ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬ ‫ﺑﺮادر‬ ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬ ‫ﺑﺮاى‬ ‫ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ‬

unlike

‫ﺑﺮﺧﻼف‬

withdrawal

‫ﺑﺮداﺷﺖ‬

to pick up Brazil to snow

(‫ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ )دار‬ ‫ﺑﺮزﻳﻞ‬ (‫ﺑﺮف آﻣﺪن )آ‬

180

Persian–English Glossary

to snow

(‫ﺑﺮف ﺑﺎرﻳﺪن )ﺑﺎر‬

to set up

(‫ﺑﺮ ﻗﺮار ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

leaf to be held to return programme plan; schedule rice (uncooked) to cut goat to close; to tie

‫ﺑﺮگ‬ (‫ﺑﺮﮔﺰار ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬ (‫ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻦ )ﮔﺮد‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺞ‬ (‫ﺑﺮﻳﺪن )ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺰ‬ (‫ﺑﺴﺘﻦ )ﺑﻨﺪ‬

ice cream

‫ﺑﺴﺘﻨﻰ‬

very

‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎر‬

all right; OK human beings; man

‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺧﻮب‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺮ‬

plate

‫ﺑﺸﻘﺎب‬

bottle

‫ﺑﻄﺮى‬

after afternoon afterwards some sometimes as beside; right next to to know how to; to know (e.g. languages)

‫ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻇﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪًا‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ وﻗﺖ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻨﻮان‬ ‫ﺑﻐﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﺪ ﺑﻮدن‬

high; loud

‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬

ticket

‫ﺑﻠﻴﺖ‬

on this basis; therefore historical buildings port in addition to that’s why

‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺎﻫﺎى ﺗﺎرﻳﺨﻰ‬ (‫ﺑﻨﺪر )ﺑﻨﺎدر‬ ‫ﺑﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﮥ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ دﻟﻴﻞ‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬ to set on fire to finish something to be published to wear on one’s hand because of; due to to come after someone to be born to come to an end

181

(‫ﺑﻪ آﺗﺶ ﻛﺸﻴﺪن )ﻛﺶ‬ (‫ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﺑﺮدن )ﺑﺮ‬ (‫ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎپ رﺳﻴﺪن )رس‬ (‫ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ِ ‫ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ‬ (‫ﺑﻪ دﻧﺒﺎل ﻛﺴﻰ آﻣﺪن )آ‬ (‫ﺑﻪ دﻧﻴﺎ آﻣﺪن )آ‬ (‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ رﺳﻴﺪن )رس‬

quickly

‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬

as

‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬

in addition to to be on someone’s shoulders except for to suit someone

‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼوه‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻛﺴﻰ ﺑﻮدن‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از‬ (‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻰ آﻣﺪن )آ‬

on time

‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬

rarely

‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺪرت‬

to put on display together with for that very reason to remember

(‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻦ )ﮔﺬار‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ دﻟﻴﻞ‬ (‫ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎد داﺷﺘﻦ )دار‬

Baha’i

(‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ )ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎن‬

spring

‫ﺑﻬﺎر‬

better

‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮ‬

best large Muslim cemetery in South Tehran

‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺸﺖ زﻫﺮا‬

without

‫ﺑﺪون‬

kiss

‫ﺑﻮﺳﻪ‬

horn (of a car) illiteracy meaningless

‫ﺑﻮق‬ ‫ﺑﻰ ﺳﻮادى‬ ‫ﺑﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬

182

Persian–English Glossary

unique to wake up outside innumerable between nose biography footache king paragraph last year park passport answer to answer

‫ﺑﻰ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ‬ (‫ﺑﻴﺪار ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺮون‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﻤﺎر‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻮﮔﺮاﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﭘﺎ درد‬ ‫ﭘﺎدﺷﺎه‬ ‫ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف‬ ‫ﭘﺎرﺳﺎل‬ €‫ﭘﺎر‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺳﭙﻮرت‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ‬ (‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ دادن )ده‬

envelope

‫ﭘﺎﻛﺖ‬

Pakistan

‫ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎن‬

winter coat end capital city to cook father grandfather to be admitted feather full dark-coloured to fill flag to adore; to worship bird

‫ﭘﺎﻟﺘﻮ‬ (‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎن )ﭘﺰ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺘﺨﺖ‬ (‫ﭘﺨﺘﻦ )ﭘﺰ‬ ‫ﭘﺪر‬ ‫ﭘﺪرﺑﺰرگ‬ (‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬ ِ ‫ﭘﺮ‬ ‫ُﭘﺮ‬ ‫ﭘﺮ رﻧﮓ‬ (‫ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﭼﻢ‬ (‫ﭘﺮﺳﺘﻴﺪن )ﭘﺮﺳﺖ‬ (‫ﭘﺮﻧﺪه )ﭘﺮﻧﺪﮔﺎن‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬ return flight to fly one-way ticket international flights domestic flights butterfly to jump

183

‫دوﻃﺮﻓﻪ‬/ ‫ﭘﺮواز دوﺳﺮه‬ (‫ﭘﺮواز ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﻄﺮﻓﻪ‬B‫ ﻳ‬/ ‫ﺴﺮه‬B‫ﭘﺮواز ﻳ‬ ‫ﭘﺮوازﻫﺎى ﺧﺎرﺟﻰ‬ ‫ﭘﺮوازﻫﺎى داﺧﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﭘﺮواﻧﻪ‬ (‫ﭘﺮﻳﺪن )ﭘﺮ‬

the day before yesterday

‫ﭘﺮﻳﺮوز‬

withered

‫ﭘﮋﻣﺮده‬

after

‫ﭘﺲ از‬

the day after tomorrow surface mail registered mail airmail post office boy; son

‫ﭘﺲ ﻓﺮدا‬ ‫ﭘﺴﺖ زﻣﻴﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﭘﺴﺖ ﺳﻔﺎرﺷﻰ‬ ‫ﭘﺴﺖ ﻫﻮاﻳﻰ‬ ‫ﭘﺴﺘﺨﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﺴﺮ‬

cousin (maternal uncle’s son)

‫ﭘﺴﺮ داﻳﻰ‬

cousin (maternal aunt’s son)

‫ﭘﺴﺮﺧﺎﻟﻪ‬

cousin (paternal aunt’s son)

‫ﭘﺴﺮﻋﻤﻪ‬

cousin (paternal uncle’s son)

‫ﭘﺴﺮﻋﻤﻮ‬

behind

‫ﭘﺸﺖ‬

bridge

‫ﭘﻞ‬

house number rice (cooked) police Thursday

€‫ﭘﻼ‬ ‫ﭘﻠﻮ‬ ‫ﭘﻠﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺞ ﺷﻨﺒﻪ‬

window

‫ﭘﻨﺠﺮه‬

puncture

‫ﭘﻨﭽﺮ‬

to be hidden cheese champion

(‫ﭘﻨﻬﺎن ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﭘﻬﻠﻮان‬

184

Persian–English Glossary

to wear

(‫ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪن )ﭘﻮش‬

money

‫ﭘﻮل‬

pound sterling

‫ﭘﻮﻧﺪ‬

to go on foot prophet

(‫ﭘﻴﺎده رﻓﺘﻦ )رو‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

screw; bend (in the road)

‫ﭘﻴﭻ‬

to twist; to turn (in a car)

(‫ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪن )ﭘﻴﭻ‬

to find old (of people) the year before last victorious to follow, to abide by old age ski piste before pre-university college preschool developed; advanced to recommend background theatre until; so that

(‫ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺮارﺳﺎل‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺮوز‬ (‫ﭘﻴﺮوى ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺮى‬ ‫ﻰ‬B‫ﭘﻴﺴﺖ اﺳ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ از‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ داﻧﺸﮕﺎﻫﻰ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ دﺑﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬ (‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺌﺎﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ‬

so far

‫ﺗﺎ ﺑﺤﺎل‬

summer

‫ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎن‬

painting; sign crown to play the tar history

‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ‬ ‫ﺗﺎج‬ (‫ﺗﺎرزدن )زن‬ ‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬

historical

‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺨﻰ‬

darkness

‫ﻰ‬B‫ﺗﺎرﻳ‬

fresh

‫ﺗﺎزه‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬

185

taxi

‫ﺗﺎﻛﺴﻰ‬

Thai

‫ﺗﺎﻳﻠﻨﺪى‬

to establish to confirm fever to exchange; to transform to study education; studies graduate studies to tolerate; to put up with

(‫ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺐ‬ (‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻼت‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻼت ﻋﺎﻟﻰ‬ (‫ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

airport check-in desk

‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺑﺎر‬

to submit; to hand in

(‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ دادن )ده‬

Persepolis bed discount to get a discount egg dried melon seeds wet to prefer mourning ceremony scary; frightening to be scared pickles to leave; to abandon

‫ﺗﺨﺖ ﺟﻤﺸﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﺨﺖ ﺧﻮاب‬ ‫ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ‬ (‫ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ )ﮔﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﺨﻢ ﻣﺮغ‬ ‫ﺗﺨﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺮ‬ (‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ دادن )ده‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬ €‫ﺗﺮﺳﻨﺎ‬ (‫ﺗﺮﺳﻴﺪن )ﺗﺮس‬ (‫ﺗﺮﺷﻰ )ﺗﺮﺷﻴﺠﺎت‬ (‫ﺗﺮ€ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

Turkish

‫ﺗﺮﻛﻰ‬

Turkey

‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﻪ‬

term, semester terminal assassination thesis

‫ﺗﺮم‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل‬ ‫ﺗﺮور‬ ‫ﺗﺰ‬

186

Persian–English Glossary

to decorate

(‫ﺗﺰﺋﻴﻦ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to encourage

(‫ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to imagine

(‫ﺗﺼﻮر ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

demonstration

‫ﺗﻈﺎﻫﺮات‬

to be very polite

(‫ﺗﻌﺎرف ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to be surprised

(‫ﺗﻌﺠﺐ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

number; quantity to recount; to speak highly of closed (temporarily); pl. holidays teaching; tenet mechanic’s changing the oil in a car to change something fun; entertainment way of thinking; mentality approximately to divide

‫ﺗﻌﺪاد‬ (‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ )ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻼت‬ (‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ )ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﮔﺎه‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ روﻏﻦ‬ (‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ دادن )ده‬ (‫ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺢ )ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺤﺎت‬ (‫ﺮات‬B‫ﺮ )ﺗﻔ‬B‫ﺗﻔ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬ (‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to cheat

(‫ﺗﻘﻠﺐ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to imitate

(‫ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

assignment; homework

(‫ﺎﻟﻴﻒ‬B‫ﻠﻴﻒ )ﺗ‬B‫ﺗ‬

to strive bitter telephone to phone TV to watch whole; all to finish

(‫ﺗﻼش ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﺦ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬ (‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ زدن )زن‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن‬ (‫ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺎم‬ (‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

stamp

‫ﺗﻤﺒﺮ‬

civilization

‫ﺗﻤﺪن‬

to practice

(‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬ spicy; quick statue to prepare you (informal sing.) ability to be able

187

‫ﺗﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺪﻳﺲ‬ (‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻮ‬ ‫ﺗﻮاﻧﺎﻳﻰ‬ (‫ﺗﻮاﻧﺴﺘﻦ )ﺗﻮان‬

ball

‫ﺗﻮپ‬

berry

‫ﺗﻮت‬

mulberry by; by means of to explain birth; birthday

‫ﺗﻮت ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬ (‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ دادن )ده‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻟﺪ‬

Happy birthday!

!€‫ﺗﻮﻟﺪت ﻣﺒﺎر‬

Toman (ten rials)

‫ﺗﻮﻣﺎن‬

blade

‫ﺗﻴﻎ‬

team

‫ﺗﻴﻢ‬

second

‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬

record

‫ﺛﺒﺖ‬

to register

(‫ﺛﺒﺖ ﻧﺎم ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

a third

‫ﺛﻠﺚ‬

broom

‫ﺟﺎرو‬

to vacuum; to sweep the floor interesting to die ancestor to become separated from new to attract; to absorb partial; particular to search celebration

(‫ﺟﺎرو ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻟﺐ‬ (‫ﺟﺎن ﺧﻮد را از دﺳﺖ دادن )ده‬ (‫ﺟﺪ )اﺟﺪاد‬ ;‫ﺟﺪا ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ( ا‬

‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬ (‫ﺟﺬب ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﺟﺰﺋﻰ‬ (‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﺟﺸﻦ‬

188

Persian–English Glossary

to celebrate

(‫ﺟﺸﻦ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ )ﮔﻴﺮ‬

box

‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ‬

pair

‫ﺟﻔﺖ‬

volume (of a series of books) meeting in front of to gather Friday sentence Sir (used before a name to show respect) gender; pl. goods war The Imposed War (the Iran-Iraq War)

‫ﺟﻠﺪ‬ (‫ﺟﻠﺴﻪ )ﺟﻠﺴﺎت‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻮ‬ (‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻌﻪ‬ (‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ )ﺟﻤﻼت‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺎب‬ (‫ﺟﻨﺲ )اﺟﻨﺎس‬ ‫ﺟﻨﮓ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﮓ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻰ‬

south

‫ﺟﻨﻮب‬

world

‫ﺟﻬﺎن‬

tourist

‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﮕﺮد‬

effort young; young person chivalrous chick to boil (intransitive)

‫ﺟﻬﺪ‬ ‫ﺟﻮان‬ ‫ﺟﻮاﻧﻤﺮد‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺟﻪ‬ (‫ﺟﻮﺷﻴﺪن )ﺟﻮش‬

joke

€‫ﺟﻮ‬

pocket (adjective)

‫ﺟﻴﺒﻰ‬

to be published knife to bargain teahouse

(‫ﭼﺎپ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﻗﻮ‬ (‫ﭼﺎﻧﻪ زدن )زن‬ ‫ﭼﺎﻳﺨﺎﻧﻪ‬

left

‫ﭼﭗ‬

umbrella

‫ﭼﺘﺮ‬

why?

‫ﭼﺮا؟‬

lamp

‫ﭼﺮاغ‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬ traffic light since; because greasy to stick something eye

189

‫ﭼﺮاغ راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻰ‬ ‫ﭼﺮا ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﺮب‬ (‫ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪن )ﭼﺴﺒﺎن‬ (‫ﭼﺸﻢ )ﭼﺸﻤﺎن‬

how; in what way

‫ﭼﻄﻮر‬

beetroot

‫ﭼﻐﻨﺪر‬

how much cheque travellers’ cheque how rice and kebab suitcase

‫ﭼﻘﺪر‬ ‫ﭼ‬ ‫ﭼ ﭘﻮل‬ ‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻠﻮﻛﺒﺎب‬ ‫ﭼﻤﺪان‬

lawn

‫ﭼﻤﻦ‬

several

‫ﭼﻨﺪ‬

what day of the week?

‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺷﻨﺒﻪ؟‬

so much; so

‫ﭼﻨﺪان‬

fork

‫ﭼﻨﮕﺎل‬

what in what way; what type of

‫ﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﺟﻮر‬

what

‫ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰى‬

who

‫ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻰ‬

both . . . and . . . ; whether . . . . . or crossroads Wednesday last Tuesday night of the year since, because because to set (a table); to pluck (a flower) thing to have something on someone

. . . ‫ ﭼﻪ‬. . . ‫ﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎرراه‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎرﺷﻨﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎرﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﺳﻮرى‬ ‫ﭼﻮن‬ ‫ﻪ‬B‫ﭼﻮﻧ‬ (‫ﭼﻴﺪن )ﭼﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰى ﻫﻤﺮاه ﻛﺴﻰ ﺑﻮدن‬

190

Persian–English Glossary

Chinese

‫ﭼﻴﻨﻰ‬

Hafiz (celebrated 14th-century poet)

‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ‬

the present state of being nausea pulses

‫ﺣﺎل‬ (‫ﺣﺎل )اﺣﻮال‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻬﻮع‬ ‫ﺣﺒﻮﺑﺎت‬

definitely

‫ﺣﺘﻤًﺎ‬

even

‫ﺣﺘﻰ‬

Hajj (pilgrimage to Mecca)

‫ﺣﺞ‬

hijab, veil

‫ﺣﺠﺎب‬

at least

‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬

at most

‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬

approximately; around letter (of the alphabet) to speak swear word movement

‫ﺣﺪودًا‬ (‫ﺣﺮف )ﺣﺮوف‬ (‫ﺣﺮف زدن )زن‬ ‫ﺣﺮف زﺷﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬

savings account

‫ﺣﺴﺎب ﭘﺲ اﻧﺪاز‬

current account

‫ﺣﺴﺎب ﺟﺎرى‬

a title used before the names of prophets or of very respected individuals fence preservation salary; law (the subject); rights

‫ﺣﻀﺮت‬ ‫ﺣﻔﺎظ‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻆ‬ (‫ﺣﻖ )ﺣﻘﻮق‬

wedding ring

‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ‬

halva

‫ﺣﻠﻮا‬

epic to pay attention patience pool (in a courtyard) towel yard

‫ﺣﻤﺎﺳﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻮاس ﻛﺴﻰ ﺑﻮدن‬ ‫ﺣﻮﺻﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻮض‬ ‫ﺣﻮﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎط‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬ outside; abroad foreign; pl. memoirs memory

191

‫ﺧﺎرج‬ ‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻰ‬ (‫ﺧﺎﻃﺮه )ﺧﺎﻃﺮات‬

dust; earth

€‫ﺧﺎ‬

mole; beauty spot

‫ﺧﺎل‬

pure maternal aunt to empty raw; immature

‫ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻟﻪ‬ (‫ﺧﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﺎم‬

important family; dynasty

‫ﺧﺎﻧﺪان‬

Mrs; Ms; Miss; lady; wife

‫ﺧﺎﻧﻢ‬

house

‫ﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬

housewife housework news news agency good bye God service broken; ruined; spoilt to break into small pieces

‫ﺧﺎﻧﻪ دار‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻪ دارى‬ ‫ﺧﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺧﺒﺮﮔﺰارى‬ ‫ﺧﺪاﺣﺎﻓﻆ‬ ‫ﺧﺪاوﻧﺪ‬ (‫ﺧﺪﻣﺖ )ﺧﺪﻣﺎت‬ ‫ﺧﺮاب‬ (‫ﺧﺮد ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

dates

‫ﺧﺮﻣﺎ‬

shopping

‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪ‬

to shop buyer; customer

(‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬

to buy

(‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪن )ﺧﺮ‬

reptile

(‫ﺧﺰﻧﺪه )ﺧﺰﻧﺪﮔﺎن‬

to make tired

(‫ﺧﺴﺘﻪ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

stingy to dry sth rough; violent

‫ﺧﺴﻴﺲ‬ (‫ﺧﺸ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﺸﻦ‬

192

Persian–English Glossary

particular characteristic line; handwriting; style of calligraphy calligraphy danger

(‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺖ )ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎت‬ (‫ﺧﻂ )ﺧﻄﻮط‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﻃﻰ‬ (‫ﺧﻄﺮ )ﺧﻄﺮات‬

dangerous

€‫ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎ‬

summary

‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪ‬

pilot to burst into laughter funny

‫ﺧﻠﺒﺎن‬ (‫ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ )ﮔﻴﺮ‬. . .‫ﺧﻨﺪه‬ ‫ﺧﻨﺪه دار‬

to feel sleepy

(‫ آﻣﺪن )آ‬. . . ‫ﺧﻮاب‬

to fall asleep

(‫ ﺑﺮدن )ﺑﺮ‬. . . ‫ﺧﻮاب‬

to sleep asking for a woman’s hand in marriage

(‫ﺧﻮاﺑﻴﺪن )ﺧﻮاب‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﺳﺘﮕﺎرى‬

to want

(‫ﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻦ )ﺧﻮاه‬

to study; to read; to recite; to sing

(‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن )ﺧﻮان‬

singer; reader sister

(‫ﺧﻮاﻧﻨﺪه )ﺧﻮاﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎن‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺮ‬

well; good

‫ﺧﻮب‬

self; own

‫ﺧﻮد‬

biro to eat stew nice; happy to like to have a good time Good for you!

‫ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر‬ (‫ﺧﻮردن )ﺧﻮر‬ ‫ﺧﻮرش‬ ‫ﺧﻮش‬ ‫ آﻣﺪن )آ( از‬. . . ‫ﺧﻮش‬ ‫ﺧﻮش ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻦ )ﮔﺬر( ﺑﻪ‬ !‫ﺧﻮﺷﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﺎن‬

fortunate

‫ﺧﻮﺷﺒﺨﺖ‬

happy

‫ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎل‬

Pleased to meet you! bleeding street; avenue

!‫ﺧﻮﺷﻮﻗﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﻧﺮﻳﺰى‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬ cucumber sewing very; many a kind of traditional Iranian puppet theatre encyclopaedia inside affluent; possessing to have story to have wise to know something university student university state university correspondence university a grain of something (e.g. rice) dinosaur

193

‫ﺧﻴﺎر‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺎﻃﻰ‬ ‫ﺧﻴﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺧﻴﻤﻪ ﺷﺐ ﺑﺎزى‬ ‫داﺋﺮة اﻟﻤﻌﺎرف‬ ‫داﺧﻞ‬ ‫دارا‬ ‫دارا ﺑﻮدن‬ ‫داﺳﺘﺎن‬ (‫داﺷﺘﻦ )دار‬ ‫داﻧﺎ‬ (‫داﻧﺴﺘﻦ )دان‬ (‫داﻧﺸﺠﻮ )داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﺎن‬ ‫داﻧﺸﮕﺎه‬ ‫داﻧﺸﮕﺎه دوﻟﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺎﺗﺒﻪ اى‬B‫داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﻣ‬ ‫داﻧﻪ‬ ‫داﻳﻨﺎﺳﻮر‬

maternal uncle

‫داﻳﻰ‬

primary school

‫دﺑﺴﺘﺎن‬

high school girl; daughter

‫دﺑﻴﺮﺳﺘﺎن‬ ‫دﺧﺘﺮ‬

cousin (maternal aunt’s daughter)

‫دﺧﺘﺮﺧﺎﻟﻪ‬

cousin (maternal uncle’s daughter)

‫دﺧﺘﺮداﻳﻰ‬

cousin (paternal aunt’s daughter)

‫دﺧﺘﺮﻋﻤﻪ‬

cousin (paternal uncle’s daughter)

‫دﺧﺘﺮﻋﻤﻮ‬

in to fail

‫در‬ (‫ رد ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬. . . ‫در‬

to pass

(‫ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬. . . ‫در‬

during

ِ ‫در ﻃﻰ‬

about

ِ ‫در ﻣﻮرد‬

194

Persian–English Glossary

to discuss something (with someone) about can-opener class; degree; level tree to be painful lesson

‫در ﻣﻴﺎن ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻦ )ﮔﺬار( ﺑﺎ‬ ‫درﺑﺎر‬ ‫درﺑﺎزﻛﻦ‬ ‫درﺟﻪ‬ (‫درﺧﺖ )درﺧﺘﺎن‬ (‫درد ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫درس )دروس‬

to study

(‫درس ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن )ﺧﻮان‬

to teach

(‫درس دادن )ده‬

right; correct to make percent whereas to take into account greeting; Hello to lie sea lake to receive thief

‫درﺳﺖ‬ (‫درﺳﺖ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫درﺻﺪ‬ ‫ﻪ‬B‫درﺻﻮرﺗﻴ‬ (‫درﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ )ﮔﻴﺮ‬ ‫درود‬ (‫دروغ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ )ﮔﻮ‬ ‫درﻳﺎ‬ ‫درﻳﺎﭼﻪ‬ (‫درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫دزد‬

to steal

(‫دزدﻳﺪن )دزد‬

fortress

‫دژ‬

hand cooking generous piece of machinery; appliance bouquet of flowers order; command enemy to invite office; notebook

(‫دﺳﺖ )دﺳﺘﺎن‬ ‫دﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺖ‬ ‫دﺳﺖ و دل ﺑﺎز‬ ‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬ ‫دﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻞ‬ (‫دﺳﺘﻮر )دﺳﺘﻮرات‬ ‫دﺷﻤﻦ‬ (‫دﻋﻮت ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫دﻓﺘﺮ )دﻓﺎﺗﺮ‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬ next time to pay particular attention minute heart; stomach to miss someone toothache

195

‫دﻓﻌﮥ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ (‫دﻗﺖ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫دﻗﻴﻘﻪ )دﻗﺎﻳﻖ‬ ‫دل‬ (‫دل ﺗﻨﮓ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬ ‫دﻧﺪان درد‬

dentist

‫دﻧﺪاﻧﭙﺰﺷ‬

village

(‫ده )دﻫﺎت‬

ten times

‫ده ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬

decade

‫دﻫﻪ‬

medicine

‫دوا‬

bicycle

‫دوﭼﺮﺧﻪ‬

cycling

‫دوﭼﺮﺧﻪ ﺳﻮارى‬

around

‫دور‬

far

‫دور‬

period

‫دوران‬

to like

(‫دوﺳﺖ داﺷﺘﻦ )دار‬

Monday government state; government (adjective)

‫دوﺷﻨﺒﻪ‬ (‫دوﻟﺖ )دول‬ ‫دوﻟﺘﻰ‬

high school diploma

‫دﻳﭙﻠﻢ‬

visit

‫دﻳﺪار‬

to see to visit sights

(‫دﻳﺪن )ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫دﻳﺪن ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ( ِإ‬ ‫دﻳﺪﻧﻰ ﻫﺎ‬

eye

(‫دﻳﺪه )دﻳﺪﮔﺎن‬

late

‫دﻳﺮ‬

yesterday

‫دﻳﺮوز‬

last night

‫دﻳﺸﺐ‬

religion demon

(‫دﻳﻦ )ادﻳﺎن‬ ‫دﻳﻮ‬

196

Persian–English Glossary

sweetcorn to be mentioned

‫ذرت‬ (‫ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬

president

‫رﺋﻴﺲ ﺟﻤﻬﻮر‬

regarding

‫راﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ‬

to tell the truth; to be right

(‫راﺳﺖ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ )ﮔﻮ‬

driving

‫راﻧﻨﺪﮔﻰ‬

to drive

(‫راﻧﻨﺪﮔﻰ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

driver path; way; road to set off junior high school widespread; common

‫راﻧﻨﺪه‬ ‫راه‬ (‫راه اﻓﺘﺎدن )اﻓﺖ‬ ‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻰ‬ ‫راﻳﺞ‬

a quarter

‫رﺑﻊ‬

rank

‫رﺗﺒﻪ‬

to give somebody a ride

(‫رﺳﺎﻧﺪن )رﺳﺎن‬

media outlets

‫رﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ‬

restaurant

‫رﺳﺘﻮران‬

custom to achieve; to arrive at field of study to grow

(‫رﺳﻢ )رﺳﻮم‬ ‫رﺳﻴﺪن )رس( ﺑﻪ‬ ‫رﺷﺘﻪ‬ (‫رﺷﺪ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

observance

‫رﻋﺎﻳﺖ‬

to abide by

(‫رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

behaviour

‫رﻓﺘﺎر‬

novel

‫رﻣﺎن‬

colour

‫رﻧﮓ‬

fox face veil cleric day newspaper

‫روﺑﺎه‬ ‫روﺑﻨﺪه‬ (‫روﺣﺎﻧﻰ )روﺣﺎﻧﻴﻮن‬ ‫روز‬ ‫روزﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬ journalist village headscarf

197

‫روزﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﮕﺎر‬ ‫روﺳﺘﺎ‬ ‫روﺳﺮى‬

Russian

‫روﺳﻰ‬

Russia

‫روﺳﻴﻪ‬

to turn on oil

(‫روﺷﻦ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫روﻏﻦ‬

olive oil

‫روﻏﻦ زﻳﺘﻮن‬

over; on

‫روى‬

presidency to spill; to pour tiny; fine

‫رﻳﺎﺳﺖ ﺟﻤﻬﻮرى‬ ‫رﻳﺨﺘﻦ‬ ‫رﻳﺰ‬

root

‫رﻳﺸﻪ‬

language

‫زﺑﺎن‬

to hit

‫زدن‬

Zoroastrian yellow barberry ugly to fall over woman; wife

(‫زرﺗﺸﺘﻰ )زرﺗﺸﺘﻴﺎن‬ ‫زرد‬ ‫زرﺷ‬ ‫زﺷﺖ‬ (‫زﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﻮردن )ﺧﻮر‬ ‫زن‬

to live

(‫زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to survive

(‫زﻧﺪه ﻣﺎﻧﺪن )ﻣﺎن‬

to phone

(‫زﻧﮓ زدن )زن‬

a married couple; an even number

‫زوج‬

beautiful

‫زﻳﺒﺎ‬

beauty under; below because

‫زﻳﺒﺎﻳﻰ‬ ‫زﻳﺮ‬ ‫زﻳﺮا‬

to live

(‫زﻳﺴﺘﻦ )زى‬

Japan

‫ژاﭘﻦ‬

198

Persian–English Glossary

Japanese dew to ask

‫ژاﭘﻨﻰ‬ ‫ژاﻟﻪ‬ (‫ﺳﺆال ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

building

‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬

to build

(‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ )ﺳﺎز‬

simple

‫ﺳﺎده‬

hour; o’clock; watch

(‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ )ﺳﺎﻋﺎت‬

when (at what time)

‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭼﻨﺪ‬

year

‫ﺳﺎل‬

salad

‫ﺳﺎﻻد‬

transit hall screening (of a film) green vegetable style armed guard shield

‫ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﺗﺮاﻧﺰﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻧﺲ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﺰ‬ (‫ﺳﺒﺰى )ﺳﺒﺰﻳﺠﺎت‬ ‫ﺳﺒ‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺎﻫﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺮ‬

long-term savings account

‫ﺳﭙﺮده ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﺪت‬

short-term savings account

‫ﺳﭙﺮده ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﻣﺪت‬

then; afterwards star hard; difficult word speech to give a speech all over the world soldier to feel cold headache land whenever possible (i.e. there’s no rush)

‫ﺳﭙﺲ‬ (‫ﺳﺘﺎره )ﺳﺘﺎرﮔﺎن‬ ‫ﺳﺨﺖ‬ (‫ﺳﺨﻦ )ﺳﺨﻨﺎن‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻨﺮاﻧﻰ‬ (‫ﺳﺨﻨﺮاﻧﻰ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﺮاﺳﺮ دﻧﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺑﺎز‬ ‫ ﺑﻮدن‬. . . ‫ﺳﺮد‬ ‫ﺳﺮدرد‬ ‫ﺳﺮزﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻓﺮﺻﺖ‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬ theft

199

‫ﺳﺮﻗﺖ‬

to steal

(‫ﺳﺮﻗﺖ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to go to work

(‫ﺳﺮﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻦ )رو‬

vinegar hobby having a cold

‫ﺳﺮﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻣﺎ ﺧﻮردﮔﻰ‬

destiny

‫ﺳﺮﻧﻮﺷﺖ‬

cypress

‫ﺳﺮو‬

to be engaged in quick to try; to attempt

(‫ﺳﺮوﻛﺎرداﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ )دار‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‬ (‫ﺳﻌﻰ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

embassy

‫ﺳﻔﺎرت‬

to travel

(‫ﺳﻔﺮﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

table cloth Haft Sin (Noruz table setting)

‫ﺳﻔﺮه‬ ‫ﺳﻔﺮه ﻫﻔﺖ ﺳﻴﻦ‬

white

‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬

coin

‫ﻪ‬B‫ﺳ‬

dog

‫ﺳﮓ‬

hello

‫ﺳﻼم‬

health dynasty royal

‫ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺘﻰ‬

taste (aesthetic)

‫ﺳﻠﻴﻘﻪ‬

sumac

‫ﺳﻤﺎق‬

on the left

‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ‬

on the right

‫ﺳﻤﺖ راﺳﺖ‬

age

(‫ﺳﻦ )ﺳﻨﻴﻦ‬

traditional Tuesday supermarket question

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﻪ ﺷﻨﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﭘﺮ ﻣﺎرﻛﺖ‬ (‫ﺳﺆال )ﺳﺆاﻻت‬

200

Persian–English Glossary

CD black potato chip; fried potato noun, garlic; adjective full (with food) circus educational system to smoke cinema cheerful poet

‫ﺳﻰ دى‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺎه‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺐ زﻣﻴﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺐ زﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﺳﺮخ ﻛﺮده‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺮ‬ €‫ﺳﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ آﻣﻮزﺷﻰ‬ (‫ﺳﻴﮕﺎرﻛﺸﻴﺪن )ﻛﺶ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺷﺎد‬ (‫ﺷﺎﻋﺮ )ﺷﻌﺮا‬

dinner; evening meal

‫ﺷﺎم‬

shah

‫ﺷﺎه‬

maybe; perhaps

‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ‬

common; widespread

‫ﺷﺎﻳﻊ‬

dignity; matter night; evening Good night! similar to

(‫ﺷﺄن )ﺷﺌﻮن‬ ‫ﺷﺐ‬ !‫ﺷﺐ ﺑﺨﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺒﻴﻪ‬

brave

‫ﺷﺠﺎع‬

conditions; circumstances

‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬

sherbet

‫ﺷﺮﺑﺖ‬

biography

‫ﺷﺮح ﺣﺎل‬

to explain

(‫ﺷﺮح دادن )ده‬

east company to participate in

‫ﺷﺮق‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ( در‬

to begin (intransitive)

(‫ﺷﺮوع ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬

to begin (transitive)

(‫ﺷﺮوع ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

noble to wash

‫ﺷﺮﻳﻒ‬ (‫ﺷﺴﺘﻦ )ﺷﻮ‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬ chess poem; poetry profession; job oral to doubt

201

‫ﺷﻄﺮﻧﺞ‬ (‫ﺷﻌﺮ )اﺷﻌﺎر‬ ‫ﺷﻐﻞ‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺎﻫﻰ‬ (‫ﺷ داﺷﺘﻦ )دار‬

sugar

‫ﺮ‬B‫ﺷ‬

shape, look, appearance; form

‫ﻞ‬B‫ﺷ‬

blossom loose a kind of traditional rice pudding trousers jeans busy; crowded you (plural; formal singular)

‫ﻮﻓﻪ‬B‫ﺷ‬ ‫ﺷﻞ‬ ‫ﺷﻠﻪ زرد‬ ‫ﺷﻠﻮار‬ ‫ﺷﻠﻮار ﺟﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺷﻠﻮغ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ‬

number (amount)

‫ﺷﻤﺎر‬

north

‫ﺷﻤﺎل‬

candle

‫ﺷﻤﻊ‬

to know

(‫ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ )ﺷﻨﺎس‬

Saturday

‫ﺷﻨﺒﻪ‬

to hear

(‫ﺷﻨﻴﺪن )ﺷﻨﻮ‬

city; town

‫ﺷﻬﺮ‬

tuition fee

‫ﺷﻬﺮﻳﻪ‬

martyr salty rioter husband milk

(‫ﺷﻬﻴﺪ )ﺷﻬﺪا‬ ‫ﺷﻮر‬ ‫ﺷﻮرﺷﻰ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺮ‬

Shiraz (a city in Iran)

‫ﺷﻴﺮاز‬

sweet

‫ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ‬

sweet pastries morning

‫ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ‬

202

Persian–English Glossary

Good morning! breakfast to speak

!‫ﺻﺒﺢ ﺑﺨﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬ (‫ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

desert; plain

‫ﺻﺤﺮا‬

correct

‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬

hundreds voice; sound shell

‫ﺻﺪ‬ ‫ﺻﺪا‬ ‫ﺻﺪف‬

line; queue

(‫ﺻﻒ )ﺻﻔﻮف‬

handicrafts

‫ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ دﺳﺘﻰ‬

chair

‫ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻰ‬

armchair

‫ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻰ راﺣﺘﻰ‬

PO Box

‫ﺻﻨﺪوق ﭘﺴﺘﻰ‬

industry

(‫ﺻﻨﻌﺖ )ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ‬

to take place confiscation; retention tape recorder to record

(‫ﺻﻮرت ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ )ﮔﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺻﻮت‬ (‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

a kind of drum

‫ﺿﺮب‬

harm

‫ﺿﺮر‬

according to; in accordance with floor; level tabla

‫ﻃﺒﻖ‬ (‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ )ﻃﺒﻘﺎت‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻞ‬

countryside; nature

‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ‬

natural

‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‬

plan

‫ﻃﺮح‬

side

(‫ﻃﺮف )اﻃﺮاف‬

fan, supporter gold Muslim seminary student satire

‫ﻃﺮﻓﺪار‬ (‫ﻃﻼ )ﻃﻼﺟﺎت‬ (‫ﻃﻠﺒﻪ )ﻃﻼب‬ ‫ﻃﻨﺰ‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬ satirical

203

‫ﻃﻨﺰﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬

parrot

‫ﻃﻮﻃﻰ‬

stormy

‫ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻰ‬

to last dish within a few hours

(‫ﻃﻮل ﻛﺸﻴﺪن )ﻛﺶ‬ (‫ﻇﺮف )ﻇﺮوف‬ ‫ﻇﺮف ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬

victory

‫ﻇﻔﺮ‬

noon

‫ﻇﻬﺮ‬

habit

‫ﻋﺎدت‬

in love; lover

‫ﻋﺎﺷﻖ‬

phrase

(‫ﻋﺒﺎرت )ﻋﺒﺎرات‬

wonder

(‫ﻋﺠﺐ )ﻋﺠﺎﻳﺐ‬

hurry; haste

‫ﻋﺠﻠﻪ‬

number

(‫ﻋﺪد )اﻋﺪاد‬

number

‫ﻋﺪه‬

Arabia

‫ﻋﺮﺑﺴﺘﺎن‬

Arabic

‫ﻋﺮﺑﻰ‬

to be displayed bride wedding late afternoon Good afternoon! afternoon snack

(‫ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬ ‫ﻋﺮوس‬ ‫ﻋﺮوﺳﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﺼﺮ‬ !‫ﻋﺼﺮ ﺑﺨﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻋﺼﺮاﻧﻪ‬

muscle

‫ﻋﻀﻠﻪ‬

great; magnificent

‫ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‬

to marry

(‫ﻋﻘﺪ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

opinion; belief

‫ﻋﻘﻴﺪه‬

photo

‫ﺲ‬B‫ﻋ‬

interested to be interested in in addition

‫ﻋﻼﻗﻤﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻗﻪ داﺷﺘﻦ )دار( ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ اﻳﻦ‬

204

Persian–English Glossary

political science despite to act; to operate

‫ﻋﻠﻮم ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ رﻏﻢ‬ (‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

practically

ً ‫ﻋﻤ‬ ‫ﻼ‬

paternal aunt

‫ﻋﻤﻪ‬

paternal uncle

‫ﻋﻤﻮ‬

public deep airport taxes to change

‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬ ‫ﻋﻮارض ﻓﺮودﮔﺎه‬ (‫ﻋﻮض ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

gift given at Noruz

‫ﻋﻴﺪى‬

glasses

‫ﻋﻴﻨ‬

cave

‫ﻏﺎر‬

absent

‫ﻏﺎﻳﺐ‬

double chin

‫ﻏﺒﻐﺐ‬

west

‫ﻏﺮب‬

western; westerner

‫ﻏﺮﺑﻰ‬

stand; stall

‫ﻏﺮﻓﻪ‬

sunset rich civilian

‫ﻏﺮوب‬ ‫ﻏﻨﻰ‬ (‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻰ )ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻴﺎن‬

graduate

‫ﻓﺎرغ اﻟﺘﺤﺼﻴﻞ‬

distance

‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬

last name

‫ﻓﺎﻣﻴﻠﻰ‬

to arrive to flee; to escape to forget

(‫ﻓﺮا رﺳﻴﺪن )رس‬ (‫ﻓﺮار ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫ﻓﺮاﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

France

‫ﻓﺮاﻧﺴﻪ‬

abundant

‫ﻓﺮاوان‬

odd number person; individual

‫ﻓﺮد‬ (‫ﻓﺮد )اﻓﺮاد‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬ tomorrow to send

205

‫ﻓﺮدا‬ (‫ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎدن )ﻓﺮﺳﺖ‬

sender

‫ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه‬

carpet

‫ﻓﺮش‬

difference to change (intransitive) form culture; dictionary to sell airport shop seller a stew made with chicken, pomegranate syrup, and walnuts

‫ﻓﺮق‬ (‫ﻓﺮق ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﺮم‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ‬ (‫ﻓﺮوﺧﺘﻦ )ﻓﺮوش‬ ‫ﻓﺮودﮔﺎه‬ ‫ﻓﺮوﺷﮕﺎه‬ ‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه‬ ‫ﻓﺴﻨﺠﺎن‬

blood pressure

‫ﻓﺸﺎرﺧﻮن‬

season; chapter

(‫ﻓﺼﻞ )ﻓﺼﻮل‬

current; present

‫ﻓﻌﻠﻰ‬

only thought to die football film film script mushroom continent spoon

‫ﻓﻘﻂ‬ (‫ﺎر‬B‫ﺮ )اﻓ‬B‫ﻓ‬ (‫ﻓﻮت ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﺗﺒﺎل‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﻤﻨﺎﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺎرچ‬ ‫ﻗﺎره‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺷﻖ‬

law; rule

(‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮن )ﻗﻮاﻧﻴﻦ‬

civil law

‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮن ﻣﺪﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﺮس‬

Cyprus graveyard bill; note BC

‫ﻗﺒﺮﺳﺘﺎن‬ (‫ﻗﺒﺾ )ﻗﺒﻮض‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻣﻴﻼد‬

206

Persian–English Glossary

before previously; already to be accepted; to pass (an exam)

‫ﻪ‬B‫ﻗﺒﻞ ازاﻳﻨ‬ ً ‫ﻗﺒ‬ ‫ﻼ‬ (‫ﻗﺒﻮل ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬

power

‫ﻗﺪرت‬

age (ancientness); antiquity

‫ﻗﺪﻣﺖ‬

old (of things)

‫ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ‬

to be arranged

‫ﻗﺮار ﺑﻮدن‬

to be located pill sleeping pill red century beautiful to intend to train North Pole drop (e.g., eyedrop) lock heart canary cube sugar hero a stew made with red meat and herbs can to promise strong price fixed price

(‫ﻗﺮار داﺷﺘﻦ )دار‬ ‫ﻗﺮص‬ ‫ﻗﺮص ﺧﻮاب‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬ (‫ﻗﺮن )ﻗﺮون‬ ‫ﻗﺸﻨﮓ‬ (‫ﻗﺼﺪ داﺷﺘﻦ )دار‬ ‫ﻗﻄﺎر‬ ‫ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎل‬ (‫ﻗﻄﺮه )ﻗﻄﺮات‬ ‫ﻗﻔﻞ‬ (‫ﻗﻠﺐ )ﻗﻠﻮب‬ ‫ﻗﻨﺎرى‬ ‫ﻗﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎن‬ ‫ﻗﻮرﻣﻪ ﺳﺒﺰى‬ ‫ﻗﻮﻃﻰ‬ (‫ﻗﻮل دادن )ده‬ ‫ﻗﻮى‬ ‫ﻗﻴﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻣﻘﻄﻮع‬

a stew made with red meat and split peas

‫ﻗﻴﻤﻪ‬

palace

‫ﻛﺎخ‬

work

‫ﻛﺎر‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬

207

to work

(‫ﻛﺎر ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

identity card

‫ﻛﺎرت ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻰ‬

employee

‫ﻛﺎرﻣﻨﺪ‬

paper

‫ﻛﺎﻏﺬ‬

enough

‫ﻛﺎﻓﻰ‬

computer

‫ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬

completely

ً ‫ﻛﺎﻣ‬ ‫ﻼ‬

Canada

‫ﻛﺎﻧﺎدا‬

to reduce (intransitive) kebab made from lamb or beef steak kebab made from lamb or beef mince dove; pigeon great capsule copy textbook academic book library; bookcase

(‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﺒﺎب ﺑﺮگ‬ ‫ﻛﺒﺎب ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪه‬ ‫ﻛﺒﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﭙﺴﻮل‬ ‫ﻛﭙﻰ‬ (‫ﻛﺘﺎب درﺳﻰ )ﻛﺘﺐ درﺳﻰ‬ (‫ﻛﺘﺎب ﻋﻠﻤﻰ )ﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ‬

written

‫ﻛﺘﺒﻰ‬

kettle

‫ﻛﺘﺮى‬

inscription

‫ﻛﺘﻴﺒﻪ‬

multiplicity

‫ﻛﺜﺮت‬

widely published crooked where Where are you from?

‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮاﻻﻧﺘﺸﺎر‬ ‫ﻛﺞ‬ ‫ﻛﺠﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﺠﺎﻳﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ؟‬

bald

‫ﻛﭽﻞ‬

which

‫ﻛﺪام‬

celery

‫ﻛﺮﻓﺲ‬

butter

‫ﻛﺮه‬

Christmas

‫ﻛﺮﻳﺴﻤﺲ‬

208

Persian–English Glossary

to receive to kill

(‫ﻛﺴﺐ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫ﻛﺸﺘﻦ )ﻛﺶ‬

ship

‫ﮔﺸﺘﻰ‬

wrestling

‫ُﻛﺸﺘﻰ‬

wrestler

‫ﻛﺸﺘﻰ ﮔﻴﺮ‬

country

‫ﻛﺸﻮر‬

shoe

‫ﻛﻔﺶ‬

high-heel shoes shroud all

‫ﻛﻔﺶ ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻔﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﻞ‬

class

‫ﻛﻼس‬

exhausted

‫ﻛﻼﻓﻪ‬

hat

‫ﻛﻼه‬

key

‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬

church

‫ﻛﻠﻴﺴﺎ‬

water shortage

‫ﻛﻢ آﺑﻰ‬

light-coloured

‫ﻛﻢ رﻧﮓ‬

bow cupboard seat belt backache help to ask for help to help beside concert conference; lecture university entrance examination old

‫ﻛﻤﺎن‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ اﻳﻤﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺮدرد‬ ‫ﻛﻤ‬ (‫ﻛﻤ ﺧﺎﺳﺘﻦ )ﺧﻮاه‬ (‫ﻛﻤ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺎر‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺴﺮت‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻔﺮاﻧﺲ‬ ‫ﻮر‬B‫ﻛﻨ‬ ‫ﻛﻬﻦ‬

short, low

‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎه‬

alley

‫ﻛﻮﭼﻪ‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬ mountain mountain climbing desert (adj)

209

‫ﻛﻮه‬ ‫ﻛﻮه ﻧﻮردى‬ ‫ﻛﻮﻳﺮى‬

when

‫ﻛﻰ‬

who

‫ﻛﻰ‬

bag; handbag

‫ﻛﻴﻒ‬

kilo

‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮ‬

sometimes chalk to let, to put passport to pass past expensive

‫ﮔﺎﻫﻰ‬ ‫ﮔﭻ‬ (‫ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻦ )ﮔﺬار‬ ‫ﮔﺬرﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬ (‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻦ )ﮔﺬر‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﮔﺮان‬

to dust

(‫ﮔﺮدﮔﻴﺮى ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

walnut

‫ﮔﺮدو‬

to get; to take; to hold to feel hot

(‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ )ﮔﻴﺮ‬ ‫ ﺑﻮدن‬. . . ‫ﮔﺮم‬

group

‫ﮔﺮوه‬

to cry

(‫ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to burst into tears a kind of nougat report to report to search for; to become conversation; dialogue to say; to tell

(‫ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ )ﮔﻴﺮ‬. . . ‫ﮔﺮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﮔﺰ‬ ‫ﮔﺰارش‬ (‫ﮔﺰارش ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫ﮔﺸﺘﻦ )ﮔﺮد‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ‬ (‫ﮔﻔﺘﻦ )ﮔﻮ‬

flower

‫ﮔﻞ‬

throat

‫ﮔﻠﻮ‬

lost

‫ﮔﻢ‬

to lose

(‫ﮔﻢ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

210

Persian–English Glossary

treasure

‫ﮔﻨﺞ‬

sparrow

‫ﮔﻨﺠﺸ‬

calf, veal

‫ﮔﻮﺳﺎﻟﻪ‬

polo ball

‫ﮔﻮى‬

receiver; addressee

‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه‬

necessary

‫ﻻزم‬

spare tyre

‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴ زاﭘﺎس‬

thin

‫ﻻﻏﺮ‬

brag

‫ﻻف‬

tulip

‫ﻻﻟﻪ‬

lip

‫ﻟﺐ‬

clothes moment that’s why to enjoy

‫ﻟﺒﺎس‬ (‫ﻟﺤﻈﻪ )ﻟﺤﻈﺎت‬ ‫ﻟﺬا‬ ‫ﻟﺬت ﺑﺮدن )ﺑﺮ( از‬

delicious

‫ﻟﺬﻳﺬ‬

please

‫ﻟﻄﻔًﺎ‬

word

(‫ﻟﻐﺖ )ﻟﻐﺎت‬

encyclopaedia

‫ﻟﻐﺘﻨﺎﻣﻪ‬

stork

‫ﻟ ﻟ‬

accent

‫ﻟﻬﺠﻪ‬

Polish

‫ﻟﻬﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬

tablet (i.e. of stone)

(‫ﻟﻮح )اﻟﻮاح‬

spoiled (person)

‫ﻟﻮس‬

bath sponge

‫ﻟﻴﻒ‬

we mother grandmother snake yoghurt Wow! (lit. What God wills)

‫ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺎدر‬ ‫ﻣﺎدرﺑﺰرگ‬ ‫ﻣﺎر‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﺎء اﻟﻠﻪ‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬ car posession financial to stay stale (e.g. bread) month; moon monthly liquid to like to; to want to blessed sofa amount of money unfortunately

211

‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬ (‫ﻣﺎل )اﻣﻮال‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻟﻰ‬ (‫ﻣﺎﻧﺪن )ﻣﺎن‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﺪه‬ ‫ﻣﺎه‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺎﻧﻪ‬ (‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ )ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻮدن‬ €‫ﻣﺒﺎر‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻞ‬ (‫ﻣﺒﻠﻎ )ﻣﺒﺎﻟﻎ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺄﺳﻔﺎﻧﻪ‬

married

‫ﻣﺘﺄﻫﻞ‬

common

‫ﻣﺘﺪاول‬

metro; subway Thank you different text varied; diverse

‫ﻣﺘﺮو‬ ‫ﺮم‬B‫ﻣﺘﺸ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت‬ (‫ﻣﺘﻦ )ﻣﺘﻮن‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻨﻮع‬

to realise

(‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬

example

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

like triangle free to be forced to; to have to

‫ﻣﺜﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻠﺚ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺒﻮر ﺑﻮدن‬

single

‫ﻣﺠﺮد‬

majestic

‫ﻣﺠﻠﻞ‬

collection; complex kindness; love beloved

‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﻮب‬

212

Persian–English Glossary

modest

‫ﻣﺤﺠﻮب‬

student

(‫ﻣﺤﺼﻞ )ﻣﺤﺼﻠﻴﻦ‬

protected; secure scholar free (in terms of will) brief different; varied especially pencil help school ceremonies; rituals to keep an eye on to pertain to patriarchy

‫ﻣﺤﻔﻮظ‬ (‫ﻣﺤﻘﻖ )ﻣﺤﻘﻘﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺘﺎر‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬ ً ‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺪاد‬ ‫ﻣﺪد‬ (‫ﻣﺪرﺳﻪ )ﻣﺪارس‬ ‫ﻣﺮاﺳﻢ‬ (‫ﻣﺮاﻗﺒﺖ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻮدن ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺮدﺳﺎﻻرى‬

people

‫ﻣﺮدم‬

dead

‫ﻣﺮده‬

border

‫ﻣﺮز‬

thanks

‫ﻣﺮﺳﻰ‬

chicken

‫ﻣﺮغ‬

centre

(‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ )ﻣﺮاﻛﺰ‬

death

‫ﻣﺮگ‬

ill to bother someone farm

‫ﻣﺮﻳﺾ‬ (‫ﻣﺰاﺣﻢ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬ ‫ﻣﺰرﻋﻪ‬

eyelash

(‫ﻣﮋه )ﻣﮋﮔﺎن‬

copper

‫ﻣﺲ‬

competition; match running race to travel inn; motel

(‫ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ )ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎت‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ دو‬ (‫ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮت رﻓﺘﻦ )رو‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬ problem; issue straight; straight on mosque Friday or congregational mosque Muslim to brush one’s teeth Christ Christian way; route busy homework; calligraphic exercises problem problematic; difficult suspicious Egypt

213

(‫ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ )ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬ (‫ﻣﺴﺠﺪ )ﻣﺴﺎﺟﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺠﺪ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎن‬ (‫ﻣﺴﻮا€ زدن )زن‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺢ‬ (‫ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻰ )ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺎن‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻐﻮل‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻖ‬ (‫ﻼت‬B‫ﻞ )ﻣﺸ‬B‫ﻣﺸ‬ ‫ﻞ ﺳﺎز‬B‫ﻣﺸ‬ €‫ﻮ‬B‫ﻣﺸ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺮ‬

Egyptian

‫ﻣﺼﺮى‬

contents

‫ﻣﻀﻤﻮن‬

Islamic Studies topic to be sure manifestation miracle smoothie stomach ache to apologize to to introduce famous, well-known teacher usual; customary usually meaning

‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎت اﺳﻼﻣﻰ‬ (‫ﻣﻄﻠﺐ )ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺑﻮدن‬ (‫ﻣﻈﻬﺮ )ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ‬ (‫ﻣﻌﺠﺰه )ﻣﻌﺠﺰات‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺠﻮن‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺪه درد‬ (‫ﻣﻌﺬرت ﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻦ )ﺧﻮاه( )از‬ (‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮوف‬ (‫ﻣﻌﻠﻢ )ﻣﻌﻠﻤﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮل‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ‬ ً (‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ )ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ‬

214

Persian–English Glossary

shop article; essay to compare tomb an amount of to consider at fault correspondence place Mexico Mecca nation; people

‫ﻣﻐﺎزه‬ (‫ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪ )ﻣﻘﺎﻻت‬ (‫ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫ﻣﻘﺒﺮه )ﻣﻘﺎﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪارى‬ (‫ﻣﻘﺼﺮ داﻧﺴﺘﻦ )دان‬ (‫ﺎﺗﺒﺎت‬B‫ﺎﺗﺒﻪ )ﻣ‬B‫ﻣ‬ (‫ن‬B‫ﺎن )اﻣﺎ‬B‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﺰﻳ‬B‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﻪ‬B‫ﻣ‬ (‫ﻣﻠﺖ )ﻣﻠﻞ‬

locust

‫ﻣﻠﺦ‬

national

‫ﻣﻠﻰ‬

possible

‫ﻦ‬B‫ﻣﻤ‬

forbidden

‫ﻣﻤﻨﻮع‬

thanks; grateful

‫ﻣﻤﻨﻮن‬

I natural resources appropriate to publish home secretary orderly; organized

‫ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬ (‫ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫ﻣﻨﺰل )ﻣﻨﺎزل‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺸﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻢ‬

prohibition

‫ﻣﻨﻊ‬

to emigrate

(‫ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮت ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

kindness kind important

‫ﻣﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎن‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻢ‬

guest

‫ﻣﻬﻤﺎن‬

party

‫ﻣﻬﻤﺎﻧﻰ‬

engineer

(‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪس )ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﻦ‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ‬

215

electrical engineer

‫ﺘﺮوﻧﻴ‬B‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪس اﻟ‬

construction engineer

‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪس ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬

chemical engineer

‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪس ﺷﻴﻤﻰ‬

civil engineer

‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪس ﻋﻤﺮان‬

mechanical engineer engineering hair to be careful

‫ﺎﻧﻴ‬B‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪس ﻣ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻮ‬ ‫ﻣﻮاﻇﺐ ﺑﻮدن‬

to agree

‫ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﻮدن‬

to agree

(‫ﻣﻮاﻓﻘﺖ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

motorcycle to be the centre of attention

‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮر‬ ‫ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻮدن‬

favourite

‫ﻣﻮرد ﻋﻼﻗﻪ‬

museum

‫ﻣﻮزه‬

music pop music traditional (Iranian) music mouse; rat topic; subject to succeed time; moment average nail town square; roundabout to be persistent

‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﭘﺎپ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺳﻨﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻮش‬ (‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮع )ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎت‬ (‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬ (‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ )ﻣﻮاﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺦ‬ (‫ﻣﻴﺪان )ﻣﻴﺎدﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺮدن‬B‫ﻣﻴﺪان را ﺧﺎﻟﻰ ﻧ‬

table

‫ﻣﻴﺰ‬

desk

‫ﻣﻴﺰ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬

to want to

‫ﻣﻴﻞ داﺷﺘﻦ‬

million

‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮن‬

monkey

‫ﻣﻴﻤﻮن‬

fruit

(‫ﻣﻴﻮه )ﻣﻴﻮﺟﺎت‬

216

Persian–English Glossary

to be upset

(‫ﻧﺎراﺣﺖ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬

penetrating

‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬ‬

suddenly name to mention to be nominated engagement

‫ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎن‬ ‫ﻧﺎم‬ (‫ﻧﺎم ﺑﺮدن )ﺑﺮ‬ (‫ﻧﺎﻣﺰد ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺰدى‬

letter

‫ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬

bread

‫ﻧﺎن‬

lunch

‫ﻧﺎﻫﺎر‬

must not

‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬

result prime minister

(‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ )ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ‬ ‫ﻧﺨﺴﺖ وزﻳﺮ‬

palm tree

‫ﻧﺨﻞ‬

exchange rate

‫ﻧﺮخ‬

narcissus

‫ﻧﺮﮔﺲ‬

near

‫ﻧﺰدﻳ‬

compared to breeze

‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﻴﻢ‬

to show

(‫ﻧﺸﺎن دادن )ده‬

journal; newsletter

(‫ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ )ﻧﺸﺮﻳﺎت‬

to sit

(‫ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻦ )ﻧﺸﻴﻦ‬

half

‫ﻧﺼﻒ‬

military

‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻰ‬

opinion

(‫ﻧﻈﺮ )ﻧﻈﺮات‬

oil

‫ﻧﻔﺖ‬

person (counting word)

‫ﻧﻔﺮ‬

painting

‫ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻰ‬

cash

‫ﻧﻘﺪ‬

map

‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬

look

‫ﻧﮕﺎه‬

‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ(‬

‫‪217‬‬

‫ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬ ‫ﻧﮕﺮاﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺘﻦ )دار(‬ ‫ﻧﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎز ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن )ﺧﻮان(‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎن‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎه‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎه ﻛﺘﺎب‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه )ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎن(‬

‫‪to look at‬‬ ‫‪worry‬‬ ‫‪to keep‬‬ ‫‪damp‬‬ ‫)‪to pray (the obligatory prayer‬‬ ‫‪visible‬‬ ‫‪exhibition; fair‬‬ ‫‪book fair‬‬ ‫‪representative‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﺮه‬

‫‪number‬‬

‫ﻧﻤ‬

‫‪salt‬‬

‫ﻧﻬﻨﮓ‬ ‫ﻧﻮ‬ ‫ﻧﻮروز‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺷﺎﺑﻪ‬

‫‪whale‬‬ ‫‪new‬‬ ‫)‪Noruz (Iranian New Year‬‬ ‫‪soft drink‬‬

‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ )ﻧﻮﻳﺲ(‬

‫‪to write‬‬

‫ﻧﻮﺷﻴﺪن )ﻧﻮش(‬

‫‪to drink‬‬

‫ﻧﻮع )اﻧﻮاع(‬ ‫ﻧﻮه‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪه )ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎن(‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺎز داﺷﺘﻦ )دار(‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻤﺮو‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻤ‪B‬ﺖ‬ ‫واﺣﺪ‬

‫‪kind; type‬‬ ‫‪grandchild‬‬ ‫‪writer‬‬ ‫‪to need‬‬ ‫‪half‬‬ ‫‪fried egg‬‬ ‫‪bench‬‬ ‫‪course unit‬‬

‫وارد ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ(‬

‫‪to enter‬‬

‫وارﻳﺰ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to deposit‬‬

‫واژه )واژﮔﺎن(‬ ‫وﺟﻮد‬ ‫وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻦ )دار(‬ ‫ورزش‬

‫‪word‬‬ ‫‪existence‬‬ ‫‪to exist‬‬ ‫‪sport‬‬

218

Persian–English Glossary

entry

‫ورود‬

middle

‫وﺳﻂ‬

extensive

‫وﺳﻴﻊ‬

means of transport home country time to make an appointment when lawyer; member of parliament if not but shop window to get a visa special emigration; hijra Achaemenid crescent

‫وﺳﻴﻠﮥ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ‬ ‫وﻃﻦ‬ (‫وﻗﺖ )اوﻗﺎت‬ (‫وﻗﺖ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ )ﮔﻴﺮ‬ ‫وﻗﺘﻰ ﻛﻪ‬ (‫وﻛﻴﻞ )وﻛﻼ‬ ‫وﮔﺮﻧﻪ‬ ‫وﻟﻰ‬ ‫وﻳﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬ (‫وﻳﺰا ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ )ﮔﻴﺮ‬ ‫وﻳﮋه‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺮت‬ ‫ﻫﺨﺎﻣﻨﺸﻰ‬ ‫ﻫﻼل‬

peach

‫ﻫﻠﻮ‬

India

‫ﻫﻨﺪوﺳﺘﺎن‬

Indian art at the time of

‫ﻫﻨﺪى‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم‬

still; yet

‫ﻫﻨﻮز‬

weather

‫ﻫﻮا‬

airplane

‫ﻫﻮاﭘﻴﻤﺎ‬

nowhere

‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﺟﺎ ﺟﺎ‬

no one

‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﻛﺲ‬

never

‫ﻫﻴﭻ وﻗﺖ‬

memory; remembrance

‫ﻳﺎد‬

same

‫ﺴﺎن‬B‫ﻳ‬

Sunday

‫ﺸﻨﺒﻪ‬B‫ﻳ‬

‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى ﻓﺎرﺳﻰ(‬

‫‪219‬‬

‫ﻳ‪B‬ﻄﺮﻓﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﮕﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﻬﻮدى )ﻳﻬﻮدﻳﺎن(‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻧﺎن‬

‫‪one-way‬‬ ‫‪unique‬‬ ‫‪Jew‬‬ ‫‪Greece‬‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬ .......................................................................

English–Persian Glossary

ability

‫ﺗﻮاﻧﺎﻳﻰ‬

about

‫در ﻣﻮرد ِ ؛ درﺑﺎر‬

absent

‫ﻏﺎﻳﺐ‬

abundant

‫ﻓﺮاوان‬

accent

‫ﻟﻬﺠﻪ‬

according to; in accordance with

ِ ‫ﻃﺒﻖ‬

Achaemenid acquaintance actually affluent; possessing Africa after afternoon afternoon snack afterwards age age (ancientness)

‫ﻫﺨﺎﻣﻨﺸﻰ‬ ‫آﺷﻨﺎ‬ ‫اﺗﻔﺎﻗًﺎ‬ ‫دارا‬ ‫آﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ؛ ﭘﺲ از؛ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻇﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﻋﺼﺮاﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪًا‬ (‫ﺳﻦ )ﺳﻨﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﻣﺖ‬

air pollution

‫آﻟﻮدﮔﻰ ﻫﻮا‬

airmail

‫ﭘﺴﺖ ﻫﻮاﻳﻰ‬

airplane

‫ﻫﻮاﭘﻴﻤﺎ‬

airport

‫ﻓﺮودﮔﺎه‬

airport taxes

‫ﻋﻮارض ﻓﺮودﮔﺎه‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬ all

221

‫ﻛﻞ‬

all over the world

‫ﺳﺮاﺳﺮ دﻧﻴﺎ‬

all right; OK

‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺧﻮب‬

alley

‫ﻛﻮﭼﻪ‬

almond

‫ﺑﺎدام‬

alphabet

‫اﻟﻔﺒﺎ‬

America

‫ﺎ‬B‫آﻣﺮﻳ‬

amount

‫ﻣﻘﺪار‬

amount of money

(‫ﻣﺒﻠﻎ )ﻣﺒﺎﻟﻎ‬

ancestor

(‫ﺟﺪ )اﺟﺪاد‬

ancient

‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺎن‬

ancient ruins

‫آﺛﺎر ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬

answer

‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ؛ ﺟﻮاب‬

appropriate approximately

‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ؛ ﺣﺪودًا‬

Arabia

‫ﻋﺮﺑﺴﺘﺎن‬

Arabic

‫ﻋﺮﺑﻰ‬

arm armchair armed guard Armenian

(‫ﺑﺎزو )ﺑﺎزوان‬ ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻰ راﺣﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺎﻫﻰ‬ (‫ارﻣﻨﻰ )اراﻣﻨﻪ‬

around

ِ ‫دور‬

art

‫ﻫﻨﺮ‬

article; essay as

(‫ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪ )ﻣﻘﺎﻻت‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻨﻮان‬

Asia

‫آﺳﻴﺎ‬

assassination

‫ﺗﺮور‬

assignment; homework

(‫ﺎﻟﻴﻒ‬B‫ﻠﻴﻒ )ﺗ‬B‫ﺗ‬

at least

‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬

at most

‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬

aubergine (egg plant)

‫ﺑﺎدﻣﺠﺎن‬

222

English–Persian Glossary

aunt (maternal)

‫ﺧﺎﻟﻪ‬

aunt (paternal)

‫ﻋّﻤﻪ‬

autobiography

‫اﺗﻮﺑﻴﻮﮔﺮاﻓﻰ‬

average

‫ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ‬

backache

‫ﻛﻤﺮدرد‬

background

‫ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ‬

bad bag; handbag Baha’i

‫ﺑﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻒ‬ (‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ )ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎن‬

bald

‫ﻛﭽﻞ‬

ball

‫ﺗﻮپ‬

bank

‫ﺑﺎﻧ‬

banknote

‫ﻨﺎس‬B‫اﺳ‬

barberry

‫زرﺷ‬

based on

‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬

bath sponge BC beautiful

‫ﻟﻴﻒ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻣﻴﻼد‬ ‫زﻳﺒﺎ‬

beautiful (of things)

‫ﻗﺸﻨﮓ‬

beauty

‫زﻳﺒﺎﻳﻰ‬

because

‫ﻪ‬B‫ﭼﻮﻧ‬

because

‫زﻳﺮا‬

because of; due to bed beetroot before

ِ ‫ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﺨﺖ ﺧﻮاب‬ ‫ﭼﻐﻨﺪر‬ (‫ﻪ‬B‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از )اﻳﻨ‬،‫ﭘﻴﺶ از‬

behaviour

‫رﻓﺘﺎر‬

behind

ِ ‫ﭘﺸﺖ‬

beloved

‫ﻣﺤﺒﻮب‬

bench

‫ﺖ‬B‫ﻧﻴﻤ‬

berry

‫ﺗﻮت‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

223

beside

ِ ‫ﻛﻨﺎر‬

beside; right next to

ِ ‫ﺑﻐﻞ‬

best

‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬

better

‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮ‬

between

ِ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ‬

bicycle bill; slip (of paper) biography

‫دوﭼﺮﺧﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﺾ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻮﮔﺮاﻓﻰ؛ ﺷﺮح ﺣﺎل‬

bird

(‫ﭘﺮﻧﺪه )ﭘﺮﻧﺪﮔﺎن‬

biro

‫ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر‬

birth; birthday

‫ﺗﻮﻟﺪ‬

bitter

‫ﺗﻠﺦ‬

black

‫ﺳﻴﺎه‬

blade

‫ﺗﻴﻎ‬

bleeding blood blood pressure blossom blue book fair border bottle bouquet of flowers

‫ﺧﻮﻧﺮﻳﺰى‬ ‫ﺧﻮن‬ ‫ﻓﺸﺎرﺧﻮن‬ ‫ﻮﻓﻪ‬B‫ﺷ‬ ‫آﺑﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎه ﻛﺘﺎب‬ ‫ﻣﺮز‬ ‫ﺑﻄﺮى‬ ‫دﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻞ‬

bow

‫ﻛﻤﺎن‬

box

‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ‬

boy; son

‫ﭘﺴﺮ‬

brag

‫ﻻف‬

brave

‫ﺷﺠﺎع‬

Brazil

‫ﺑﺮزﻳﻞ‬

bread

‫ﻧﺎن‬

breakfast

‫ﺻﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬

224

English–Persian Glossary

breeze

‫ﻧﺴﻴﻢ‬

bride

‫ﻋﺮوس‬

bridge brief

‫ﭘﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ‬

broken; ruined; spoilt

‫ﺧﺮاب‬

broom

‫ﺟﺎرو‬

brother

‫ﺑﺮادر‬

building bus

‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬ ‫اﺗﻮﺑﻮس‬

busy (crowded)

‫ﺷﻠﻮغ‬

busy (occupied)

‫ﻣﺸﻐﻮل‬

but butter butterfly

‫وﻟﻰ؛ اﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﺮه‬ ‫ﭘﺮواﻧﻪ‬

buyer; customer

‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬

by; by means of

ِ ‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬

calf; veal

‫ﮔﻮﺳﺎﻟﻪ‬

calligraphy

‫ﺧﻄﺎﻃﻰ‬

can

‫ﻗﻮﻃﻰ‬

Canada

‫ﻛﺎﻧﺎدا‬

canary

‫ﻗﻨﺎرى‬

candle

‫ﺷﻤﻊ‬

can-opener

‫درﺑﺎزﻛﻦ‬

capital city

‫ﭘﺎﻳﺘﺨﺖ‬

capsule

‫ﻛﭙﺴﻮل‬

car

‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬

carpet

‫ﻓﺮش‬

cash

‫ﻧﻘﺪ‬

cave

‫ﻏﺎر‬

CD celebration; festival

‫ﺳﻰ دى‬ ‫ﺟﺸﻦ‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

225

celery

‫ﻛﺮﻓﺲ‬

centre

(‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ )ﻣﺮاﻛﺰ‬

century

(‫ﻗﺮن )ﻗﺮون‬

ceremonies; rituals

‫ﻣﺮاﺳﻢ‬

chair

‫ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻰ‬

chalk

‫ﮔﭻ‬

champion (i.e. in wrestling)

‫ﭘﻬﻠﻮان‬

cheap

‫ارزان‬

cheerful

‫ﺷﺎد‬

cheese

‫ﭘﻨﻴﺮ‬

chemical engineer cheque

‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪس ﺷﻴﻤﻰ‬ ‫ﭼ‬

chess

‫ﺷﻄﺮﻧﺞ‬

chick

‫ﺟﻮﺟﻪ‬

chicken

‫ﻣﺮغ‬

child; baby

‫ﺑﭽﻪ‬

childhood

‫ﺑﭽﮕﻰ‬

Chinese

‫ﭼﻴﻨﻰ‬

chip; fried potato chivalrous Christ Christian Christmas

‫ﺳﻴﺐ زﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﺳﺮخ ﻛﺮده‬ ‫ﺟﻮاﻧﻤﺮد‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺢ‬ (‫ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻰ )ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺎن‬ ‫ﻛﺮﻳﺴﻤﺲ‬

church

‫ﻛﻠﻴﺴﺎ‬

cinema

‫ﺳﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬

circus

€‫ﺳﻴﺮ‬

city; town civil engineer civil law civilian (i.e. non-military) civilization

‫ﺷﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪس ﻋﻤﺮان‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮن ﻣﺪﻧﻰ‬ (‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻰ )ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻴﺎن‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺪن‬

226

English–Persian Glossary

class

‫ﻛﻼس‬

class; degree; level

‫درﺟﻪ‬

cleric

(‫روﺣﺎﻧﻰ )روﺣﺎﻧﻴﻮن‬

clever

‫ﺑﺎﻫﻮش‬

closed (temporarily); pl. holidays

(‫ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ )ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻼت‬

clothes

‫ﻟﺒﺎس‬

coin

‫ﻪ‬B‫ﺳ‬

cold (temperature)

‫ﺳﺮد‬

cold (illness) collection colour comfort; ease

‫ﺳﺮﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ‬ ‫رﻧﮓ‬ ‫آﺳﺎﻳﺶ‬

common

‫ﺷﺎﻳﻊ؛ ﻣﺘﺪاول‬

company

‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬

compared to competition; match completely computer

‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬ (‫ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ )ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎت‬ ً ‫ﻛﺎﻣ‬ ‫ﻼ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬

concert

‫ﻛﻨﺴﺮت‬

conditions; circumstances

‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬

conference; lecture confiscation; retention construction engineer contents continent continuing education conversation; dialogue cooking

‫ﻛﻨﻔﺮاﻧﺲ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪس ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬ ‫ﻣﻀﻤﻮن‬ ‫ﻗﺎره‬ ‫اداﻣﮥ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ‬ ‫آﺷﭙﺰى‬

copper

‫ﻣﺲ‬

copy

‫ﻛﭙﻰ‬

correct

‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬ correspondence

227

(‫ﺎﺗﺒﺎت‬B‫ﺎﺗﺒﻪ )ﻣ‬B‫ﻣ‬

country

‫ﻛﺸﻮر‬

countryside; nature

‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ‬

course unit cousin (maternal aunt’s daughter) cousin (maternal aunt’s son)

‫واﺣﺪ‬ ‫دﺧﺘﺮﺧﺎﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﺴﺮﺧﺎﻟﻪ‬

cousin (maternal uncle’s daughter)

‫دﺧﺘﺮداﻳﻰ‬

cousin (maternal uncle’s son)

‫ﭘﺴﺮ داﻳﻰ‬

cousin (paternal aunt’s daughter) cousin (paternal aunt’s son) cousin (paternal uncle’s daughter) cousin (paternal uncle’s son) crescent crisis crooked crossroads

‫دﺧﺘﺮﻋﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﺴﺮﻋﻤﻪ‬ ‫دﺧﺘﺮﻋﻤﻮ‬ ‫ﭘﺴﺮﻋﻤﻮ‬ ‫ﻫﻼل‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺮان‬ ‫ﻛﺞ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎرراه‬

crown

‫ﺗﺎج‬

cube sugar

‫ﻗﻨﺪ‬

cucumber

‫ﺧﻴﺎر‬

culture; dictionary cupboard

‫ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺪ‬

current account

‫ﺣﺴﺎب ﺟﺎرى‬

current; present

‫ﻓﻌﻠﻰ‬

custom customs; traditions cycling cypress tree Cyprus damp danger dangerous

(‫رﺳﻢ )رﺳﻮم‬ ‫آداب‬ ‫دوﭼﺮﺧﻪ ﺳﻮارى‬ ‫ﺳﺮو‬ ‫ﻗﺒﺮس‬ ‫ﻧﻢ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺮ‬ €‫ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎ‬

228

English–Persian Glossary

dark-coloured

‫ﭘﺮ رﻧﮓ‬

darkness

‫ﻰ‬B‫ﺗﺎرﻳ‬

dates

‫ﺧﺮﻣﺎ‬

day

‫روز‬

dead

‫ﻣﺮده‬

death

‫ﻣﺮگ‬

decade

‫دﻫﻪ‬

deep

‫ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬

definitely

‫ﺣﺘﻤًﺎ‬

delicious

‫ﻟﺬﻳﺬ‬

demon

‫دﻳﻮ‬

demonstration

‫ﺗﻈﺎﻫﺮات‬

dentist

‫دﻧﺪاﻧﭙﺰﺷ‬

desert

‫ﻛﻮﻳﺮ؛ ﺻﺤﺮا‬

desk despite despite the fact that destiny developed

‫ﻣﻴﺰ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ رﻏﻢ‬ ‫ﻪ‬B‫ﺑﺎ وﺟﻮدﻳ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻧﻮﺷﺖ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬

dew

‫ژاﻟﻪ‬

difference

‫ﻓﺮق‬

different; varied dignity; matter dinner

‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت؛ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬ (‫ﺷﺄن )ﺷﺌﻮن‬ ‫ﺷﺎم‬

dinosaur

‫داﻳﻨﺎﺳﻮر‬

discount

‫ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ‬

dish distance dog

(‫ﻇﺮف )ﻇﺮوف‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﮓ‬

double chin

‫ﻏﺒﻐﺐ‬

dove; pigeon

‫ﻛﺒﻮﺗﺮ‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬ dried melon seeds driver driving driving test drop during dust; earth dynasty

229

‫ﺗﺨﻤﻪ‬ ‫راﻧﻨﺪه‬ ‫راﻧﻨﺪﮔﻰ‬ ‫اﻣﺘﺤﺎن راﻧﻨﺪﮔﻰ‬ (‫ﻗﻄﺮه )ﻗﻄﺮات‬ ِ ‫در ﻃﻰ‬ €‫ﺧﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ‬

east

‫ﺷﺮق‬

easy

‫آﺳﺎن‬

economic

‫اﻗﺘﺼﺎدى‬

education; studies

‫ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻼت‬

educational system effort egg Egypt Egyptian electrical engineer

‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ آﻣﻮزﺷﻰ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﺨﻢ ﻣﺮغ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺮى‬ ‫ﺘﺮوﻧﻴ‬B‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪس اﻟ‬

embassy

‫ﺳﻔﺎرت‬

emigration; hijra

‫ﻫﺠﺮت‬

Emirates

‫اﻣﺎرات‬

employee

‫ﻛﺎرﻣﻨﺪ‬

encyclopaedia end enemy engagement engineer engineering England

‫داﺋﺮة اﻟﻤﻌﺎرف؛ ﻟﻐﺘﻨﺎﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎن‬ ‫دﺷﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺰدى‬ (‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪس )ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻰ‬ ‫اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺲ؛ اﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎن‬

enough

‫ﻛﺎﻓﻰ‬

entry

‫ورود‬

230

English–Persian Glossary

envelope epic especially

‫ﭘﺎﻛﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺎﺳﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻًﺎ‬

eternity

‫اﺑﺪ‬

Europe

‫اروﭘﺎ‬

even

‫ﺣﺘﻰ‬

event

(‫اﺗﻔﺎق )اﺗﻔﺎﻗﺎت‬

exam

‫اﻣﺘﺤﺎن‬

example

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬

except for

‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از‬

exception

‫اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء‬

excess baggage exchange rate exhausted

‫اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺎر‬ ‫ﻧﺮخ‬ ‫ﻛﻼﻓﻪ‬

exhibition; fair

‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎه‬

exile; diaspora

‫ﻏﺮﺑﺖ‬

existence

‫وﺟﻮد‬

expensive

‫ﮔﺮان‬

extensive

‫وﺳﻴﻊ‬

eye

(‫ﭼﺸﻢ )ﭼﺸﻤﺎن( ؛ دﻳﺪه )دﻳﺪﮔﺎن‬

eyebrow

(‫اﺑﺮو )اﺑﺮوان‬

eyelash

(‫ﻣﮋه )ﻣﮋﮔﺎن‬

family family name; surname

‫ﺧﺎﻧﻮاده؛ ﻓﺎﻣﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﺎم ﺧﺎﻧﻮادﮔﻰ؛ ﻓﺎﻣﻴﻠﻰ‬

famous; well-known

‫ﻣﻌﺮوف‬

fan; supporter

‫ﻃﺮﻓﺪار‬

far farm father favourite feather

‫دور‬ (‫ﻣﺰرﻋﻪ )ﻣﺰارع‬ ‫ﭘﺪر‬ ‫ﻣﻮرد ﻋﻼﻗﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﺮ‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬ feeling

231

(‫اﺣﺴﺎس )اﺣﺴﺎﺳﺎت‬

fence

‫ﺣﻔﺎظ‬

fever

‫ﺗﺐ‬

field of study film

‫رﺷﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬

film script

‫ﻓﻴﻠﻤﻨﺎﻣﻪ‬

final exam

‫اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻰ‬

finally financial finger fire

‫ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮه‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻟﻰ‬ (‫اﻧﮕﺸﺖ )اﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎن‬ ‫آﺗﺶ‬

fireworks

‫آﺗﺶ ﺑﺎزى‬

first

‫اول؛ اوﻟﻴﻦ‬

first name

‫ ﻧﺎم‬، ‫اﺳﻢ‬

firstly; beginning fixed price

‫اﺑﺘﺪا‬ ‫ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻣﻘﻄﻮع‬

flag

‫ﭘﺮﭼﻢ‬

floor; level

‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ‬

flour

‫آرد‬

flower

‫ﮔﻞ‬

footache

‫ﭘﺎ درد‬

football

‫ﻓﻮﺗﺒﺎل‬

for forbidden foreign foreign currency

‫ﺑﺮاى‬ ‫ﻣﻤﻨﻮع‬ ‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻰ‬ ‫ارز‬

fork

‫ﭼﻨﮕﺎل‬

form

‫ﻓﺮم‬

fortress fortunate fox

‫دژ؛ ﻗﻠﻌﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺷﺒﺨﺖ‬ ‫روﺑﺎه‬

232

English–Persian Glossary

France

‫ﻓﺮاﻧﺴﻪ‬

free

‫ﻣﺠﺎﻧﻰ‬

free (in terms of will)

‫ﻣﺨﺘﺎر‬

freedom

‫آزادى‬

fresh Friday Friday or congregational mosque fried egg fruit fruit juice full

‫ﺗﺎزه‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻌﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺠﺪ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻤﺮو‬ (‫ﻣﻴﻮه )ﻣﻴﻮﺟﺎت‬ ‫آب ﻣﻴﻮه‬ ‫ﭘﺮ‬

fun; entertainment

(‫ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺢ )ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺤﺎت‬

funny

‫ﺧﻨﺪه دار؛ ﺑﺎﻣﺰه‬

furniture

(‫اﺛﺎث )اﺛﺎﺛﻴﻪ‬

future

‫آﻳﻨﺪه‬

game

‫ﺑﺎزى‬

garden garlic; (noun) (adj.) full (with food) generous

(‫ﺑﺎغ )ﺑﺎﻏﺎت‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺮ‬ ‫دﺳﺖ و دل ﺑﺎز‬

German

‫آﻟﻤﺎﻧﻰ‬

Germany

‫آﻟﻤﺎن‬

gift

‫ﻛﺎدو؛ ﻫﺪﻳﻪ‬

girl; daughter

‫دﺧﺘﺮ‬

glasses

‫ﻋﻴﻨ‬

goat

‫ﺑﺰ‬

God

‫ﺧﺪاوﻧﺪ؛ ﺧﺪا‬

gold

(‫ﻃﻼ )ﻃﻼﺟﺎت‬

Good afternoon! (late afternoon) Goodbye! Good morning! Good night!

!‫ﻋﺼﺮ ﺑﺨﻴﺮ‬ !‫ﺧﺪاﺣﺎﻓﻆ‬ !‫ﺻﺒﺢ ﺑﺨﻴﺮ‬ !‫ﺷﺐ ﺑﺨﻴﺮ‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬ goods government; state

233

‫اﺟﻨﺎس‬ (‫دوﻟﺖ )دول‬

graduate

‫ﻓﺎرغ اﻟﺘﺤﺼﻴﻞ‬

graduate studies

‫ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻼت ﻋﺎﻟﻰ‬

grandchild

‫ﻧﻮه‬

grandfather

‫ﭘﺪرﺑﺰرگ‬

grandmother

‫ﻣﺎدرﺑﺰرگ‬

grapes graveyard greasy great; magnificent Greece

‫اﻧﮕﻮر‬ ‫ﻗﺒﺮﺳﺘﺎن‬ ‫ﭼﺮب‬ ‫ﻛﺒﻴﺮ؛ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻧﺎن‬

green

‫ﺳﺒﺰ‬

greeting

‫درود‬

group

‫ﮔﺮوه‬

guest

‫ﻣﻬﻤﺎن‬

habit

(‫ﻋﺎدت )ﻋﺎدات‬

habitable; populated hair Hajj (pilgrimage to Mecca) half

‫آﺑﺎد‬ ‫ﻣﻮ‬ ‫ﺣّﺞ‬ ‫ﻧﺼﻒ؛ ﻧﻴﻢ‬

halva

‫ﺣﻠﻮا‬

hand

(‫دﺳﺖ )دﺳﺘﺎن‬

handicrafts

‫ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ دﺳﺘﻰ‬

hanging (adj.) happy Happy birthday!

‫آوﻳﺰان‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎل‬ !€‫ﺗﻮﻟﺪت ﻣﺒﺎر‬

hard; difficult

‫ﺳﺨﺖ‬

harm

‫ﺿﺮر‬

hat he; she

‫ﻛﻼه‬ ‫او‬

234

English–Persian Glossary

headache

‫ﺳﺮدرد‬

headscarf

‫روﺳﺮى‬

health

‫ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻰ‬

heart; stomach

‫ﻗﻠﺐ؛ دل‬

heater; radiator

‫ﺑﺨﺎرى‬

hello

‫ﺳﻼم‬

help

‫ﻣﺪد؛ ﻛﻤ‬

here

‫اﻳﻨﺠﺎ‬

hero

‫ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎن‬

high school high school diploma

‫دﺑﻴﺮﺳﺘﺎن‬ ‫دﻳﭙﻠﻢ‬

high; tall; loud

‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬

high-heel shoes

‫ﻛﻔﺶ ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬

hijab; veil

‫ﺣﺠﺎب‬

historical

‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺨﻰ‬

history

‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬

hobby

‫ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻣﻰ‬

home; house

(‫ﺧﺎﻧﻪ؛ ﻣﻨﺰل )ﻣﻨﺎزل‬

homeland

‫وﻃﻦ‬

homework; calligraphic exercises

‫ﻣﺸﻖ‬

horn (of a car) horse hour; watch house number housewife housework how

‫ﺑﻮق‬ ‫اﺳﺐ‬ (‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ )ﺳﺎﻋﺎت‬ €‫ﭘﻼ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻪ دار‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻪ دارى‬ ‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬

how many

‫ﭼﻨﺪ‬

how much

‫ﭼﻘﺪر‬

how; in what way

‫ﭼﻄﻮر‬

human

‫اﻧﺴﺎن‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

235

human beings

‫ﺑﺸﺮ‬

human; person

‫آدم‬

hundred

‫ﺻﺪ‬

hurry; haste husband I ice cream idea identity card if if not ill illiteracy illness important in in addition to in front of India Indian industry information injection inn; motel innumerable

‫ﻋﺠﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﺘﻨﻰ‬ ‫اﻳﺪه‬ ‫ﻛﺎرت ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻰ‬ ‫اﮔﺮ‬ ‫وﮔﺮﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻳﺾ؛ ﺑﻴﻤﺎر‬ ‫ﺑﻰ ﺳﻮادى‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻳﻀﻰ؛ ﺑﻴﻤﺎرى‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻢ‬ ‫در‬ ‫ﺑﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﮥ؛ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼوه‬ ِ ‫ﺟﻠﻮ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺪوﺳﺘﺎن‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺪى‬ (‫ﺻﻨﻌﺖ )ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ‬ ‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت‬ ‫آﻣﭙﻮل‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﻤﺎر‬

inscription

‫ﻛﺘﻴﺒﻪ‬

inside

‫داﺧﻞ‬

interested interesting international invention

‫ﻋﻼﻗﻤﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻟﺐ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ‬ (‫اﺧﺘﺮاع )اﺧﺘﺮاﻋﺎت‬

236

English–Persian Glossary

iron Islam Islamic Studies issue; matter

‫آﻫﻦ‬ ‫اﺳﻼم‬ ‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎت اﺳﻼﻣﻰ‬ (‫اﻣﺮ )اﻣﻮر‬

Italy

‫اﻳﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎ‬

Japan

‫ژاﭘﻦ‬

Japanese jeans Jewish; Jew joke journal; newsletter journalist junior high school

‫ژاﭘﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﺷﻠﻮار ﺟﻴﻦ‬ (‫ﻳﻬﻮدى )ﻳﻬﻮدﻳﺎن‬ €‫ﺟﻮ‬ (‫ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ )ﻧﺸﺮﻳﺎت‬ ‫روزﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﮕﺎر‬ ‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻰ‬

kebab

‫ﻛﺒﺎب‬

kettle

‫ﻛﺘﺮى‬

key

‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬

kilo

‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮ‬

kind

‫ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎن‬

kind; type kindness

(‫ﻧﻮع )اﻧﻮاع‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺮ؛ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻧﻰ؛ ﻣﺤﺒﺖ‬

king

‫ﭘﺎدﺷﺎه‬

kiss

‫ﺑﻮﺳﻪ‬

knife lake lamp; light land language last

‫ﭼﺎﻗﻮ؛ ﻛﺎرد‬ ‫درﻳﺎﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﺮاغ‬ ‫ﺳﺮزﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫زﺑﺎن‬ ‫آﺧﺮ؛ آﺧﺮﻳﻦ‬

last name

‫ﻓﺎﻣﻴﻠﻰ‬

last night

‫دﻳﺸﺐ‬

last year

‫ﭘﺎرﺳﺎل‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬ late

237

‫دﻳﺮ‬

late afternoon

‫ﻋﺼﺮ‬

lately

‫اﺧﻴﺮًا‬

latest; most recent law; rule lawn lawyer; member of parliament

‫اﺧﻴﺮ‬ (‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮن )ﻗﻮاﻧﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﭼﻤﻦ‬ (‫وﻛﻴﻞ )وﻛﻼ‬

leaf

‫ﺑﺮگ‬

left

‫ﭼﭗ‬

lemon

‫ﻟﻴﻤﻮ‬

lesson

(‫درس )دروس‬

letter letter (of the alphabet) library; bookcase

‫ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬ (‫ﺣﺮف )ﺣﺮوف‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ‬

light-coloured

‫ﻛﻢ رﻧﮓ‬

like; similar to

ِ ‫ﻣﺜﻞ؛ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ‬

line; handwriting; style of calligraphy line; queue lip liquid literature

(‫ﺧﻂ )ﺧﻄﻮط‬ (‫ﺻﻒ )ﺻﻔﻮف‬ ‫ﻟﺐ‬ (‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ )ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت‬ ‫ادﺑﻴﺎت‬

local

‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ‬

lock

‫ﻗﻔﻞ‬

locust

‫ﻣﻠﺦ‬

look

‫ﻧﮕﺎه‬

loose

‫ﺷﻞ‬

lost

‫ﮔﻢ‬

love

‫ﻋﺸﻖ‬

lover; in love

‫ﻋﺎﺷﻖ‬

lunch

‫ﻧﺎﻫﺎر‬

majestic

‫ﻣﺠﻠﻞ‬

238

English–Persian Glossary

manifestation

‫ﻣﻈﻬﺮ‬

manners; morals

‫اﺧﻼق‬

map

‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬

marriage

‫ازدواج‬

married

‫ﻣﺘﺄﻫﻞ‬

martyr maybe; perhaps meaning meaningless Mecca mechanic’s mechanical engineer media outlets medicine

(‫ﺷﻬﻴﺪ )ﺷﻬﺪا‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ‬ (‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ )ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﻪ‬B‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﮔﺎه‬ ‫ﺎﻧﻴ‬B‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪس ﻣ‬ ‫رﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫دوا‬

meeting

(‫ﺟﻠﺴﻪ )ﺟﻠﺴﺎت‬

memory

(‫ﺧﺎﻃﺮه )ﺧﺎﻃﺮات‬

memory; remembrance metro Mexico middle mid-semester exam military milk

‫ﻳﺎد‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺮو‬ ‫ﺰﻳ‬B‫ﻣ‬ ‫وﺳﻂ‬ ‫اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﻣﻴﺎن ﺗﺮم‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺮ‬

million

‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮن‬

minute

(‫دﻗﻴﻘﻪ )دﻗﺎﻳﻖ‬

miracle

(‫ﻣﻌﺠﺰه )ﻣﻌﺠﺰات‬

mirror

‫آﻳﻴﻨﻪ‬

modest

‫ﻣﺤﺠﻮب‬

mole; beauty spot

‫ﺧﺎل‬

moment

(‫ﻟﺤﻈﻪ )ﻟﺤﻈﺎت‬

Monday

‫دوﺷﻨﺒﻪ‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬ money monkey month; moon

239

‫ﭘﻮل‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻤﻮن‬ ‫ﻣﺎه‬

monthly

‫ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺎﻧﻪ‬

morning

‫ﺻﺒﺢ‬

mosque

(‫ﻣﺴﺠﺪ )ﻣﺴﺎﺟﺪ‬

most

‫اﻛﺜﺮ‬

mostly

‫اﻏﻠﺐ‬

mother

‫ﻣﺎدر‬

motorcycle mountain mountain climbing

‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮر‬ ‫ﻛﻮه‬ ‫ﻛﻮه ﻧﻮردى‬

mouse; rat

‫ﻣﻮش‬

movement

‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬

moving house Mr.; gentleman Mrs; Ms; Miss; lady; wife mulberry multiplicity muscle

‫اﺳﺒﺎب ﻛﺸﻰ‬ (‫آﻗﺎ )آﻗﺎﻳﺎن‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻮت‬ ‫ﻛﺜﺮت‬ (‫ﻋﻀﻠﻪ )ﻋﻀﻼت‬

museum

‫ﻣﻮزه‬

mushroom

‫ﻗﺎرچ‬

music Muslim Muslim seminary student must must not

‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬ (‫ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎن )ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎن‬ (‫ﻃﻠﺒﻪ )ﻃﻼب‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬

nail

‫ﻣﻴﺦ‬

name

‫ﻧﺎم‬

narcissus nation; people

‫ﻧﺮﮔﺲ‬ (‫ﻣﻠﺖ )ﻣﻠﻞ‬

240

English–Persian Glossary

national natural natural resources nausea near necessary need never nevertheless new news news agency newspaper next nice; happy night; evening no one noble non-stop

‫ﻣﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻬﻮع‬ ‫ﻧﺰدﻳ‬ ‫ﻻزم‬ (‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎج )اﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎت‬ ‫ﻫﻴﭻ وﻗﺖ؛ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ وﺟﻮد اﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ؛ ﻧﻮ‬ ‫ﺧﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺧﺒﺮﮔﺰارى‬ ‫روزﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ؛ ﺑﻌﺪى‬ ‫ﺧﻮش‬ ‫ﺷﺐ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﻛﺲ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻒ‬ ‫ﺑﺪون ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬

noon

‫ﻇﻬﺮ‬

north

‫ﺷﻤﺎل‬

north pole Noruz (Iranian New Year) nose not at all novel nowhere number number (e.g. a number of people)

‫ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎل‬ ‫ﻧﻮروز‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻨﻰ‬ ً ‫اﺑﺪًا؛ اﺻ‬ ‫ﻼ‬ ‫رﻣﺎن‬ ‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﺟﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﺪد )اﻋﺪاد( ؛ ﻧﻤﺮه؛ ﺷﻤﺎره‬ ‫ﻋﺪه‬

number; quantity

‫ﺗﻌﺪاد‬

nuts

‫آﺟﻴﻞ‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬ observance ocean

241

‫رﻋﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫اﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮس‬

odd (number)

‫ﻓﺮد‬

of course

‫اﻟﺒﺘﻪ‬

office

(‫دﻓﺘﺮ )دﻓﺎﺗﺮ‬

officer

‫اﻓﺴﺮ‬

oil (e.g. cooking oil)

‫روﻏﻦ‬

oil (e.g. crude oil) old (of people) old age

‫ﻧﻔﺖ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺮى‬

old; ancient (of things)

‫ﻛﻬﻦ؛ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ‬

olive oil

‫روﻏﻦ زﻳﺘﻮن‬

omelette

‫اﻣﻠﺖ‬

on behalf of on the left on the right on this basis; therefore on time one-way only opinion; belief oppression oral exam order; command; recipe orderly; organized ouch

‫از ﻃﺮف‬ ‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ‬ ‫ﺳﻤﺖ راﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ؛ ﺳﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬ ‫ﻄﺮﻓﻪ‬B‫ﻳ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻂ‬ (‫ﻧﻈﺮ )ﻧﻈﺮات( ؛ ﻋﻘﻴﺪه )ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪاد؛ ﻇﻠﻢ‬ ‫اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﺷﻔﺎﻫﻰ‬ (‫دﺳﺘﻮر )دﺳﺘﻮرات‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻢ‬ ‫آخ‬

outside

‫ﺑﻴﺮون‬

outside; abroad

‫ﺧﺎرج‬

over; above

‫از روى‬

over; on

‫روى‬

painting

‫ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻰ‬

242

English–Persian Glossary

painting; sign

‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ‬

pair

‫ﺟﻔﺖ‬

Pakistan

‫ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎن‬

palace

‫ﻛﺎخ‬

palm tree

‫ﻧﺨﻞ‬

paper

‫ﻛﺎﻏﺬ‬

paragraph park

‫ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف‬ €‫ﭘﺎر‬

parrot

‫ﻃﻮﻃﻰ‬

partial; particular

‫ﺟﺰﺋﻰ‬

particular characteristic party passport past path; way; road patience patriarchy

(‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺖ )ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎت‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻤﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺳﭙﻮرت؛ ﮔﺬرﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‬ ‫راه‬ ‫ﺣﻮﺻﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺮدﺳﺎﻻرى‬

peach

‫ﻫﻠﻮ‬

pencil

‫ﻣﺪاد‬

penetrating

‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬ‬

people

‫ﻣﺮدم‬

percent

‫درﺻﺪ‬

period

‫دوران‬

Persepolis person (counting word) person; individual

‫ﺗﺨﺖ ﺟﻤﺸﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺮ‬ (‫ﻓﺮد )اﻓﺮاد‬

photo

‫ﺲ‬B‫ﻋ‬

phrase

(‫ﻋﺒﺎرت )ﻋﺒﺎرات‬

pickles

(‫ﺗﺮﺷﻰ )ﺗﺮﺷﻴﺠﺎت‬

piece of machinery; appliance pill

‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬ ‫ﻗﺮص‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

243

pilot

‫ﺧﻠﺒﺎن‬

place

‫ﺎن‬B‫ﻣ‬

plan

‫ﻃﺮح‬

plate

‫ﺑﺸﻘﺎب‬

please Pleased to meet you! PO Box pocket

‫ﻟﻄﻔًﺎ‬ !‫ﺧﻮﺷﻮﻗﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺻﻨﺪوق ﭘﺴﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺟﻴﺐ‬

poem; poetry

(‫ﺷﻌﺮ )اﺷﻌﺎر‬

poet

(‫ﺷﺎﻋﺮ )ﺷﻌﺮا‬

police

‫ﭘﻠﻴﺲ‬

Polish

‫ﻟﻬﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬

political party

(‫ﺣﺰب )اﺣﺰاب‬

political science

‫ﻋﻠﻮم ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ‬

pollution

‫آﻟﻮدﮔﻰ‬

polo

‫ﭼﻮﮔﺎن‬

polo ball

‫ﮔﻮى‬

pomegranate

‫اﻧﺎر‬

pool pop music port

‫ﺣﻮض؛ اﺳﺗﺨر‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﭘﺎپ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪر‬

possession

(‫ﻣﺎل )اﻣﻮال‬

possibility

‫ﺎن‬B‫اﻣ‬

possible

‫ﻦ‬B‫ﻣﻤ‬

post office potato pound sterling power practically

‫ﭘﺴﺘﺨﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺐ زﻣﻴﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﭘﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻗﺪرت‬ ً ‫ﻋﻤ‬ ‫ﻼ‬

pregnant

‫ﺑﺎردار؛ ﺣﺎﻣﻠﻪ‬

pre-school

‫ﭘﻴﺶ دﺑﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬

244

English–Persian Glossary

present (time)

‫ﺣﺎل‬

preservation

‫ﺣﻔﻆ‬

presidency president pre-university college previously; already price price tag

‫رﻳﺎﺳﺖ ﺟﻤﻬﻮرى‬ ‫رﺋﻴﺲ ﺟﻤﻬﻮر‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ داﻧﺸﮕﺎﻫﻰ‬ ً ‫ﻗﺒ‬ ‫ﻼ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ‬

primary school

‫دﺑﺴﺘﺎن‬

prime minister

‫ﻧﺨﺴﺖ وزﻳﺮ‬

probably

γً ‫اﺣﺘﻤﺎ‬

problem

(‫ﻼت‬B‫ﻞ )ﻣﺸ‬B‫ﻣﺸ‬

problem; issue problematic; difficult profession; job professor programme; plan; schedule prohibition prophet

(‫ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ )ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﻞ ﺳﺎز‬B‫ﻣﺸ‬ ‫ﺷﻐﻞ‬ (‫اﺳﺘﺎد )اﺳﺘﺎدان‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻊ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ؛ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ‬

protected; secure

‫ﻣﺤﻔﻮظ‬

province

‫اﺳﺘﺎن‬

public

‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ‬

pulses

‫ﺣﺒﻮﺑﺎت‬

puncture pure

‫ﭘﻨﭽﺮ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‬

a quarter

‫رﺑﻊ‬

question

‫ﺳﺆال )ﺳﺆاﻻت( ؛ ﭘﺮﺳﺶ‬

quick quickly rank rarely

‫ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬ ‫رﺗﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺪرت‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬ raw; immature reasoning receiver; addressee record red regarding

245

‫ﺧﺎم‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺪﻻل‬ ‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه‬ ‫ﺛﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫راﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ‬

relatives

‫اﻗﻮام‬

religion

(‫دﻳﻦ )ادﻳﺎن‬

religious minority report

‫اﻗﻠﻴﺖ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻰ‬ ‫ﮔﺰارش‬

report to

(‫ﮔﺰارش ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

representative

(‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه )ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎن‬

reptile required; necessary restaurant result return flight revolution revolutionary rewriting rice (cooked) rice (uncooked) rich right; correct

(‫ﺧﺰﻧﺪه )ﺧﺰﻧﺪﮔﺎن‬ ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﻰ‬ ‫رﺳﺘﻮران‬ (‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ )ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ‬ ‫ دوﻃﺮﻓﻪ‬/ ‫ﭘﺮواز دوﺳﺮه‬ ‫اﻧﻘﻼب‬ (‫اﻧﻘﻼﺑﻰ )اﻧﻘﻼﺑﻴﻮن‬ ‫ﺑﺎزﻧﻮﻳﺴﻰ‬ ‫ﭘﻠﻮ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺞ‬ ‫ﻏﻨﻰ؛ ﭘﻮﻟﺪار‬ ‫درﺳﺖ‬

rioter

(‫ﺷﻮرﺷﻰ )ﺷﻮرﺷﻴﺎن‬

room

‫اﺗﺎق‬

root

‫رﻳﺸﻪ‬

rough; violent

‫ﺧﺸﻦ‬

royal running race Russia

‫ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ دو‬ ‫روﺳﻴﻪ‬

246

English–Persian Glossary

Russian

‫روﺳﻰ‬

salad

‫ﺳﺎﻻد‬

salary; law (the subject); (pl.) rights

(‫ﺣﻖ )ﺣﻘﻮق‬

salt

‫ﻧﻤ‬

salty

‫ﺷﻮر‬

same

‫ﺴﺎن‬B‫ﻳ‬

satire

‫ﻃﻨﺰ‬

satirical Saturday savings account scary; frightening

‫ﻃﻨﺰﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺎب ﭘﺲ اﻧﺪاز‬ €‫ﺗﺮﺳﻨﺎ‬

scholar

(‫ﻣﺤﻘﻖ )ﻣﺤﻘﻘﻴﻦ‬

school

(‫ﻣﺪرﺳﻪ )ﻣﺪارس‬

screening (of a film) screw; bend (in the road) sea

‫ﺳﺎﻧﺲ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﭻ‬ ‫درﻳﺎ‬

season; chapter

(‫ﻓﺼﻞ )ﻓﺼﻮل‬

seat belt

‫ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ اﻳﻤﻨﻰ‬

second (of time)

‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬

secretary

‫ﻣﻨﺸﻰ‬

section; part

‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬

security

‫اﻣﻨﻴﺖ‬

self; own

‫ﺧﻮد‬

seller

‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه‬

sender

‫ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه‬

sentence

(‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ )ﺟﻤﻼت‬

service

(‫ﺧﺪﻣﺖ )ﺧﺪﻣﺎت‬

several

‫ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ‬

sewing

‫ﺧﻴﺎﻃﻰ‬

shah shape; look; appearance; form

‫ﺷﺎه‬ ‫ﻞ‬B‫ﺷ‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

247

shell

‫ﺻﺪف‬

sherbet

‫ﺷﺮﺑﺖ‬

shield

‫ﺳﭙﺮ‬

ship

‫ﻛﺸﺘﻰ‬

shoe

‫ﻛﻔﺶ‬

shop

‫ﻓﺮوﺷﮕﺎه؛ ﻣﻐﺎزه؛ دﻛﺎن‬

shop window

‫وﻳﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬

shopping

‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪ‬

short; low

‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎه‬

shroud side sights

‫ﻛﻔﻦ‬ (‫ﻃﺮف )اﻃﺮاف‬ ‫دﻳﺪﻧﻰ ﻫﺎ‬

similar to

‫ﺷﺒﻴﻪ‬

simple

‫ﺳﺎده‬

since; because

‫ﻪ‬B‫ﭼﻮن؛ ﭼﻮﻧ‬

singer; reader

(‫ﺧﻮاﻧﻨﺪه )ﺧﻮاﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎن‬

single (i.e. unmarried) sister size

‫ﻣﺠﺮد‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺮ‬ ‫اﻧﺪازه؛ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ‬

skiing

‫ﻰ‬B‫اﺳ‬

sleep; dream

‫ﺧﻮاب‬

snake

‫ﻣﺎر‬

so far

‫ﺗﺎ ﺑﺤﺎل‬

so much/many. . .that so much; so sofa

. . . . ‫ ﻛﻪ‬. . . . ‫آﻧﻘﺪر‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪان‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻞ‬

soft drink

‫ﻧﻮﺷﺎﺑﻪ‬

soldier

‫ﺳﺮﺑﺎز‬

some some of sometimes

‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ؛ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ از‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ وﻗﺖ ﻫﺎ؛ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ‬

248

English–Persian Glossary

song

‫آواز‬

south

‫ﺟﻨﻮب‬

Spain

‫اﺳﭙﺎﻧﻴﺎ‬

sparrow special special delivery speech spicy spoiled (person) (adj.)

‫ﮔﻨﺠﺸ‬ ‫وﻳﮋه‬ ‫ﭘﺴﺖ ﺳﻔﺎرﺷﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻨﺮاﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻟﻮس‬

spoon

‫ﻗﺎﺷﻖ‬

sport

‫ورزش‬

spring

‫ﺑﻬﺎر‬

stamp

‫ﺗﻤﺒﺮ‬

stand; stall star state (of being) state; government (adj.) statistics statue stew still; yet stingy stomach ache

‫ﻏﺮﻓﻪ؛ ﺑﺎﺟﻪ‬ (‫ﺳﺘﺎره )ﺳﺘﺎرﮔﺎن‬ (‫ﺣﺎل )اﺣﻮال‬ ‫دوﻟﺘﻰ‬ ‫آﻣﺎر‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺪﻳﺲ؛ ﻣﺠﺴﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮرش‬ ‫ﻫﻨﻮز‬ ‫ﺧﺴﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺪه درد‬

stork

‫ﻟ ﻟ‬

storm

‫ﻃﻮﻓﺎن‬

story

‫داﺳﺘﺎن‬

stove

‫اﺟﺎق‬

straight; straight on

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬

street; avenue

‫ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن‬

strong student

‫ﻗﻮى‬ (‫ﻣﺤﺼﻞ )ﻣﺤﺼﻠﻴﻦ‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬ style suddenly sugar

249

‫ﺳﺒ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎن‬ ‫ﺮ‬B‫ﺷ‬

suitcase

‫ﭼﻤﺪان‬

summary

‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪ‬

summer

‫ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎن‬

Sunday

‫ﺸﻨﺒﻪ‬B‫ﻳ‬

sunset

‫ﻏﺮوب‬

supermarket

‫ﺳﻮﭘﺮ ﻣﺎرﻛﺖ‬

surface mail

‫ﭘﺴﺖ زﻣﻴﻨﻰ‬

suspicious swear word sweet sweet pastries sweetcorn table table cloth tape recorder taste (aesthetic) taxi

€‫ﻮ‬B‫ﻣﺸ‬ ‫ﺣﺮف زﺷﺖ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻨﻰ‬ ‫ذرت‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﺳﻔﺮه‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺻﻮت‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻴﻘﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﻛﺴﻰ‬

teacher

(‫ﻣﻌﻠﻢ )ﻣﻌﻠﻤﻴﻦ‬

teaching; tenet

(‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ )ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ‬

teahouse team telephone term; semester terminal text textbook Thai Thank you

‫ﭼﺎﻳﺨﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺮم‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل‬ (‫ﻣﺘﻦ )ﻣﺘﻮن‬ (‫ﻛﺘﺎب درﺳﻰ )ﻛﺘﺐ درﺳﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﻳﻠﻨﺪى‬ ‫ﺮم‬B‫ﻣﺘﺸ‬

250

English–Persian Glossary

thanks

‫ﻣﺮﺳﻰ‬

thanks; grateful

‫ﻣﻤﻨﻮن‬

that that is why the day after tomorrow the day before yesterday the present the year before last theatre

‫آن‬ ‫ازﻳﻨﺮو؛ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ دﻟﻴﻞ؛ ﻟﺬا‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﻓﺮدا‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻳﺮوز‬ ‫ﺣﺎل‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺮارﺳﺎل‬ ‫ﺗﺌﺎﺗﺮ‬

theft

‫ﺳﺮﻗﺖ‬

then; afterwards

‫ﺳﭙﺲ‬

there

‫آﻧﺠﺎ‬

thesis

‫ﺗﺰ‬

thief

‫دزد‬

thin

‫ﻻﻏﺮ‬

thing

‫ﭼﻴﺰ‬

a third

‫ﺛﻠﺚ‬

this

‫اﻳﻦ‬

this year those; they thought throat

‫اﻣﺴﺎل‬ ‫آﻧﻬﺎ‬ (‫ﺎر‬B‫ﺮ )اﻓ‬B‫ﻓ‬ ‫ﮔﻠﻮ‬

through; via

‫از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬

Thursday

‫ﭘﻨﺞ ﺷﻨﺒﻪ‬

ticket

‫ﺑﻠﻴﺖ‬

time

(‫وﻗﺖ )اوﻗﺎت‬

time; moment

(‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ )ﻣﻮاﻗﻊ‬

tiny; fine to abide by

‫رﻳﺰ‬ (‫رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to achieve; to arrive at

‫رﺳﻴﺪن )رس( ﺑﻪ‬

to act; to operate

(‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬ to add

(‫اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to adore; to worship

(‫ﭘﺮﺳﺘﻴﺪن )ﭘﺮﺳﺖ‬

to agree to agree (to be in agreement) to allow to announce to answer to apologize to

(‫ﻣﻮاﻓﻘﺖ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﻮدن‬ (‫اﺟﺎزه دادن )ده‬ (‫اﻋﻼن ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ دادن )ده‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺬرت ﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻦ )ﺧﻮاه( از‬

to arrive

(‫ﻓﺮا رﺳﻴﺪن )رس‬

to ask

(‫ﺳﺆال ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to ask for help to attract; to absorb to bargain to be accepted; to pass (an exam)

(‫ﻛﻤ ﺧﺎﺳﺘﻦ )ﺧﻮاه‬ (‫ﺟﺬب ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫ﭼﺎﻧﻪ زدن )زن‬ (‫ﻗﺒﻮل ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬

to be added

(‫اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬

to be admitted

(‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬

to be born to be careful to be displayed to be engaged in to be forced to; to have to to be held to be hidden to be interested in to be located

(‫ﺑﻪ دﻧﻴﺎ آﻣﺪن )آ‬ ‫ﻣﻮاﻇﺐ ﺑﻮدن‬ (‫ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬ ‫ﺳﺮ و ﻛﺎرداﺷﺘﻦ )دار( ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺒﻮر ﺑﻮدن‬ (‫ﺑﺮﮔﺰار ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬ (‫ﭘﻨﻬﺎن ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻗﻪ داﺷﺘﻦ )دار( ﺑﻪ‬ (‫ﻗﺮار داﺷﺘﻦ )دار‬

to be mentioned

(‫ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬

to be nominated

(‫ﻧﺎﻣﺰد ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬

to be painful to be persistent to be proud of to be published

(‫درد ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫ﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬B‫ﻣﻴﺪان را ﺧﺎﻟﻰ ﻧ‬ (‫اﻓﺘﺨﺎر ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫ﭼﺎپ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬

251

252

English–Persian Glossary

to be scared to be sure to be surprised to be upset

(‫ﺗﺮﺳﻴﺪن )ﺗﺮس‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺑﻮدن‬ (‫ﺗﻌﺠﺐ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫ﻧﺎراﺣﺖ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬

to become acquainted with

(‫آﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬

to become separated from

(‫ﺟﺪا ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬

to begin (transitive)

(‫ﺷﺮوع ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to begin (intransitive)

(‫ﺷﺮوع ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬

to believe to believe in

(‫ﺑﺎور ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫اﻋﺘﻘﺎد داﺷﺘﻦ )دار( ﺑﻪ‬

to boil (intransitive)

(‫ﺟﻮﺷﻴﺪن )ﺟﻮش‬

to bother someone

(‫ﻣﺰاﺣﻢ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬

to break into small pieces to bring to brush one’s teeth to build

(‫ﺧﺮد ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫آوردن )آور‬ (‫ﻣﺴﻮا€ زدن )زن‬ (‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ )ﺳﺎز‬

to burn something

(‫ﺑﻪ آﺗﺶ ﻛﺸﻴﺪن )ﻛﺶ‬

to burst into laughter

(‫ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ )ﮔﻴﺮ‬. . . ‫ﺧﻨﺪه‬

to burst into tears

(‫ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ )ﮔﻴﺮ‬. . . ‫ﮔﺮﻳﻪ‬

to buy to carry out; to perform to celebrate to change

(‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪن )ﺧﺮ‬ (‫اﻧﺠﺎم دادن )ده‬ (‫ﺟﺸﻦ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ )ﮔﻴﺮ‬ (‫ﻋﻮض ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to change (intransitive)

(‫ﻓﺮق ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to change something

(‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ دادن )ده‬

to cheat

(‫ﺗﻘﻠﺐ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to choose to close; to tie to come to an end to compare to confirm

(‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫ﺑﺴﺘﻦ )ﺑﻨﺪ‬ (‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ رﺳﻴﺪن )رس‬ (‫ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

‫‪253‬‬

‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ(‬

‫ﻣﻘﺼﺮ داﻧﺴﺘﻦ )دان(‬ ‫اداﻣﻪ دادن )ده(‬ ‫ﭘﺨﺘﻦ )ﭘﺰ(‬

‫‪to consider at fault‬‬ ‫‪to continue‬‬ ‫‪to cook‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to cry‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﻳﺪن )ﺑﺮ(‬

‫‪to cut‬‬

‫ﺗﺰﺋﻴﻦ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to decorate‬‬

‫وارﻳﺰ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to deposit‬‬

‫از ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮدن )ﺑﺮ(‬

‫‪to destroy‬‬

‫ﺟﺎن ﺧﻮد را از دﺳﺖ دادن )ده(‬

‫‪to die‬‬

‫ﻓﻮت ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to die‬‬

‫در ﻣﻴﺎن ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻦ )ﮔﺬار(‬

‫‪to discuss something‬‬

‫ﺑﺪ ‪ . . .‬آﻣﺪن )آ( از‬

‫‪to dislike‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to divide‬‬

‫ﺷ داﺷﺘﻦ )دار(‬

‫‪to doubt‬‬

‫ﻧﻮﺷﻴﺪن )ﻧﻮش(‬

‫‪to drink‬‬

‫راﻧﻨﺪﮔﻰ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to drive‬‬

‫ﺧﺸ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬ ‫ﮔﺮدﮔﻴﺮى ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬ ‫ﺧﻮردن )ﺧﻮر(‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮت ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to dry something‬‬ ‫‪to dust‬‬ ‫‪to eat‬‬ ‫‪to emigrate‬‬ ‫‪to empty‬‬ ‫‪to encourage‬‬

‫ﻟﺬت ﺑﺮدن از )ﺑﺮ(‬

‫‪to enjoy‬‬

‫وارد ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ(‬

‫‪to enter‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬ ‫وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻦ )دار(‬

‫‪to establish‬‬ ‫‪to exchange; to transform‬‬ ‫‪to exist‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ دادن )ده(‬

‫‪to explain‬‬

‫ﺷﺮح دادن )ده(‬

‫‪to explain‬‬

‫در ‪ . . .‬رد ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ(‬

‫‪to fail‬‬

‫اﻓﺘﺎدن )اﻓﺖ(‬

‫‪to fall‬‬

254

English–Persian Glossary

to fall asleep

(‫ ﺑﺮدن )ﺑﺮ‬. . . ‫ﺧﻮاب‬

to fall over

(‫زﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﻮردن )ﺧﻮر‬

to feel cold

‫ ﺑﻮدن‬. . . ‫ﺳﺮد‬

to feel hot

‫ ﺑﻮدن‬. . . ‫ﮔﺮم‬

to fill

(‫ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to find

(‫ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to finish

(‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to finish something to flee; to escape to fly to follow someone to follow; to abide by to forget

(‫ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﺑﺮدن )ﺑﺮ‬ (‫ﻓﺮار ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫ﭘﺮواز ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫ﺑﻪ دﻧﺒﺎل ﻛﺴﻰ آﻣﺪن )آ‬ (‫ﭘﻴﺮوى ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫ﻓﺮاﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to forgive; to bestow

(‫ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪن )ﺑﺨﺶ‬

to gather

(‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬

to get a discount to get a visa to get; to take; to hold to give a speech to give somebody a ride

(‫ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ )ﮔﻴﺮ‬ (‫وﻳﺰا ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ )ﮔﻴﺮ‬ (‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ )ﮔﻴﺮ‬ (‫ﺳﺨﻨﺮاﻧﻰ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫رﺳﺎﻧﺪن )رﺳﺎن‬

to go on foot

(‫ﭘﻴﺎده رﻓﺘﻦ )رو‬

to go to work

(‫ﺳﺮﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻦ )رو‬

to grow

(‫رﺷﺪ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to have

(‫داﺷﺘﻦ )دار‬

to have a bad time

(‫ﺑﺪ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻦ )ﮔﺬر( )ﺑﻪ‬

to have a good time

‫ﺧﻮش ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻦ )ﮔﺬر( ﺑﻪ‬

to have confidence in

‫اﻋﺘﻤﺎد داﺷﺘﻦ )دار( ﺑﻪ‬

to have permission to

(‫اﺟﺎزه داﺷﺘﻦ )دار‬

to have something on someone

‫ﭼﻴﺰى ﻫﻤﺮاه ﻛﺴﻰ ﺑﻮدن‬

to hear

(‫ﺷﻨﻴﺪن )ﺷﻨﻮ‬

to help

(‫ﻛﻤ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

‫‪255‬‬

‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ(‬

‫زدن )زن(‬ ‫اﻣﻴﺪوار ﺑﻮدن‬

‫‪to hit‬‬ ‫‪to hope‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﻮر ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to imagine‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to imitate‬‬

‫اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ )ﻳﺎب(‬

‫‪to increase‬‬

‫ﻗﺼﺪ داﺷﺘﻦ )دار(‬

‫‪to intend to‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to introduce‬‬

‫دﻋﻮت ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬ ‫اﺗﻮ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to invite‬‬ ‫‪to iron‬‬

‫ﭘﺮﻳﺪن )ﭘﺮ(‬

‫‪to jump‬‬

‫ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺘﻦ )دار(‬

‫‪to keep‬‬

‫ﻣﺮاﻗﺒﺖ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻦ )ﻛﺶ(‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ )ﺷﻨﺎس(‬ ‫ﺑﻠﺪ ﺑﻮدن‬ ‫داﻧﺴﺘﻦ )دان(‬ ‫ﻃﻮل ﻛﺸﻴﺪن )ﻛﺶ(‬

‫‪to keep an eye on‬‬ ‫‪to kill‬‬ ‫‪to know‬‬ ‫‪to know how to‬‬ ‫‪to know something‬‬ ‫‪to last‬‬

‫ﺗﺮ€ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to leave, to abandon‬‬

‫ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻦ )ﮔﺬار(‬

‫‪to let, to put‬‬

‫دروغ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ )ﮔﻮ(‬

‫‪to lie‬‬

‫ﺧﻮش ‪ . . .‬آﻣﺪن )آ( از‬

‫‪to like‬‬

‫دوﺳﺖ داﺷﺘﻦ )دار(‬

‫‪to like‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻮدن‬

‫‪to like to; to want to‬‬

‫زﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to live‬‬

‫زﻳﺴﺘﻦ )زى(‬

‫‪to live‬‬

‫ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬ ‫ﮔﻢ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬ ‫درﺳﺖ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to look at‬‬ ‫‪to lose‬‬ ‫‪to make‬‬

‫وﻗﺖ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ )ﮔﻴﺮ(‬

‫‪to make an appointment‬‬

‫ﺧﺴﺘﻪ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to make tired‬‬

‫ﻋﻘﺪ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to marry‬‬

256

English–Persian Glossary

to mention to miss someone

(‫ﻧﺎم ﺑﺮدن )ﺑﺮ‬ (‫دل ﺗﻨﮓ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬

to need

(‫ﻧﻴﺎز داﺷﺘﻦ )دار‬

to open

(‫ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to participate in

‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ( در‬

to pass

(‫ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬. . . ‫در‬

to pass

(‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻦ )ﮔﺬر‬

to pay attention to pay particular attention to pertain to

‫ﺣﻮاس ﻛﺴﻰ ﺑﻮدن‬ (‫دﻗﺖ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻮدن ﺑﻪ‬

to phone

(‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to phone

(‫زﻧﮓ زدن )زن‬

to pick up

(‫ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ )دار‬

to play to play the tar to practise to pray (the obligatory prayer)

(‫ﺑﺎزى ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫ﺗﺎرزدن )زن‬ (‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫ﻧﻤﺎزﺧﻮاﻧﺪن )ﺧﻮان‬

to prefer

(‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ دادن )ده‬

to prepare

(‫آﻣﺎده ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to prepare

(‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to promise

(‫ﻗﻮل دادن )ده‬

to publish

(‫ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to put on display

(‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻦ )ﮔﺬار‬

to realise

(‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬

to receive

(‫درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ( ؛ ﻛﺴﺐ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to recommend; to suggest to record to recount; to speak highly of to reduce (intransitive) to register to rely upon

(‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ( از‬ (‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫ﺛﺒﺖ ﻧﺎم ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ ‫اﻋﺘﻤﺎد ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ( ﺑﻪ‬

‫‪257‬‬

‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ(‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎد داﺷﺘﻦ )دار(‬ ‫اﺣﺘﺮام ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻦ )ﮔﺬار( ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻦ )ﮔﺮد(‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻦ )ﮔﻮ(‬ ‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬ ‫ﮔﺸﺘﻦ )ﮔﺮد(‬

‫‪to remember‬‬ ‫‪to respect‬‬ ‫‪to return‬‬ ‫‪to say; to tell‬‬ ‫‪to search‬‬ ‫‪to search for; to become‬‬

‫دﻳﺪن )ﺑﻴﻦ(‬

‫‪to see‬‬

‫ﻓﺮوﺧﺘﻦ )ﻓﺮوش(‬

‫‪to sell‬‬

‫ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎدن )ﻓﺮﺳﺖ(‬

‫‪to send‬‬

‫ﭼﻴﺪن )ﭼﻴﻦ(‬

‫)‪to set (a table); to pluck (a flower‬‬

‫راه اﻓﺘﺎدن )اﻓﺖ(‬

‫‪to set off‬‬

‫ﺑﺮ ﻗﺮار ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to set up‬‬

‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to shop‬‬

‫ﻧﺸﺎن دادن )ده(‬

‫‪to show‬‬

‫اﻣﻀﺎء ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻦ )ﻧﺸﻴﻦ(‬ ‫ﺧﻮاﺑﻴﺪن )ﺧﻮاب(‬ ‫ﺳﻴﮕﺎر ﻛﺸﻴﺪن )ﻛﺶ(‬

‫‪to sign‬‬ ‫‪to sit‬‬ ‫‪to sleep‬‬ ‫‪to smoke‬‬

‫ﺑﺮف آﻣﺪن )آ(‬

‫‪to snow‬‬

‫ﺑﺮف ﺑﺎرﻳﺪن )ﺑﺎر(‬

‫‪to snow‬‬

‫ﺣﺮف زدن )زن(؛ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to speak‬‬

‫رﻳﺨﺘﻦ )رﻳﺰ(‬

‫‪to spill; to pour‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﻧﺪن )ﻣﺎن(‬

‫‪to stay‬‬

‫ﺳﺮﻗﺖ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ( ؛ دزدﻳﺪن )دزد(‬

‫‪to steal‬‬

‫ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪن )ﭼﺴﺒﺎن(‬

‫‪to stick something‬‬

‫اﻳﺴﺘﺎدن )اﻳﺴﺖ(‬

‫‪to stop; to stand‬‬

‫ﺗﻼش ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to strive‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(‬

‫‪to study‬‬

‫درس ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن )ﺧﻮان(‬

‫‪to study‬‬

‫ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن )ﺧﻮان(‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ دادن )ده(‬

‫‪to study; to read; to recite; to sing‬‬ ‫‪to submit; to hand in‬‬

258

English–Persian Glossary

to succeed

(‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬

to suit someone

(‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻰ آﻣﺪن )آ‬

to survive

(‫زﻧﺪه ﻣﺎﻧﺪن )ﻣﺎن‬

to take an exam

(‫اﻣﺘﺤﺎن دادن )ده‬

to take into account

(‫در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ )ﮔﻴﺮ‬

to take place

(‫ﺻﻮرت ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ )ﮔﻴﺮ‬

to teach to tell the truth; to be right to test; to try to be able to tolerate; to put up with to travel to trust to try; to attempt to turn on to twist; to turn (in a car) to use

(‫درس دادن )ده‬ (‫راﺳﺖ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ )ﮔﻮ‬ (‫اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫ﺗﻮاﻧﺴﺘﻦ )ﺗﻮان‬ (‫ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫ﺳﻔﺮﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ(؛ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮت رﻓﺘﻦ )رو‬ ‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ( ﺑﻪ‬ (‫ﺳﻌﻰ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫روﺷﻦ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪن )ﭘﻴﭻ‬ (‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to vacuum; to sweep the floor

(‫ﺟﺎرو ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to visit

(‫دﻳﺪن ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to wake up

(‫ﺑﻴﺪار ﺷﺪن )ﺷﻮ‬

to want

(‫ﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻦ )ﺧﻮاه‬

to want to to wash to watch to wear to wear on one’s hand

(‫ﻣﻴﻞ داﺷﺘﻦ )دار‬ (‫ﺷﺴﺘﻦ )ﺷﻮ‬ (‫ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬ (‫ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪن )ﭘﻮش‬ (‫ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to wish

(‫آرزو داﺷﺘﻦ )دار‬

to work

(‫ﻛﺎر ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻦ‬

to write

(‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ )ﻧﻮﻳﺲ‬

today

‫اﻣﺮوز‬

together

‫ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬ together with tomb tomorrow tonight toothache topic tourist towel town square; roundabout

259

‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه‬ (‫آراﻣﮕﺎه؛ ﻣﻘﺒﺮه )ﻣﻘﺎﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﻓﺮدا‬ ‫اﻣﺸﺐ‬ ‫دﻧﺪان درد‬ (‫ﻣﻄﻠﺐ )ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ( ؛ ﻣﻮﺿﻮع )ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎت‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﮕﺮد‬ ‫ﺣﻮﻟﻪ‬ (‫ﻣﻴﺪان )ﻣﻴﺎدﻳﻦ‬

traditional

‫ﺳﻨﺘﻰ‬

traffic light

‫ﭼﺮاغ راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻰ‬

train transit hall travellers’ cheque treasure tree

‫ﻗﻄﺎر‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﺗﺮاﻧﺰﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﭼ ﭘﻮل‬ ‫ﮔﻨﺞ‬ (‫درﺧﺖ )درﺧﺘﺎن‬

triangle

‫ﻣﺜﻠﺚ‬

trousers

‫ﺷﻠﻮار‬

Tuesday

‫ﺳﻪ ﺷﻨﺒﻪ‬

tuition fee tulip

‫ﺷﻬﺮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻻﻟﻪ‬

Turkey

‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﻪ‬

Turkish

‫ﺗﺮﻛﻰ‬

TV ugly

‫ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن‬ ‫زﺷﺖ‬

umbrella

‫ﭼﺘﺮ‬

uncle (maternal)

‫داﻳﻰ‬

uncle (paternal)

‫ﻋﻤﻮ‬

under; below

‫زﻳﺮ‬

unfortunately

‫ﻣﺘﺄﺳﻔﺎﻧﻪ‬

unique

‫ﺑﻰ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ؛ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﻪ‬

260

English–Persian Glossary

university university entrance examination university student unlucky until; so that

‫داﻧﺸﮕﺎه‬ ‫ﻮر‬B‫ﻛﻨ‬ (‫داﻧﺸﺠﻮ )داﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﺎن‬ ‫ﺑﺪ ﻳﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ‬

usual; customary

‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮل‬

usually

‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮًﻻ‬

varied; diverse

‫ﻣﺘﻨﻮع‬

vegetable very

(‫ﺳﺒﺰى )ﺳﺒﺰﻳﺠﺎت‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎر‬

very; many

‫ﺧﻴﻠﻰ‬

victorious

‫ﭘﻴﺮوز‬

victory

‫ﻇﻔﺮ‬

village

‫ده )دﻫﺎت(؛ روﺳﺘﺎ‬

vinegar

‫ﺳﺮﻛﻪ‬

visible

‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎن‬

visit visitor voice; sound volume (of a series of books)

‫دﻳﺪار‬ ‫ﺑﺎزدﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬ ‫ﺻﺪا‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺪ‬

walnut

‫ﮔﺮدو‬

war

‫ﺟﻨﮓ‬

water water shortage way; route we

‫آب‬ ‫ﻛﻢ آﺑﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ‬

weather

‫ﻫﻮا‬

wedding

‫ﻋﺮوﺳﻰ‬

wedding ring Wednesday weekend

‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎرﺷﻨﺒﻪ‬ ‫آﺧﺮ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ‬

(‫واژﮔﺎن )ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺒﺎى اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ‬

261

well; good

‫ﺧﻮب‬

west

‫ﻏﺮب‬

western; westerner

‫ﻏﺮﺑﻰ‬

wet

‫ﺗﺮ‬

whale

‫ﻧﻬﻨﮓ‬

what?

‫ﭼﻪ؛ ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰى؟‬

what day of the week when when (at what time)?

‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺷﻨﺒﻪ؟‬ ‫وﻗﺘﻰ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭼﻨﺪ؟‬

when?

‫ﻛﻰ؟‬

where?

‫ﻛﺠﺎ؟‬

whereas

‫ﻪ‬B‫درﺻﻮرﺗﻴ‬

which?

‫ﻛﺪام؟‬

white

‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬

who

‫ﻛﻰ؛ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻰ‬

whole, all

‫ﺗﻤﺎم‬

why?

‫ﭼﺮا؟‬

widespread; common

‫راﻳﺞ‬

window

‫ﭘﻨﺠﺮه‬

winter coat

‫ﭘﺎﻟﺘﻮ‬

wise

‫داﻧﺎ‬

withered without woman; wife wonder

‫ﭘﮋﻣﺮده‬ ‫ﺑﺪون‬ ‫زن‬ ‫ﻋﺠﺐ‬

word

(‫ﺳﺨﻦ )ﺳﺨﻨﺎن( ؛ ﻟﻐﺖ )ﻟﻐﺎت( ؛ واژه )واژﮔﺎن‬

work

‫ﻛﺎر‬

world

‫ﺟﻬﺎن‬

worry

‫ﻧﮕﺮاﻧﻰ‬

worse

‫ﺑﺪﺗﺮ‬

worst

‫ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬

262

English–Persian Glossary

wrestler wrestling writer written written exam

‫ﻛﺸﺘﻰ ﮔﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻰ‬ (‫ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪه )ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎن‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺒﻰ‬ ‫اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﻛﺘﺒﻰ‬

yard

‫ﺣﻴﺎط‬

year

‫ﺳﺎل‬

yellow

‫زرد‬

yesterday

‫دﻳﺮوز‬

yoghurt

‫ﻣﺎﺳﺖ‬

you (informal sing.) you (plural; formal sing.) young; young person Zoroastrian

‫ﺗﻮ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺟﻮان‬ (‫زرﺗﺸﺘﻰ )زرﺗﺸﺘﻴﺎن‬

Index

Adjectives 22, 32, 106–108, 158 Adverbs 8, 160 Adverbial clauses 137 Adjectives: comparative; superlative; demonstrative 32, 33, 106–107 Alphabet 2–12 Causative verbs 167 Compounding 158 Conditionals: possible; impossible 138 Conjunctions 160 Counting words 106 Definite and indefinite markers 108 Demonstrative adjectives 106 Demonstrative pronouns 107 Derivatives 159 Determiners 106 Direct object marker (ra) 42, 55 Emphatic pronouns 120 Exclamatory sentences 55, 57 ezafe 22–23, 32, 62, 106 Future tense 71, 170 Imperative verbs 82 Impersonal constructions 139–140 Months and seasons 83–84 Narrative sentences 55 Negation 31 Nouns; definite; indefinite 22, 103–109, 119–120, 158–159 Numbers 61 Numericals 105 Orthography 5–8, 105

264

Index

Passive constructions 148–149 Past progressive tense 138 Past perfect tense 94 Past subjunctive 81, 138, 171 Past tense 42, 69–70, 92–94 Plurals 103–106 Possession, possessives 41, 43 Prepositions 118–119 Present progressive 71, 169 Present perfect tense 94 Present subjunctive 79–82, 94, 138, 170–171 Present tense 31, 70–72, 79 Pronouns; demonstrative; reflexive 21, 41–43, 107, 120 Pronunciation 7 Questions 55–57 Ra, direct object marker 42, 55, 108 Reflexive pronouns 120 Relative clauses 129 Sentences 55–57 Subjunctives: past; present 79–82, 94, 138, 170–171 Time expressions 62, 168 to be 21 to have 22 Verbs: future; imperatives; past; past perfect; past subjunctive; present; present continuous; present perfect; present subjunctive 31, 42–43, 69–71, 79–81, 149, 158–160, 167–170 Word order 45, 55